Skip to main content

Full text of "Sinclair User Magazine 1984 Annual"

See other formats


1984 




TOP ADVICE FOR ZX OWNERS. 

Buyers' guide to best software and hardware. 

Sixteen pages of superb programs. 

1983 REVISITED 



Choosing which game to buy from the mountain available is a difficult job, 

especially when everyone claims to produce the best on the market. But how can 

you tell the best from the rest?. To help you decide, read on. . . . 




What the 

real critics say. . . . 

Very rarely have 
software titles produced 
such universal acclaim 
as "Halls of the Things' 

and 'The Dungeon 

Master'. Now, with three 

brand new programs, 

Crystal continues to set 

the standard of software 

excellence. The 

difference is obvious - 

the choice is yours: 

The Best or The Best. 







JTV '■ *** 




THE DUNGEON MASTER 

Lei your Spectrum be your guide in a totally new 
dimension in adventures tn the true spirit of 
traditional role playing games whe re YQ L) des Ig n 
the scenario. 

"I have been a Dungeons and Dragons fan for 
several years—The package provides excellent 
entertainment lor all fans of the cults and should 
prove a good introduction to the game". 

....Sinclair User. 



aid quality. Definaiely well worth obtaining". 

,...ZX Computing. 

Z X S pec t ru m 46 K E 7 . SO 

Written by Graham Stafford. 



HALLS OF THE THINGS 

A stunning murtMevei maze 'arcade -adventure". 
"Excellent and dangerously addictive - could 
change the Spectrum games scene 
overnight". . ..Sinclair User. 

"Spectacular ■ One of the beat games I've seen, 
finely balanced between simplicity and 
addictiveness - superb graphics and colour - I 
CANT RECOMMEND IT HIGHLY ENOUGH'" 

...Popular Computing Weakly. 
ZX Spec tru m 48 K £7 So 

Written by Neil Mortershead, Simon Brattel and 

Martin Horsley- 




INVASION OF THE 
BODY SNATCHAS! 



At last 1 a version as fas! and furious and as 
IrustTatingry addictive as the arcade original. 
Landers, Mutants, Bombers, Pods, Swarmersand 
much much more combine to produce the 

ultimate space game! 

ZX Spectrum 48K £6. SO 

Wrihen by Simon Bra it el and Neil Mottershead 



Please Send SAE for our latest catalogue and 
details of our forthcoming software. 
Catalogue FREE with every order. P4P included 
Please add £0,50 per item for overseas orders 
Please make cheques/PQ's payable to; 

CRYSTAL COMPUTING A 

Dept SU 1 1 

2 ASHTON WAY 

EAST HERRINQTON 

SUNDERLAND SR3 3RX 




< 

^ V #U' 

Please Supply: 

invasion of the Body Snaichas U 

Rommel's Revenge D The Island CI 

Hatls of the Things □ The Dungeon Master □ 

Catalogue (please enclose SAE Bin. * 9ln.) LJ 

I enclose cheque/PO lor . , . . , , . . 

NAME 

ADD RESS ,,,,,.,. ....,,..,.. 




ROMMEL'S REVENGE 

A brilliant interpretation of the moal visually 
stunning arcade game of all time. Superb h»gh 
resolution 3D graphics with full perspective plus 

a host of new and exciting tea lures make 
Rommel's Revenge the mosi spectacular game 
ever produced for your Spectrum' 

ZX Spectrum 48 K £6,50 

Written by Martin Horeley. 



DEALERS! For details of our excellent ' j 

dealer discounts {Including export) ,: 

ring Cririt Clarke on 081 -205 6803. r| 

PROGRAMMERS! Written any good \ 

software? send It lo us for evaluation and * 

details of our excellent royalty scheme. t 



X 



SUA 




Sinclair 




> 



* Compete ZX CPU*"*** 



Managing editor 
Nigel Clark 

Deputy editor 

Nicole Segre 

Consultant editor 

Mite Johnston 

Managing production editor 

Harold Mayes MBE 

Snftware editor 

John flilhen 

Program reviewer 
Rebecca Ferguson. 

Illustrator/ designer 

Priori King 

Gruup advertisement manager 

John Ross 

Sales executive 

Annette Burrows 

Production assistant 

Yitv.i Epjinnnondou 

Managing director 

Terry Cart bright 

Chairman 
Richard Heasc 

Sinclair User Annual U pubLlihed 

by ECC Publications Ltd- It is in 

no way connected with Sinclair 

Research Lid. 

Telephone 

All departments 

01-359 3525 

If yau would like to contribute to 

any of the Sinclair User group of 

publications, please send programs. 

jrndesor ideas for hardware 

project* to: 

Sinclair User and Programs, 

ECC Publications, 

1 96-20Q Balls Pond, 

London N I 4AQ 

Programs should be on cassette and 

amides should be typed, We CHUMM 

undertake to return them unless a 

stamped-addressed envelope is 

included. 

We pay £10 for the copyright ed 

each program published and £50 

per 1 ,000 words for each ankle 

U'.-.'J 

© Copyright 1983 

Sinclair User 

ISSN No 0262-5458 

Primed and typeset by 

Cradlcy Print PLC, 

Warley, 

West Midlands 

Distributed by 

Spotlight Magazine Distribution Ltd, 

I Benwell Road, 

Holloway, 

London N7 

01-607 6411 



CONTENTS 



7 NEWS 

A review of the important events in 1983 including the launch of the Microdrive 
and a knighthood for Sir Clive Sinclair. 

11 SOFTWARE SCENE 

The best guide to all that is available for Ihe Sinclair machines. 

39 HARDWARE WORLD 

Stephen Adams gives his views on the peripherals which are now available. 

45 PROGRAMMING 

A complete series on how to write in Basic. 

61 INSIDE SINCLAIR 

Behind the scenes at Sinclair Research. 

73 FUTUROLOGY 

Looking into the future and seeing a large demand for the microcomputer. 

81 BOOKS 

John Gilbert investigates publishing in 1983, 

85 PROGRAM PRINTOUT 

Sixteen pages of the best programs of the last year, plus two more. 

105 HELPLINE 

Andrew Hewson and the pick of his regular columns. 

117 USER OF THE MONTH 

Meet the people who find unusual uses for their machines. 

131 MEMORY 

Find the best way to expand your RAM. 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



T AROUND THE CORNER, A NEW 





ZX COMPENDIUM 




MOVIE MOGUL tUXGMth 

wmm 



-!*%#>*- 



BLACK CRY5TAI 

Thr (Ijwn sis program advmlure game lor ihe 4UK Spectrum and 16K ZX-BT 
computer*. Nu Milrw jrt lolWtion is complete without it. 

"BLACK ( 'KYI SEAL is jn excellent graphics adventure and a well thought oul 
package" (Sinclair Uhi, April 'Wl- 

"Bl ACK CRYSI Al Kj% impressed m* by its sheer quantity and generally high 

talily ol presentation. I am afraid I have become an addict" iHurrw Computing 
.'eekly. April '«,<' 
SPECTRUM 4HK 1S0K ui program in six parts . . . only £7.50 
ZX-BI 1«K over IODIC of program in scvm part* . , , only £7,50 
Why pay more lor leu oi an adventure? 




THE ADVENTURES Ol Si HFRNAHl) 

An tucking, fast moving, machine code, arcade game where yrai guide youf 
Irepid St, Bernard (hrnugh ihc p*rils ol ihr ky w**l*l*nds tu rescue hi* Mistrrs* 
»m the dutches or the abominable snowman. 4BK Spectrum ES.9S. 




THE CKYPT 

written K Stephen Krnlim 

Prrparr >i>urs*!( ior the many chjllen^ that shall confront you when you dare 

ratter THE CRYPT 

You will batik? with giant scorpion* Hvll <pjwr. Cr alters, Pcis-Nrgs -old if you 
are unlucky enough — the Dark Cyclops in this arcade si vlr aduritture. 
flVllflluiT now for thr *8K Spectrum (ff U,« 



ZX-8I CUMPE INDIUM 

.tiiri Intruder. Wumpu* Adventure, Numerology, Hangman, Hiftojlyphm 

ovie Mogul. 

The ideal software package for all le>K ZX-fll owner*. Si* major programme* on 
Avn cassettes inr only I< J ,5C- 

"Alien Intruder Hieroglyphics — Bfllh programs make goad uu of graphics and 
words, to make a very entertaining package." I Sinclair Usur, Aug '021 

■ Alien Hler<i K !vphk<. IVumpn Movir A varied mis, Irom CarneJt, ill Unit- 
ing imaginative nsfjonwi and graph ks and all id thrm good games for all ages 
i Hieroglyph it- is particularly good for children'. " (Popular ( urn puling Weekly. 
Aug '831 




*1* ^ , 



S1ARFORCEONE 

I .ike (in I he robm guardian* of thr centra] computer in a superbly stylised lh> 
dimensional battle game. Wti Spriliujm 115.95 

hoc. MAC" 




THE DEVIL RIDES JN 

1 uttered thr Us) innnljtluin as the clock struck thirteen. All lell silent t-sirpt |or 
j faint rustling in the corner. From out nf thr shadows I hey came, all Hell's hiry 
against me but I w« not delencelrss until the Angel Ol Death., astride * winged 
horse fuined the battle. Avoiding hi* bolts <if hell fine, I took careful aim. My 
chances were slim, but if my luck held . . . 48-K Sparine 

I Fast moving, machine code, all action, Arcade game) 










COMING SOON 

"""WRATH CM MACK I 

The rrret h&m hi* twn drrtrnvwl- Th* Black CrytJal ui nWolh ha* bwn tranUhed 
The alliance of tvit >m» been ikuatcd by th* *rmJei of Lord Feudal. So end* the 
Tti-J Ajje. Now w* mute you <t> writ* your name in tb* hftfory of ihr !\njrth Age 
Third Continent, 
ou "ill mm friend* and .MRim. old and new. in ihc Ionic jwaurd vqurl Id 
k*nk [>nna*nn Uabaj W^i rwotutkm graphic* ar»d combining the t»ni qptttaai 
'Slack Cr\»!al *n<l Vofcank Dune-eon '. w» will allow von to bfCOf** part p| 
Lhi* tale l»# tevenajr, 

Th* Wrath Of Magra come* a* lhr**, HK program* <m ca***tte. Nwd with 
l—irnfllim manual jrd boot detailing th* hi*tory ol the Third Co«(«n« and th* 
many spelU vou Mil br .J*ifiS ihroughtHit the liJfne. 

ISOTf: The Wrath OJ MiRr* it a complete adientu**- 
Vokxnit Dunneon or Biick Cryrtal to pin i( 



"n... liable thriwish mo»l #sw>d computer itores or dl*«t from; 

Camell St,ltv»are Ltd, North lV,yUnd* Indmtnal Lslate, MoWey Road, 

l>al<*tL Can! ail u* ior your rt*af#*t wholesaler, 



rrry KTI2 JPL. 



CARNELL SOFTWARE LTD 



r 






>tffc* S 



an 1 



*^lJfe* 






p*aassa« 






** 9 ?zw**&$f 



,9 MOWS 



9PS?S*S^ 



HB& 



Z* 8 ^ 



pel 






„ e *o U 9» 



o1«» 



M52U* 



k t»o« 









r idea* 



tf 






i_Ti_7 -P^J^JO UUtJlJ 
OQ LJ.J ^rj lTJ o t 









lore* 



sSsss 



t*^^ 






\Tiitn 



,*C* P 



*>** 



p« 



m 



;>- 



^-_ 



K' I**! 1 



:V oof 



cortV 






and* 



~3* 






-*5£?--- 






pas 



Re* B Vl^Z*^ 



pel 



peV 



SP5 ^ 5 C-^ 



i'to*^; 



0P6 



&& 1 



:nc 



cbov- 



OH»f 



■rat** 9 * 



frgSt 



ot»M 






'^a 



o^ 



z^ iPe i: D uiit^ o0t 






&s 



i^** lC n&^ 






£25-00 






So 






c**fl 






a*?* 



pel 






6 
Bat* 

eat*. 

ftac* 



Pa cM 
pam- 
pas* 






.Til' 



,mi 



pel 
pel 
pel 
pel 



B pSC 
BPS C 



£l> 
£26 
£1 



9(0 
8 90 






tf 



e.oo 



D& 



BO 



VJea^ 1 



sa^ei 



'■' ■'.' * 



L^SffiiCovS; 



^evtJ° 



gfd 



0U 5^ 



KELWOOD COMPUTER CASES 

W#' Downs Row. Moorgate, Rotherham Tel: (0709) 63242 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 






- 



i 



News 



* 


^^^^ ^w 






r--* - "* ^ 






k ^ 


^^H 



The last year has been another eventful one 

in the Sinclair market. The arrival of the 

long-awaited Microdrive and a knighthood 

for Clive Sinclair are only two of the items 

we cover in this assessment of the 

developments of the 12 months. 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1X4 




Mike Johnston reports on last year 

Market reaches 
critical mass 



IF YOU GATHER sufficient radio- 
active dement together., at a Certain 
point it reaches a critical mass and a 
chain reaction follows. Something simi- 
lar seems to have happened with the 
density of home computers in the popu- 
lar ion early last year. Suddenly every- 
one seemed to want a home computer. 

Computing was scarcely a minority 
interest even before that, with an esti- 
mated half-million home micros in use 
in the U.K, in 1982 but in 1983 it 
caught the public imagination. Com- 
puting became news. 

The Sunday newspaper colour sup- 
plements contained features on comput- 
ers, the daily papers started computer 
columns, young programmers were 
hailed as the new pop stars and, perhaps 
most fittingly, Clive Sinclair, the man 
who invented the home micro, received 
a knighthood. 

While micros in general began to 
receive increased media coverage, Sir 
Clive and his company were rarely out 



of the news. In December, 1982 a strike 
at one of the Sinclair subcontracting 
plants, Timex in Scotland, made 
national headlines. In January the sale 
of 10 percent of the company to City 
investors for £12 million and the news 
that Sinclair Research was worth £130 
million practically guaranteed more 
coverage. 

In March Sir Clive was named 
Young Businessman of the Year by The 
Guardian. In April there were more 
industrial relations problems at Timex 
and the development of the flat -screen 
TV project was affected. The Spectrum 
price reduction in May made headlines 
as the first colour computer for less than 
£100 — the 1GK version sold for £99 — 
and the June announcement in the 
Queen's Birthday Honours of a knight- 
hood for Sir Clive made even bigger 
headlines. 

Later [hat month the Sinclair plan for 
a high-technology think-tank again at- 
tracted the national press. In August, 



the final release of the Microdrive was 
just a little of an anti-climax — after 
'coming shortly* for 18 months — but 
that was capped in September by the 
unveiling of the flat screen TV, first 
announced even earlier. 

Sales of the Spectrum soared during 
the period, perhaps helped by all the 
publicity, from 60,000 in November, 
1982 to more than half-am ill ion by 
August, The 2X-81 may have done less 
well, although no figures have been 
released, despite the considerable price 
reductions — down to £40 in May and 
again down, including 16K, to £45 in 
August. Sinclair is continuing to sup- 
port the machine bui the W H Smith 
announcement that it would not be 
stocking any new titles for the ZX-81 is 
perhaps ominous. 

Sinclair has not had the field entirely 
alone, as he did in the early days, and 
the less-than-£200 market has become 
increasingly crowded in the last 12 
monthSj with some fierce price-cutting 
taking place as companies jockeyed Tor a 
place. 

The Vic- 20 fell from more than £200 
to around £140 in some shops before 
last Christmas and other companies fol- 
lowed suit — Texas, Atari, Lynx, Drag- 
on — either by reducing the price or 
offering a machine as part of a package 
including software or other hardware. 

After Sinclair reductions in the price 
of the Spectrum in May, there was a 
further round of cost -cut ting from other 
manufacturers. All of which has been 
good news for the consumer, who now 
has a much wider choice at lower prices. 
It has not been such good news for some 
companies foroed to reduce their profit 
margins to compete with the Spectrum 
without the advantages large-scale pro- 
duction brings. 

Despite the competition, the Spec- 
trum has managed to maintain a healthy 
lead over its rivals and continues to top 
the best-selling hardware charts. By the 
end of March, the company was report- 
ed to have doubled its turnover from 
£27 million to £54 million and made a 
profit of £14 million before tax, 

In the U.S., where competition has 
been even suffer, a number of large 
companies, including Texas Instru- 
ments, x^tari and Mattel (Aquarius) had 
substantial losses, Timex, which makes 
Sinclair lookalikes, has not done too 
well either 3 despite a promising start. 
The TS2000 (Spectrum + ) was due for 
release early in the year but was de- 
layed, then re-designed to meet the 
competition. Timex was forced to make 
heavy discounts on the TS 1000 (ZX-81) 
to boost flagging sales. 



SINCIJVJR USER Annual 19&4 



- 



PlavwithaGriffin 



; Sothey/takeschoolintheirstride * 




* 



A m. 



* 

W * si. 



lour children are using a computer at school far 
more often than you think 

Computers make learning an absorbing game 
and retasn a child's interest and participation 

Cnffin Software have selected and adapted for 
home use. a senes of Griffin educational software 
tides already used in schools. 

The first six titles suitable for 4 to 6 year olds, 
are available now. 

If you have a ZX Spectrum 48K or a BBC 
Model B mif roco mpu c K at home.you ca n so easily 
keep up the school's good work And the beamy of 
it is. the child sees it as a game? 



Wordspell helps with 
spelling: Tablesums unravels 
the mysteries of tables; 
Fairshare uses Ollie the 
Octopus to make sense of 
division: Mumberfun makes 
addition and subtraction 
easy; Wordgames helps with 
spelling and expands vocabulary: and withCetset 
a child is helped with counting. 

All good fun! 

Griffin Software titles are at W H Smith. Boots 
and other computer shops everywhere. 




Orrly .(/Speech to suit tht£X6pfctnjm 48K Only £9 9i nvi 'i .'" v mi ' td a 

GRIFFIN 
SOFTWARE 

- tfs an education. 




One advantage the Spectrum has con- 
tinued to enjoy is a very large and 
sophisticated software base, Many com- 
panies which produced software for the 
ZX-81 have found it easy to make the 
transition to Spectrum software. Other 
companies from the record and publish- 
ing world — Thorn- EMI, CBS, Virgin 

— attracted by the large potential mar- 
ket, have also joined the contest. 

The number of new software com- 
panies, large and small, to have joined 
the Sinclair industry in the year is 
astonishing. They are almost as numer- 
ous as the new computer magazines — 
two new weeklies and innumerable 
monthlies which appeared during the 
year, A feature of the last year has been 
the movement into software. Compan- 
ies once specialising in hardware, like 
Quicksilva, dK'Tronics and Kempston, 
have begun to market programs. Quick- 
silva ceased production of hardware en- 
tirely. 

Software has become increasingly big 
business with the one-man program- 
mer/entrepreneur giving way to the 
publishing software house which com- 
missions programs from freelance pro- 
grammers or employs full-time software 
producers. In recent months computer 
magazines have been full of advertise- 
ments for programmers and/or pro- 
grams, preferably in machine code. 

A number of companies now have 
large minicomputers which behave like 
Spectrums — or Orics or BBC machines 

— but which offer many additional 
facilities for developing software. Psion, 
which had a £5 million turnover last 
year, produced Flight Simulator 
using such a machine; Melbourne 
House developed The Hobbit in that 
way; and Ultimate devised PSST. 

More recently, Virgin Games de- 
clared its intention to use such a system 
in preference to commissioning pro- 
grams. While it is still possible* no 
doubt, for someone to run a part-time 
company from a kitchen table, those 
developments make it more difficult 
because of the users* demands for well- 
finished programs and the costs now 
involved in marketing. 

It is an indication of the size and 
popularity of the computer market thy; 
it is beginning to attract crime. Three 
thousand Spectrums, later recovered, 
were stolen from Prism Microproducts, 
the Sinclair retail distributor, in June, It 
has also become profitable to pirate and 
mass-produce popular games tapes 
which are then passed -off as originals 
from the major software houses. 

Another issue which has enraged 
some software companies is the one of 



software libraries. In March, Quicksilva 
applied for an injunction against a com- 
pany it claimed was effectively lending 
Quicksilva programs, which might easi- 
ly be copied. 

It is an indication of the seriousness 
of software companies and the large 
amounts of money involved in fraud 
that two organisations have been set up, 
The Computer Traders' Association in 
February and the Guild of Software 
Houses, Both claim to be seeking 
methods of protecting the customer and 
policing the industry, 

Methods of distribution have 
changed, too, and have become better- 
organised. Mail order is still popular 
but many users prefer to see in advance 
what they are buying, without having to 
wait. More and more s software is being 
distributed through wholesale and retail 



'Companies once 

specialising in 

hardware have begun 

to market programs* 



outlets. Prism Microproducts has 
reached an agreement with an electrical 
retail chain to establish software dis- 
plays in the shops, which will be re- 
stocked regularly by Prism. It is hoped 
to extend the system to other retailers. 
Prism also hopes to introduce electronic 
distribution of software via a terminal 
held by the retailer. 

Another new development for the 
distribution of software appeared this 



year, after two false starts, Micronet 
800 produced an adaptor which allows 
the Spectrum to be linked via a tele- 
phone line to Prestel and to the Mi- 
cronet programs and information on 
micros. It also opens the possibility for 
Sinclair users to contact each other via 
the system. 

Star item this year, though, was the 
fabled Microdrive and Interface One, 
which finally surfaced in August after 
numerous false alarms. It was almost 
bound to be little disappointing, consid- 
ering the length of time we had to 
imagine how wonderful it would be. 
Having said that., there is little doubt 
that it will be reasonably high on the 
shopping lists of most Sinclair users for 
add-ons; 85K of program loading in a 
matter of seconds must be worth wait- 
ing for and for most of us the wait is 
like I y to be some time. 

The only serious reservation is the 
price of the cartridges. The interface 
and networking look ideal for use in 
schools and may go some way to up^ci 
ting the near monopoly of BBC ma- 
chines. That was one area where the 
Spectrum has not been too successful so 
far this year. 

The other major piece of hardware 
from Sinclair appeared at the Personal 
Computer World Show. The interlace 
Two seems to be designed specially for 
those who can admit that they did not 
really buy a computer to work out 
quadratic equations at all. A joystick 
controller with plug-in ROM car- 
tridges, it allows instant access to your 
favourite games programs with a mini- 
mum of fuss. The Interface is priced 
very reasonably at around £20 but the 
games cartridges are a lit tie more ex- 
pensive at around £15 each. 




10 



SJNC1JUR USER Annua! 1984 






Software Scene 




An important part of Sinclair User is the 

review of the latest software. Our writers 

give their opinions on the best available for 

both the Spectrum and the ZX-81. 



SINCLAIR USER Anmai 1984 



11 



John Gilbert's overview 




Development rate 
is 'astonishing 5 



THIS YEAR the software indus- 
try has been very fortunate in 
having more rises than falls, 
although in most cases that is due to 
luck and the market situation rather 
than good software. The rate of devel- 
opment and achievement by some soft- 
ware houses has been astonishing at 
times. In the adventure sector The 
Hobbit swept the board for accolades. 
Arcade software Time Gate, 3D Cora- 
bat Zone and now Maziacs, have 
stood out from a bewildering array of 
space and maze games. 

The Hobbit sent thousands of 48K 
Spectrum owners mad and floored most 
critics, who could not get enough of it. 
Many critics thought, when it was first 
released, that there would be many 
imitations. The critics were wrong as 
there are some companies trying to 
equal the game but no-one has managed 
to capture the same atmosphere of mad- 
ness. 

As with adventure games, arcade soft- 
ware has reached a peak. The year 
started with John Hoi I is* Time Gate 
from Quicksilva which showed what 
could be done with the graphics capabil- 
ity ofthe Spectrum. Particular attention 
was paid to the three-dimensional 
effects used in the program and, as an 
early effort, Time Gate was stunning. 

Another game which shows-olT the 
graphics of the Spectrum is Halls of 
the Things from Crystal Computing. 
It stretches the Spectrum graphics 
facilities to the limit and provides an 
incredible chase round a multi- level 
maze, populated by strange and deadly 
creatures. 

The game has proved popular with 
many people although, for some reason, 
retailers seem reluctant to stock it. 
From the moment it is LOADed, Halls 
ofthe Things displays signs of technical 
excellence, [f you watch closely you will 
notice something unusual happening 
when the title screen enters the com- 
puter. The display does not appear in 
blocks on the screen. It appears to move 
vertically straight down until it hits the 
last line of main screen and then the 
game begins. There is no wait between 
the LOADing of the initial display and 
the game. 



It is surprising that no manufacturers 
of software have tried to duplicate the 



Unfortunately the business and edu- 
cation market is not much further along 
the road than it was at the start of 1983. 
It is too soon to visualise what compan- 
ies are likely to do with the Microdrive 
but manufacturers already in the busi- 
ness have made a good, if slow, start. 

Most ofthe products produced in the 
last year have been for the home finance 
market and. include Finance Manager 
from OCP and Business Accounts 
from Wilsdcn Computer Services. 



efforts of Crystal, although one game, Little has been produced but the pro- 



Maziacs from dK'Tronics, is close to it 
It also relies on speed and graphics for 
its appeal, A good deal of thought obvi- 
ously went into the visual presentation 
of Maziacs and because of that it is 
attractive package 



an 



ducts available are of good quality. 

The main contributor to the small 
business market is Hilderbay, which 
still produces a Stock Control Pro- 
gram and PaiyroII program for the 
Spectrum and ZX-81. Hilderbay is an 



A new type of game to emerge in exception to the rule, as it also produces 



1983 was the graphics adventure. Until 
a short time ago most adventure games 
used text only to describe the locations 
which could be visited by the 'player. 
The Artie adventures provide good 
examples of this type of game. 

The new class of adventure uses 
either fulfscreen to illustrate locations 
or split-screen with text at the bottom 
and a picture ofthe currenr location at 
the top. 

The first graphics adventure was 



software for other more expensive com- 
puters, such as the Apple II, and so has 
the experience to produce the proper 
type of program. 

Another company to edge its way 
into the small business sector is Kemp. 
It has provided businessmen with three 
very usable programs— Purchase Led- 
ger, Stock Control and Stock Led* 
ger. Unfortunately they are available- 
only for the 48K Spectrum. 

No doubt programs of this kind will 
Pimania, although it differs slightly soon have Microdrive upgrades but un- 



from the strict definition ofthe category 
because the locations are not displayed 
using graphics. The animated graphics 
which are used^ including the Pi-man 
singing, give clues to the solution to the 
puzzles which are posed in the text, or 
an admonition to the player who is not 
doing very well. There has been unmis- 
takable reaction from players— you 
either love it or you hate it. 

Apart from Pimania, the first graph- 
ics adventure for Sinclair machines was 
The Black Crystal from Carncll Soft- 
ware, It provided the basis for several 
similar games where the locations were 
put on to a screen map and the player 
moved a marker around it. 

The next development of this type of 
format was provided by Doric Com- 
puter Services which produced a Spec- 
trum version of The Oracle's Cave. 
The bottom of the display is taken-up 
with a description of the cave system 
which you are in and the top contains a 
silhouette picture of the cave and your 
player-figure in the cavern. 

That figure will walk and climb, 
depending on what you are asking it to 
d o f and the whole scene is very lifelike. 
The graphics are smooth, startling and 
exciting. They show the way for the 
development of the graphics adventure 
in the next year. 



til then they are of somewhat limited 
use for anything but small businesses. 

There is little worth noting in the 
education field this year, except for the 
MEP programs from Sinclair Research, 
Sinclair took the unusual step of adver- 
tising the programs as ones which will 
be used in schools and can be bought Tor 
home use. 

One company moving to the fore this 
year, not because it retains any real I v 




12 



SJ NCI AIR USER Annual 1984 



outstanding programmers but because 
of the simple brilliance of the teaching 
technique which is used in the pro- 
grams, is Widget Software. It has pro- 
duced several educational programs but 
one of the most exceptional is Path- 
finder. The cassette contains four 
games based on different mazes. The 
idea is to learn as you play — an import- 
ant lesson to be learned by all edu- 
cational manufacturers. 

Young people learn more easily by 
playing games, so Widget has concen- 
trated on combining educational con- 
cepts with play. Although the programs 
are written in Basic, they perform the 



to games and utilities as soon as the 
machine is switched on. 

Next year there should also be a 
radical change in the way software de- 
velops and how it is accessed. Software 
on Microdrive and on ROM cartridge 
are only two new items. The third is 
telesoftware which can be accessed from 
Micronet 800. 

Telesoftware can be accessed from a 
central database of programs via tele- 
phone line*. The programs are trans- 
mitted or downloaded from the database 
and can then be listed on the user's 
computer. At present the service is 
available only for the Spectrum but 



'Now that 48K Spectrums are beginning to 
filter into schools, children will lose the attrac- 
tion for games and begin to treat computers, 
and the software which they run, as tools' 



dual task of teaching and keeping a 
child interested very well. 

Education is another area in which 
the Microdrive will he useful. It is 
possible to store information, graphics 
and questions on Microdrive which can 
be called up by a teacher or a student. 
In that way it will be a valuable tool and 
educationalists would be advised to take 
advantage of it. 

It is too early to see the effects of the 
Microdrive, Interface One, or even to 
see what impact Interface Two will 
have on the Spectrum. Interface Two 
will contain a ROM cartridge system 
which will allow users to plug in cart- 
ridges similar to those used with Atari 
machines. That will give instant access 




Micronet plans to make it available for 
the ZX-81. 

Some people regard telesoftware as a 
threat to mail order and to cassette 
software. Those arguments are not logi- 
cal nor will they be pertinent in a few 
months. Mail order seems to be dying 
and the retail shops, such as W H 
Smith, are taking-over the sale of cas- 
sette and disc-based programs. Because 
of the easy availability of those pro- 
grams, cassette software will be with us 
for a long time. After all, not everyone 
will not want to buy a Micronet adapt- 
or. It is rather like saying that every- 
body who wants a video will not want to 
watch live television. 

The Sinclair software scene has 
undergone a massive change this year 
but that is nothing compared to what 
may happen in 1984. Now that 48 K 
Spectrums are beginning to filter into 
schools, children will lose the attraction 
for games which they had initially, and 
begin to treat computers as tools which 
can be used for a purpose in everyday 
life. Demands for games software 
should recede slightly and the educa- 
tion, and eventually business, market 
should benefit from that. 

Children will still have an initial 
fascination with computers but that 
should turn to understanding now that 
many schools are geared to computer 
science. While 1983 has been a year of 
consolidation of the market, in 1984 
there will be an expansion of the moves 
which have already begun for practical 
uses on the Spectrum and still, to some 
degree, the ZX-81. 



Sinclair 
accounts 

John Lambert 

THE SPECTRUM and ZX-81 
have no reputation for being 
serious business computers but 
they are built around the same central 
processing unit as many grander ma- 
chines and can perform all the functions 
required of a business computer system 
by a small — or not so small — business. 
The high-quality software necessary for 
the purpose is becoming available to 
meet the needs of an ever-expanding 
market and the recent appearance of the 
much-vaunted Microdrive for the Spec- 
trum promises to rival some of the 
bigger disc-based systems. With the ad- 
dition of a full-size printer and inter- 
face, your computer can deal with your 
accounts > filing system, word process- 
ing, business planning and payroll and 
produce results of a professional stan- 
dard. 

To be fair to Sinclair, its machines 
were not designed with the business 
user in mind but rather to be a low-cost 
introduction to computers in the home. 
In that it has undoubtedly succeeded 
but it imposes certain limitations, the 
most noticeable of which are lack of 
memory and data storage. 

Memory, however, should no longer 
be a problem, given the large number of 
add-ons on the market, and the Micro- 
drive provides quick and easy access to 
large amounts of stored data. 

The Sinclair keyboards have attract- 
ed criticism but again if the user finds 
them a ppoblem a number of full-size 
keyboards are available. The screen dis- 
play can also pose a problem, 32 charac- 
ters per line often not being sufficient to 
produce the required display, but by 
careful programming the software can 
either give up to 64 characters or allow 
the user to output to a full-size, 80- 
column printer. Ultimately using a Sin- 
clair machine in business will not be the 
same as using a large, dedicated ma- 
chine, but different does not necessarily 
mean worse. 

Accounts programs lie at the heart of 
a business system. They give the busi- 
ness user a powerful tool in the running 
of a business where at the touch of a 
button a list of debtors and creditors can 
be called-up or even a set of accounts 
produced. In that way it is possible to 



SINCLAIR USKR Annual 19M 



13 



keep far greater control over affairs. 
Having decided to operate a computer- 
ised accounting system, users must first 
decide which program to buy. 

There, unfortunately, they must 
make their choice. There are many on 
the market ranging in price from about 
£\Q upward? and each will perform in 
slightly different fashion. If possible, 
the user should take an account to one 
of the bigger computer shops to try the 
programs or if that is not possible to 
contact the software house direct. 

Firms such as Transform Ltd or Hes- 
tacrest Ltd both supply a range of 
programs known technically as a suite 
— for both the ZX-81 and Spectrum — 
and Gemini, which produces a suite for 
the Spectrum, will be ready to guide the 
prospective buyer through the maze of 
software and hardware available. 

Having bought your program you 
should not have to spend hours learning 
an alien subject. Your computer pro- 
gram will take you step by step through 
each stage by a series of prompts and 
menu selections. There are two import- 
am things to remember. First, garbage 
in, garbage out — i.e., if you enter 
incorrect data, do not expect the com- 
puter to read your mind. That is how 
you can send bills for £0.00. Second, 
always make a back-up copy of data 
entered. Normally that is done by the 
father-and-son method, where two tapes 
are used alternately so that, should 
there be a power cut or some other 
disaster, you will always have an up-to- 
date record of your data. 

Computer-generated invoices are al- 
ways impressive and generally less time- 
consuming to produce. Take for 
example, the invoicing program from 
Transform Ltd. Initially you would en- 
ter a list of your clients' names and 
addresses, together with your own, and 
then whenever you wished to send an 
invoice/credit note you would have to 
enter only the first three letters of the 
name for the computer to find it. 

The computer also takes care of all 
the calculations of VAT, pricing and 
the various Forms of discount, i.e., trade 
settlement and the like. Having arrived 
at the total, it will give you the option of 
priming as many copies of the invoice 
as you wish, even pausing to allow you 
to change the paper in the printer when 
necessary. 

At any time you can print a list of 
outstanding invoices or print your state- 
ments. Additionally the program will 
even print-out your address labels but 
that facility will be examined later. 

Purchase/sales ledger are the main 
accounting books of any business and as 



such are catered for by a number of 
software houses, notably Hestacrest, 
Transform, Kemp and Gemini. The 
Cash Book program by Gemini for the 
48K Spectrum offers the user some 88 
nominal accounts, split evenly between 
profit and loss and balance sheet which 
cover all the usual business items, plus 
memo accounts. It also has the option to 
make journal entries. 

VAT naturally is catered for and the 
program will provide the figures neces- 
sary to complete your returns. The 
batch system of data entry is used — the 
purchases or sales are put into batches 
and the computer checks the batch total 
against the total individual entries to 
ensure correct entry. The data files 
created can be used by the Gemini Final 
Accounts program to produce a very 
impressive set of accounts. 

Hestacrest also supplies programs for 
the ZX-81 and Spectrum which supply 
a set of accounts for either the sole 
trader or a limited company. 

For stock control, there is a wide 
choice of programs from such firms as 
Gemini, Kemp — which also produces 
a Stock Ledger — Transform, Hesta- 
crest and Hilderbay. Using the larger 



'Databases is an area 
where people expect 
the computer to rule" 



Spectrum, Stock Control from Hilder- 
bay can handle approximately 1,300 
lines with details of name, stock level, 
re-order level, type and supplier code, 
unit value, total value and a text de- 
scription. There is also the facility to 
print-out a list of all items which are 
below the re-order level or even to print 
a total stock value. 

Databases is an area where people 
expect the computer to rule. It is able to 
store large amounts of data and to man- 
ipulate it in any way you wish, whether 
you want to control stock, store names 
and addresses or to keep track of stocks 
and shares. 

Of those on the market, probably the 
best -known are those from Campbell 
Systems, namely The Fast One for the 
ZX-81 and Masterfile for the Spectrum 
16K or 48K. They must be the fastest 
and most comprehensive available for 
the Sinclairs. By using dynamic fields 
— that is each record and each item in 
each record can be of different length — 
maximum use is made of the memory 
and by writing almost entirely in ma- 



chine code you have a very powerful 
program. 

Its one disadvantage, if it can be so 
considered, is its extreme versatility. To 
use it to the full, a passing acquaintance 
With computers is a great help, which 
may deter some would-be purchasers. 
To the business user a pre-packaged 
stock control or address program may- 
prove a better choice. 

A dedicated mailing list program can 
prove useful to anyone who wishes to 
keep a record of clients or perhaps club 
members. Address Manager by OCP 
can store up to 4<X> names and addresses 
for i he purpose and can sort them, it 
desired, into categories. Mailing list 
programs are also available from Gemi- 
ni and Hestacrest, 

A bane of an employer's life must 
surely be the calculation of income tax, 
especially if more than six weekly- pa id 
workers are employed. Now, rather 
than doing the job of the Government, 
you can use your computer. Hilderbay, 
among others, offers a payroll program 
which it guarantees to be correct; it also 
offers a Statutory Sick Pay program. 

The purchase of a computer could 
well be justified even if it was intended 
only to be used for one of the foregoing 
programs. There are many other areas 
where its calculating ability can be put 
to good use. The best -known utility 
business program is the spreadsheet 
type of program. It can best be de- 
scribed as a grid of boxes where each 
box can be identified by its row and 
column position, with the contents cal- 
culated by referring to the relevant cal- 
culation for that particular row and 
column. By altering the criteria for the 
calculation it is easy to see the result of a 
what-if? situation. Of the Spreadsheet 
type of programs, VisiCalc for the Spec- 
trum or ZX-81 from Sinclair are well- 
known but others are available from 
MiCrol, Myrmidon (ZX-81) and Work- 
force (Spectrum). 

Critical Path Analysis from Hilder- 
bay for both the ZX-81 and Spectrum 
allows the user to enter a network of 
more than 500 activities, Le., costs, 
duration and resources, and the com- 
puter will find the critical path, 

Optimax from Hilderbay for the ZX- 
81 is a linear optimisation program 
where up to 75 variables/constraints are 
entered and the computer finds the 
optimum. For example, if a farmer 
wants to optimise cattle feed, by enter- 
ing the nutrient value of foodstuffs and 
the cost, the computer will determine 
the most cost-effective mix. 

If your business is such that all time 
spent is charged to your clients, as is the 



14 



SINCLAIR tJSBR AtiHual ti/84 



case with accountants* advertising 
agents and the like 3 Time Ledger 
should prove useful. It can handle up to 
17 employees and 200 clients and is 
available from Hilderbay for the ZX-81, 

Should you need labels printed, Hil- 
deibaj can MtppLv a progrsoa tor the 
Spectrum 48K to print them. The label 
;an have the date and nine calculable 
fields of information and a range of 
si^es- If necessaryj the company sup- 
plies the labels. 

Budget, also from Hilderbay for the 
ZX-81, will help the business user keep 
track of expenses through the year. 
Comp-U-Share for the ZX-81 or Spec- 
trum 48K allows the user to keep track 
of various shares and investments and 
can be obtained from Software Work- 
shop, 

Having produced your figures, 
Graph Plot by Gemini will do that, by 
means of pie charts, histograms or 
graphs. Those graphs aid the user in the 
comparison of figures or as a selling 
tool. They are available for both the 
ZX-S1 and Spectrum. 

One of the most frequent uses of a 
computer after databases must surely be 
word processing, With the addition of a 
full-size keyboard a Sinclair computer 
can become a very effective word pro- 
cessor. 

Of The programs available, Tasword 
by Tasman Software for the ZX-81 and 
Tasword Two for the Spectrum stand 
out. Tasword Two offers facilities 
which would not be out of place on a 
Wang system. With 64 characters to the 
line, the ability to justify text and gener- 
ally to move it around at will — either as 
blocks, lines or single words — and to 
be able to replace or alter words in the 
middle of a piece of test make it a very 
powerful system. 

Technical or specialist programs are 
an area which show how cost-effective a 
Sinclair machine can be. Similar pro- 
grams for larger machines cost in the 
region of £500 for the software alone 
and yet in most cases the program 
requires the computer to act only as a 
calculator on a set number of variables. 
Any one of those programs, therefore , 
represents a remarkable saving, in that 
in a big company each engineer could 
have his own computer and even in a 
smaller one the time saved would pay 
for the machine in its first day of use . 
One such is Beam scan by G A Rooker 
for the ZX-S1 or Spectrum, of which a 
full review is given elsewhere in this 
section. 

It is well-known that a moving dis- 
play in a shop window will attract 
customers. W H Smith puts it to good 





v^^ 




■^^^^ 








V * * % % , 



use when it started selling the Spectrum 
in its stores by using the Spectrum ro 
sell itself. The most recent program 
aimed at the display market is Dlan by 
Campbell Systems. Using a range of 
built-in type Styles, colour commands 
and scrolling techniques with a built-in 
timer, a display can be built and made 
to alternate displays in a set timed 
sequence. 

What happens to software will de- 
pend on the advances in hardware. 
Most of the Spectrum business pro- 
grams are being updated to take advan- 
tage oT the Microdrive, even though its 
reliability has yet to be proved. The 
new Interface Two with ROM cartridge 
slot will also add a new edge. 

Perhaps the most important additions 
to the range of add-ons are the Micronet 
800 adaptor and the RS232 interface 
which can be connected easily to a 
modem. The possibility of, say, two 



'The ZX-81 also has 

its place in business 

in the future' 



computers which cost less than £100 
communicating with each other any- 
where in the world where there is a 
telephone offers untold possibilities. 

The ZX-8 1 also has its place in busi- 
ness in the future. Fitted with suitable 
sensors it must be the cheapest way on 
the market to control equipment, from 
factory machines to a programmable 
office burglar alarm. 

Software continues to improve but 
the problem is one of communication. 
Ten years ago businessmen were 
buying £10,000 computers which could 
do less than a ZX-81 today. Today the 
same businessmen still spend £10,000 



on computers when for £5,000 they 
could have a complete word processing/ 
accounting packagej including the price 
of the printer. For software writers it is 
unfortunately true that business soft- 
ware is not profitable on anything but 
the smallest scale. Until businessmen 
realise that high prices and high-press- 
ure salesmanship do not necessarily 
mean high quality, business use on 
Sinclair machines will remain little 
more than a sideline. 

USEFUL ADDRESSES 

Blindfold Utd. Rydtngs, Callows Green. 

Alton, Stoke on Trent, 

Campbell Systems. 1 5 Rous Road, Buck 
hurst Hill, Essex IG9 6BL Tel: Of -504 
05B9- 

Gemini Marketing Ltd, 18a Littfeham 

Road, Exmcuth, Devon EX8 20G. Tel; 
0395 265165/266832 

Hestacrest Ltd, PO Box 13. Leiohton 
Buzzard Bads LU7 0DG- T e l; 052-523 
785. 

Hilderbay Ltd, 8-10 Parkway, Regents 
Park, London NW1 7AA. Tel: 01-495 
1059, 

Kemp Ltd, 43 Muswell Hill, London NIO 
3PN. Tel: 01 444 5499. 

MiCrol, Freepost, 38 Burleigh Street, 
Cambridge CB1 IBB- 
Myrmidon Software, PO Box 2. Tad- 
worth. Surrey KT20 7LU. 
Oxford Computer Publishing, PO Bnx 3B, 
Oxford. 

G A Rooker. 20 Vaughan Avenue, Lon- 
don NW4 

Sinclair Research Ltd, Stanhope Road, 
Cambertey, Surrey GUI 5 3PS. 

The Software Workshop, Yew Tree, Sel- 
bourne, Hampshire GU34 3JP- 

Tasman Software, 17 Hartley Crescent, 
Leeds LS6 2LL 

Transform Ltd. 41 Keats House, Por 
Chester Mead, Beckenham, Kent. Tel: 
01-SSB 63SO. 

Work Force, 1 40 Wilsden Avenue, Lu- 
ton, Beds. 



SINCLAJR USER Annual 198-f 



]5 



JET d.AC- 



* ' I 1- \ 



PSSST- 






TRAIMZAM- 

1 6/48 LZX Spectrum 



COOKIE- 

16/48K2X Spectrum 



LUNARJETMAN- 

48KZX Spectrum 





LUNAR JETMAN - For the48 K Sinclair 2X Spectrum, 

LUNAR JETMAN - The ULTIMATE Intergalactie GAS. (Graphic 
Arcade Simulation) Adventure Space Battle 

LUNAR JETMAN - Arcade standard, 1 00% machine code r incredible 
sound effects, amazing smooth high resolution graphics, the totally 
new addictive concept and all those extra featu res you expect from the 
ULTIMATE games people. 

Design-TheULTIMATEPLAYTHEGAMEdesignteam 

ATI C ATAC- For the 48 K Sinclair ZX Spectrum 

ATIC ATAC - The super spooky 3D horror GAS. (Graphic Arcade 
Simulation]i Adventure game, 

ATIC ATAC - Arcade standard, 100% machine code, incredible 
sound effects, amazing smooth high resolution graphics, the totally 
new addictive concept and all those extra features you expect from 
the ULTIMATE games people 

Design -The ULTI MATE PLAYTH E GAME design team 

jf* C CA each, including VAT, 
I- O . O LI f i rst class postage 
and packing within U K. 



These games should be available from 

W. H. SMITHS, BOOTS, JOHN MENZIES, LASKYS. SPECTRUM 

CENTRES, other large department stores and all good ma 

software retailers. Alternatively, send the coupon to ULTIMA 

PLAY THE GAME for immediate dispatch by return, subject 

availability. 

Dealer enquiries welcome. 
Phone (0530) 41 1485 

ULTIMATE PLAY THE GAME is a Trade name of Ashhy Co 
Graphics Ltd., The Green, Ashbyde la Zouch, Leics. LE6 5JU 







ATIC, 

48KZXSpe 



il 



Post this coupon to: 

ULTIMATE PLAY THE GAME, The Green, 
Ashby de la Zouch, Leicestershire LE6 5J U. 
Please rush me the following: 

□ LUNAR JETMAN DTRANZAM 

□ COOKIE DJETPAC 

□ ATIC ATAC □ PSSST 

□ JET PAC (8K Expanded VIC 20) 

I enclose cheque/PO for £ .. 

Name,.,,.,.....-. 

Address 

PostCode 




ZX learning is 
much cheaper 

Eric Deeson considers uses in the school 



MANY YEARS AGO, in the 
1970s, the use of computers 
iti The home was an oddity. 
Now something like five percent of 
British families have computers among 
their prize possessions. That is higher 
than anywhere else in the world and 
Sinclair Research must take a great deal 
of the credit . 

In the 1970s the use of computers in 
school? was also an oddity. Now almost 
every British school has one or more 
among its resources for learning. That 
is higher than anywhere else in the 
world, too, and again Sinclair must take 
a great deal of the credit. 

In the former case, Sinclair credit is 
due to the fact that the machines head 
the list of sales to homes. That is not the 
case in schools, where teachers' wishes 
have so often differed from the ideas of 
central Government and local advisers. 
Credit, however, must still go to Sin- 
clair, in that its activities increased com- 
puter awareness in the country in 
general and that increased awareness led 
to the decisions to spend money widely 
on educational computing. 

It is difficult to employ statistics 
alone. It is certainly clear that the num- 
bers of schools offering computer activi- 
ties, and the numbers of candidates in 
associated public examinations, have ri- 
sen at the same explosive rate as general 
sales of micros for less than the £500 
mark. Data from other countries is diffi- 
cult to obtain and far less instructive. 
Even in the U.S., Japan and Australia, 
all reasonably well along our road, 
home computing is still for the tiny 
minority of middle-class folk and few 
schools possess, let alone use, micros in 
the classroom . 

A primary school head I know, on a 
recent visit to Japan, asked to see some- 
thing of educational computing. His 
request was received impassively but 
several days later he was taken to a 
central Tokyo school. It was a pleasant 
place, with all the signs of great expen- 
diture, and it had a "computer room". 
That room contained 12 posh micros, 
all new, and a pile of boxes hidden in a 
comer. No children, no teacher in 
charge. Was it a put-up job? 



How do ZX micros compare to others 
in educational contexts? First, I should 
note what the others are. There are two 
computers claimed by their manufactur- 
er as the only machines designed 
specifically for education. It is certainly 
the case that very few, if any, homes 
have them. The manufacturer is Re- 
search Machines Ltd of Oxford and the 
micros are the five-year-old 380-Z and 
its one-year-old sibling, the 480-Z Link. 
Both are massive and costly. They will 
probably always suffer from inadequate 
software support because the numbers 
in use are so small compared to those of 
micros which are also marketed to the 
general public. 

The 380-Z and 460-Z are certainly 
pleasant machines but their size and 



'Perhaps no local 

authority knows the 

facilities in its 

schools* 



cost and lack of support mean they will 
never take computing to the masses of 
pupils in a school. All the same, some 
local education authorities continue to 
restrict schools to RML machines for 
various and, in my view, inadequate 
reasons. I fear that in the areas of the 
country concerned, pupils and teachers 
will not progress happily towards com- 
puter confidence. 

The Acorn BBC micro is growing 
rapidly in importance as a school ma- 
chine, just as it is taking a good share of 
the richer home market. Although there 
are too many versions for comfort — 
difTerent models, operating systems and 
Basics — it has much more potential for 
education than the RML competitors. 
It is cheaper and much easier to move 
around and there is an impressive vol- 
ume of reasonably good educational 
software available for it. Even so, I am 
less than happy at the implications in 
Acorn advertising that 70 percent of 
micros in schools are BBCs. 



There are other reasonably popular 
educational machines — popular but in 
an overall small minority. They include 
the Apple — especially in Scotland — 
the Tandy TRS-80 and its clones, and 
the Pet. The Commodore 64 has made 
surprisingly little impact on schools as 
yet and the Vic-20 none, but it is likely 
that the Electron will make inroads in 
due course. 

Having made a few vague statements 
about the popularity of different micros 
in the educational scene, I wish 1 could 
be less vague. There was a flurry of 
small and large surveys two years ago. 
That was before the BBC had arrived 
and before the ZX-81 had a chance to 
make much impact, so the results are 
almost meaningless. Since then little 
hard information can be added to rein- 
force impressions. 

Data from two of my recent small 
surveys of school machines perhaps can 
add a little. The figures are 35 percent 
ZX-81 /Spectrum, 29 percent 380-Z/ 
480-Z, 17 percent BBC, 19 percent 
others — crude figures from crude sur- 
veys but perhaps indicating at least 
something about BBC advertising. 

There are various reasons for the lack 
of adequate data. The first is that per- 
haps no local authority knows the corn- 
puling facilities in its schools. That is 
partly because computing advisers, if 
they exist, have vast amounts of work to 
do. Probably even most head teachers, 
at least at secondary level, could not say 
what equipment is available in their 
schools. I have to think hard what we 
have in my department. II" you want to 
know, it is seven Ca I texts, two Cro- 
memcos, two BBCs, two ZX-Hls, a 380- 
Z and a terminal. No-one else knows 
that, apart from the computing teach- 
ers. 

The second reason for the lack of data 
is the multiplicity of sources. Many 
schools receive at least their first ma- 
chine through parent-teacher associ- 
ations, as gifts from local benefactors, or 
as prizes in competitions. Many others 
have bought equipment from science, 
mathematics or technology budgets. In 
all those cases, I am sure, Sinclairs have 
scored more heavily than other ma- 
chines, being so inexpensive and so 
well-known outside the staff room. 

The likelihood of such unconvention- 
al acquisitions of micros is particularly 
high in areas where an authority has 
told its schools to buy only RML equip- 
ment. Teachers see a different need for 
computers than many advisers and they 
have often been determined to have a 
ZX, whatever official policy may be. 
The main reasons for that determina- 



nt 



StNCLAJR USER Annual IM4 




tion are, of course, price and availability 
of software and other back-up resources. 
What then are the needs for comput- 
ers in schools? I shall not say much 
about that as the uses are fairly obvious 
and well-documented in magazines and 
books. There is my Spectrum in Educa- 
tion, for instance. Broadly speaking, 
computers are used in schools for these 
main purposes: 

To give pupils and staff experience in 
using them, an aspect of computer 
awareness or information technology 
courses. 

To extend the possible approaches to 
teaching specific topics — computer- 
assisted learning we call it in the trade. 
To investigate control/data capture 
applications. 

To provide the means of practical 
work in formal examination courses. 
To assist with administrative tasks. 
For the first three purposes the ZX 
machines win hands down. They are 
inexpensive. You can equip a room if 
you wish with 12 Spectrums in a net- 
work, plus MicrodriveSj two ZX print- 
ers and a better-quality printer for less 
than £5,000. That sum would buy you a 
system based on only two 380-Zs or, if 
using BBCs, five or six machines. Pass 
over the permanent network idea and 
the ZX way gives you sufficient power 
for every teacher to have good access, 
even in a large school- 

Those teachers would welcome the 
second huge Sinclair advantage, the 
mass of cheap, fairly good learning soft- 
ware available for home and schools 
use. Not many of us have the time to 
develop many good programs for the 
purposes of our colleagues. There is 
also in die Sinclair case a wealth of 
magazine articles and books^ again sav- 
ing the individual a vast amount of time 
and frustration. 

It is only when one reaches the last 
two educational applications in my list 
that the anti-Sinclair case becomes sig- 
nificant. Yet, even there, we find ZXs 
in positions of strength around the 



country. Many schools base even ad- 
vanced level programming courses on 
ZX-8 Is and Spectrums and many teach- 
ers have at least some administrative 
packages up and running. 

I am preaching to the converted^ of 
course. If you are reading this publica- 
tion you will already believe that Sin- 
clair micros are the greatest. Be aware, 
then, that not everyone agrees with you, 
and in the corridors of political power 
fierce batiks will still have to be fought 
on behalf of Britain's youth, 

What does Britain's youth need? 
Why did I begin by saying a short 
prayer of thanksgiving to Sir Give Sin- 
clair? tn my opinion the pupils in our 
schools need and want to be able to 
acquire a high level of confidence and 
familiarity with computers. Computers 
will offer more and more threats to 
society — to privacy, employment, free- 
dom, peace — and it is essential that 
every citizen knows that the machines 
are no more than friendly slaves. 

By the end of the decade it is likely 
that powerful, fully-portable micros will 
cost something like £10 and that the 
present problems of inadequate support 
will be on the way out. When that day 
arrives I would hope that as many 
members of the world community as 
possible will be able to have such a 
machine and be able to enjoy, welcome 
and benefit from its use. 

The only way we can approach even 
feebly that state of readiness is to maxi- 



The appearance of the BBC machine 
is helping significantly but ZX-81s and 
Spectrums remain the only sign of sal- 
vation. One large authority in Britain is 
going the other way. It is introducing an 
unknown business machine costing 
£2,000 as the standard. That machine 
has no colour nor sound and only block 
graphics, 1 understand it does not even 
have a manual. 

While that kind of approach con- 
tinues, educational computing will be 
for only a small minority. There is no 
way that all pupils will treat micros as 
friends — no way will many teachers 
even find the machines of use in their 
work. The computing teacher will reign 
as a high priest over a mystical temple 
and a small band of unintelligible wor- 
shippers. That is an abhorrent picture. 
Three-and-a-half years ago I founded 
the Educational ZX Users* Group with- 
in MUSE, the British educational com- 
puting association. EZUG grew out of 
all recognition, far beyond my ability to 
cope. It showed me that thousands of 
teachers and parents were convinced of 
the value of the Sinclair approach to 
computing in schools. Now EZUG is 
re-absorbed within MUSE, its function 
as a banner-waver fill filled. 

All the same, though the banner- 
waving is over, the battle for recogni- 
tion won, the war is still a long way 
from a conclusion. ! hope that the 
conclusion will be computers accessible 
and valuable to all in our schools but 



'Educational computing remains fossilised in 
the approach of the early 1970s. Too many 
schools have massive unsupported machines 
with which user-friendliness has no meaning' 



mise the use of computers in schools, 
colleges and homes. They must there- 
fore be as cheap, portable and powerful 
as possible. They must be supported by 
plenty of software and print resources. I 
believe that only the Sinclair range 
meets that description. 

Although many teachers feel that 
way, educational computing remains 
much too fossilised in the approach of 
the early 1970s. Too many schools have 
massive, costly, unsupported machines 
with which the word user-friendliness 
has no meaning. Few schools can offer 
more than one micro per 100 pupils and 
more than two teachers able to use the 
equipment with ease. 



there are many high priests in the corri- 
dors of power who continue to fight for 
computing for the few, 

Alas, I fear that even if the war goes 
our way, there still will be no time to 
rest. There are few countries in the 
world where the war has even been 
declared, Sinclair is leading Britain to- 
wards Computer-Assisted Freedom; 
Britain will then have to do some lead- 
ing, to give all human beings a brave 
new world rather than a big brother 
society. 

Btic Dtaan, who teaches m Birmingham, organised 
the world-wide Educational ZX Usen ' Group and k 
honorary editor vf ihe MUSE magazine, Comput- 
er* in Schools, 






SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



19 



John Gilbert reviews more complex games 

Arcades brought 
into the home 



A LMQST every major type of 
l—\ arcade game has been simulated 
A. JLon Sinclair computers. There 
are also new games which have an 
arcade format but have evolved on a 
microcomputer. The Spectrum is an 
ideal machine on which to play arcade 
games. The quality of them has im- 
proved substantially since the Launch of 
the machine. Some oF the first arcade 
games to be produced for the Spectrum 
were versions of Space Invaders, the 
game which started the arcade craze. 

Spectral Invaders was the first to 
be announced by Bug-Byte, which was 
already renowned for its arcade and 
adventure games on the ZX-81. So far it 
is i he game which most closely resem- 
bles the original arcade version. Al- 
though it is slow il is difficult to score 
points, as you can fire only one laser 
blast at a time. 

Another invaders game. Space In* 
t ruder*, was launched at about the 
same time as Spectral Invaders. The 
game is much faster and is recommen- 
ded for those who like to keep their 
fingers on the fire button and amass a 
big score. The only criticism is that the 
aliens and rnothercraft are very small 
and the mothership is blue on a black 
background and so is very difficult to 
hit. Apart from that Space Intruders 
from Quicksilva is good value at £5.95. 

Namtir Raiders, for the ZX-81, is a 
space invaders game with a difference 
from Artie Computing, The player shrill 
has to face the hordes of aliens which 
come down the screen but the laser base 
can be moved up and down as well as 
left and right. 

The player has five laser bases during 
the game and they can take only five 
hits from alien bombs. There are three 
levels of difficulty— easy to impossible. 
The game, costing £3.95, is addictive 
and the graphics are neither awkward in 
design nor jerky in movement. 

The game which is gaining popular- 
ity with 48K Spectrum owners is Time 
Gate, from Quicksilva, The authors 
claim that it is the ultimate in 5D arcade 
space action. The game is loaded in two 
partSj the first being a lengthy instruc- 
tion manual After the manual has fin- 
ished you can load the game. The object 



is to destroy a race of aliens called the 
Squarm who are trying to colonise 
Earth, The enemy fighters are also seen 
in 3D and so are the planets on which 
the player can land to refuel and repair 
the ship. It is by far the best arcade 
action game so far for the Spectrum and 
costs only £6.95. 

Asteroids is also becoming popular 
on Sinclair machines. One of the first 
companies to launch a version for the 
ZX-81 was Quicksilva. It was a good 
version on such a small machine and is 
still proving popular, 

Quicksilva has also introduced a 
Spectrum version called Meteor 




Storm. It has the added attraction of 
speech before play. It is difficult to hear 
the words but we are informed by the 
aurhors that it says ''Meteor Alert . . . 
Meteor Alert , , ,". Meteor Storm is a 
novel version of Asteroids and costs 
£5.95. 

Sinclair Research has a good game of 
asteroids, called Planetoids, in its new 
Spectrum Software library. The aster- 
oids are in 3D and much careful design 
work on both the asteroids and the 
player's ship seems to have gone into 
the game. Planetoids costs £5.95. 

Artie Computing seems to be the 
only company to have produced a ver- 
sion of Galaxians for the ZX-81, ZX- 
Galaxians looks like Space Invaders 
but the invaders are 'V 'shaped and are 



supposed to be inter-galactic birds. The 
birds swoop from formation and bomb 
the player's laser base, ZX-Galaxian is 
slow in action but can still be a very 
addictive game. It costs £4.95. 

Defender is still a much-sought-after 
game in the arcades and Artie Comput- 
ing took advantage of that early by 
producing a version for the ZX-81. The 
graphics are not particularly interesting 
and the spaceship which the player flies 
across the landscape is made up of a 
series of blocks which look only slightly 
like a ship. 

Despite those criticisms, the original 
idea behind the game is still there and 
the Artie version can be exciting, as you 
see the enemy ships rushing at you from 
the other side of the screen. 

With the arrival of the Spectrum, 
many manufacturers found an interest 
in the arcade game Scramble. The 
best and fastest version so far is from 
Mikro-Gen. In the game you have to go 
through caves which become smaller 
and smaller as it progresses, 

The game becomes progressively 
more difficult and can be run in slow, 
normal and fast modes. It costs £3.95. 

Silversoft has a Scrambk-type garne 
calkd Ground Attack. It works on the 
same principles as [he Mikro-Gen game 
but is much slower. There is a good detl 
of blank screen between game rounds 
and the average waiting time between 
rounds is 15 seconds. Ground Attack 
costs £5.95. 

The range of arcade-type games on 
Sinclair machines is always increasing, 
Manufacturers seem to feel safe in pro 
ducing standard arcade games such as 
Space Invaders and Scramble, Those 
games, especially for the Spectrum, are 
becoming more imaginative and the 
graphics and sound more impressive. 

Manufacturers have to be careful 
about copying ideas from other games 
but with the imagination of some of the 
firms in the Sinclair market, children 
and many adults will be kept happy 
with arcadetype games on the ZX-81 
and Spectrum for a long time. 

Space Invaders games have now been 
overtaken by Pacman in popularity. 

Sug Byte. 98 100 Tlw Albany, Old Hall Street. 
Liverpool L3 9EP 

Quicksilva, 32 Norttianrt Road, Southampton SO? 
0PB 

Artie Compline, 39G James Reckift Avenue, Hull. 
North Humberskie, 

Sinclair R*S*»rch, Stanhope Road, CambHrley, 
Surrey GUIS 3PS. 

Mikro-Gsfl, 24 Agar Crescent, Bracknell, Barkshiru 
RG12 2BK 

Silversoft, 30 Orange StrBBl, London WC2H 7ED 



20 



5LNC1 :\Ik USES Axtmai 19S4 



MIIMAL 




T 






W|**X 



VAMPIRE VILLAGE 

In a ruined castle near the village of Vladsdorf 
%, lurks a vampire who roams by night. 

As mayor you must organise volunteers to save 

the villagers. 
This is a REAL-TIME graphic 

i adventure and every game is 
different from the one before. 




SPACE ISLAND 



round a 



-Jz : - 



distant planet lead you into the st i ancient 

civilisation that although lo; 
dead, now threatens the pr€ 
This is a REAL-TIME graphic 
adventure and every game i 
different from the one before 






BURS 



w 













f pad i. i 


nd * <j< l t ant. " \ 








< ^m 
















n-ivi-nri'i-tM i»^rm.-wV 








CITY 

A unique REAL-TIME better-than-a-board game for 1-4 
players that combines simplicity of use with complexity 
pi form as the city you build takes on a life of its own, 
i A functioning economic model for you to play while 

'the Spectrum keeps track of the 

Itime, the money, the properties 
and the people. 



rja Efra ibar ; Ifj 1 n gl 

I 1 rm t-** 71 1 . . . J r D I 



rri t i * ■ i ■ *-« 



* > 



1 ^SiUi 



3 u 



^ 



: - 3 - 



i-^aE^pr: 



ini=l3ii— »Q|. 

ectrum *loK 

All Super Value at Rec, Price £6.95 



TERMINAL SOFTWARE 

28 CHURCH LANE, PRE5TWICH. MANCHESTER M25 5AJ, 

TEL; 061 IJ3 9313 




Applications for 
the Sinclair at 
home and the office 

Why not stop playing games and do some- 
thing interesting with your computer? John 
Gilbert assesses the software 



BOTH SINCLAIR machines can 
be used for storing data of any 
kind, such as names and address- 
es, telephone numbers and even an 
ever-changing record of appointments. 
The ZX-81 needs the I6R RAM pack 
for any kind of data storage and both 
information and program have to be 
SAVEd together. That operation can 
take up to six minutes and is not very- 
reliable. 

The Business and Household cas- 
sette was one of the first packages avail- 
able from Sinclair for the ZX-81. It 
contains three programs. One will keep 
a record of names and addresses, the 
aax will keep a diary of events and the 
final program will handle all your finan- 
cial transactions. 

The first two programs worked well 
but the Bank Account program on 
side two took six minutes to load and 
SAVEing the program back on to tape 
with the data proved very difficult. 

The Business and Household cassette 
may not be very reliable but it is good 
value at £3,95. 

One of the best data management 
systems available for the ZX-81 is The 
Fast One, from Campbell Systems, It 
allows the user to set up files of infor- 
mation in any way which suits him. 
The program will sort and search for 
specific bits of data and if numbers are 
being used it is possible to total them. 
The program is a step forward for the 
ZX-81 and is very flexible. It will do 
any kind of filing job, given the limita- 
tions of the machine. The Fast One 
costs £15 and has a comprehensive man- 
ual. 

Spreadsheet programs are an easy 
way to store numerical data in a format 
in which it can be used for calcula- 
tions. The spreadsheet is a matrix, or 
table, on the screen and any box, or cell, 
in the table can be addressed by using 
the letters and numbers which run hori- 
zontally and vertically at the sides of the 



sheet. This type of program can be used 
to plan ihe family budget and calculate 
automatically running totals of family 
expenditure. That is only one of the 
many applications for which it can be 
used in the home, 

MiCROt. produces a spreadsheet 
program called Matrix Planner. It is 
easy to use and has a spreadsheet of 
eight rows by 31) columns. That con- 
figuration can be changed by the user 
through the program variables, Ap- 
proximately 300 cells can be created in 
the matrix before all the 16K of mem- 
ory is used, 

Sinclair Research markets two pro- 
grams similar to the Matrix Planner 
Vu-Calc is a program which uses the 
spreadsheet. It has limitless possibilities 
and can he used for financial modelling, 
keeping track of bank accounts and even 
setting-up scientific experiments which 
rely on number-crunching for their out- 
come. 

The second is Vu-file. It is like Vu- 
Calc but the user can only store infor- 
mation and not perform calculations on 

'There are programs 

for data storage on 

the Spectrum but 

most of them can 

be used only on the 
48K version 5 

data. Both programs are available for 
the ZX-81 and Spectrum. ZX-81 ver- 
sions cost £7,95 and Spectrum versions 
£8,95. 

The arrival of the Spectrum set soft- 
ware houses the task of writing pro- 
grams which can use data files separate 
from the programs. It has opened the 
way to storing large amounts of data on 
cassette and, with the arrival of the 



22 



SINCLAIR USJ-R Annual fW4 



Microdrive on floppy tape. There are 
several good programs for data storage 
on the Spectrum but most of them can 
be used only on the 48 K version. 

The Database from MiCROL. is 
one such program. The files can be split 
into documents. Those documents are 
useful in splitting-up topics within the 
machine. You can give each document a 
heading, such as tax, income or budget, 
and you can have several of them in 
memory at one time 

Documents are split further into re- 
cords, with one record corresponding to 
each datum. With that system it is 
possible to do your tax and budgets at 
the same time, without having to load 
the computer twice with information. 
The program can store up to 999 record 
lines in memory. The Database costs 
£9.95 and is complete with handbook. 

The. Masterfile program from 
Campbell Systems is the most compre- 
hensive of the databases available. It is 

'Most data 

processing programs 

can already deal with 

more information 

than the ordinary 

user needs' 

the successor to The Fast One for the 
ZX-81 and provides fast access to large 
amounts of information. The user can 
also model the program to meet specific 
requirements. Data can be sorted and 
searched and reports can be compiled 
using the system. Masterfile costs £15 
for the 48K. version and £12 for I6K 

The spreadsheets which proved so 
popular with the ZX-81 are starting to 
creep on to the Spectrum market. The 
best, so far, are from MiCROL and Mi- 
crosphere. Both are remarkably similar. 
The MiCROL version costs £9.95 and 
provides the basic calculating power of 
most spreadsheet programs. It is easy to 
use and can help the business or home 
user with complicated calculations, 

Omniealc is the spreadsheet from 
Microsphere, It is ideal for someone 
who has just found the spreadsheet 
concept but it is also a very powerful 
tool for anyone who has used one pre- 
viously. The program seems to work 
faster ihan the MiCROL spreadsheet 
and information can be accessed almost 
immediately. 

The screen format is easily under- 
standable and very clear for the first- 



time user. The program contains a help 
option which lists the commands avail- 
able through the spreadsheet. Omniealc 
costs £9,95. It is complete with a user 
manual. 

All-Sort is an interesting utility pro- 
gram for the 48K Spectrum. It enables a 
user to sor( data which has been set up 
within a home-built program. The data 
is stored initially in an array and All- 
Sort can sort up to four of them at once. 
It can be obtained from Alan Hirminger. 
The program is useful and very fast but 
at £18 exclusive of VAT it is expensive. 
Listfile is a program which does 
exactly what its name suggests. The 
program allows a user to store lists of 
data, such as names and addresses, and 
to access that information very quickly. 
Data is entered in blocks which can be 
up to eight lines of 26 characters long. 
An extra line, called the info line, can be 
used to index information but that is 
not printed-out when the printer is used 
to list the information. 

Listfile is available for the 16K and 
48K Spectrum and can be obtained 
from G and J Bobker. It costs £10 and 
has full documentation. 

Now that the Spectrum has arrived, 
software manufacturers are beginning 
to think about software uses other than 
games on Sinclair machines. The data 
processing programs could handle 
many tasks which are centred on the 
home. Databases, such as the one from 
MiCROL, are useful for storing textual 
information, such as a list of favourite 
records or even knitting patterns. 

The Microdrive can expand the data 
processing capabilities of the Spectrum. 
Information can be accessed more 
quickly and as a result bigger programs 
can be stored in memory and data can 
be fed in bit by bit. 

The capabilities of the Spectrum 
can be extended in this way but soon 
we will have to decide whether it is 
necessary. Most data processing pro- 
grams can already deal with more infor- 
mation than the ordinary user needs, It 
may be proved that that type of appli- 
cation for the Microdrive is a waste of 
time. 

Sinclair Research, Camberfey, Surrey GU7& 

3BR. 

MiCROL. 31 Burleigh Street, Cambridge 

CB1 1BR. 

CampbeH System*. 15 Rous Road, Buck 

hurst Hill, Esses IG9 6BL 

Microsphere Computar Services Lid, 72 

Rosebnory Road, London IM10 2LA. 

Alan Fitminfler, 171 Heme Hill, London 

SE24 9LH 

G and J Bobker. 29 Chadderton Drive. Uns 

worth. Bury, Lanes. 




SINCLAIR USER Annua! i9S4 



2i 





New and varied life-forms now inhabit the 
Pacman maze. John Gilbert investigates. 

ng the Pac 



PACMAN is part of what the 
video historians like to call the 
arcade maze craze. The game is 
set in a raa?.e where a hungry Utile 
round creature eats dots and power pills 
scattered through the corridors. The 
monsters are ghosts which hunt the 
little man, and will eat him if he is not 
agile enough to escape. 

If, however, the Pacman eats a power 
pill it can chase and eat the ghosts. The 
original game was introduced to the 
home computer market by Atari, 
primarily on its VCS video system and 
then on the 400 and 800 computers. 

The first versions for other computers, 
variously called Puckman, Gobbleman 
and Scoffer, arrived shortly afterwards 
and since then new versions have been 
released almost every month. 

Not surprisingly, the ZX-81 did not 
escape the craze. The authors of 
Zuckiiiiin, from DJL Software, claimed 
that it as the first version of Pacman for 
the ZX-81. The game runs in I6K and 
is written in machine code, which gives 
the scrolling routines and Pacman a 
smooth movement. That is something 
unusual on the ZX-81,, as most games 
flicker slightly. 

The game adheres as closely as possible 
to the original and the limited graphics of 
the ZX-8 1 do not matter much. One snag 
with playing the game on the ZX-81 is 
the membrane keyboard. Moving a 
Pacman round the screen using it can be 
difficult but not impossible. 

Al the beginning or Zuckman the 
ghosts speed on their victim and if you 
panic trying to find the keys and do not 
press them properly you are liable to lose 
a Pacman or crash the machine. Once you 
have a fair idea of the game, however, it is 
surprising how quickly you can move the 
Pacman around. 

Zuckman is available for £5.95 on the 
J6K ZX-81 and Spectrum. Super 
Glooper is a version of Pacman, also for 
the 16K ZX-81, which is retailed by 
Sinclair Research. Glooper's task is 
slightly different from normal. Instead of 
gorging himself with power pills he has 
to paint the maze. Obviously the ghosts 
will not tolerate Glooper's antics — 
perhaps they do not like the smell of 



paint. The ghosts will try to kill Glooper 
as usual but if he can get round the maze 
and paint all the walls you have won. 

The game is very amusing and is well 
worth £4.95. The program will load in 
less than two minutes, so you will not 
have to wait six minutes to play the game. 

The launch of the Spectrum provided 
software houses with an excuse to try to 
produce the perfect Pacman which 
simulated the Atari version as closely as 
possible but Atari guards its rights over 
products jealously and investigated the 
products of several firms in the ZX 
industry. 

The Abbex Spooky man game is the 
most famous of the Spectrum versions. It 
also looks most like the original. Most 
games, until then, included anly dots 
and power pills in the mazes. Abbex 
included dots, power blobs, diamonds, 
hearts, clubs, mean-looking ghosts and a 
cute little Pacman which looks like a 
diamond turned on its side. 

The keyboard is divided into three 
sections with left control on the left, right 
on the right, and up and down in the 
centre. The controls are very difficult to 
master but, once you have done so, 
usually with ihe aid of both hands, you 
will be surprised at the agility you can 
attain. 

At times the game is almost impossibly 
fast but Abbex estimates that the highest 
score possible after every screen has been 
cleared is 22,400. If you manage to reach 
10,000 points you will receive a bonus 
life. We managed to go i hat far only once. 

Spookyman can be played by one or 
two players, [f two play they take turns to 
control the Pacman. Their individual 
scores and the highest score are included 
at the top of the screen. 

There are two unusual features in 
Spookyman. The first is that you can re- 
Set the high score at any lime between 
games; the second is that you can use a 
joystick. The game is compatible with 
theKempston joystick and once you have 
seen it in action it is almost a necessity, 
Spookyman is available from Abbex and 
coats £4.95. 

Gulp man is another variation on 
the Pacman theme. The round 
Pacman is replaced by a little man 



24 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



running round the maze and the gliosis 
become frowning faces which smile 
only when ihcy have eaught Gulpman 
The game is very complex and you 
can switch to any of 15 mazes in which 
to play. It is also possible to change the 
tempo. At tempo one the speed is 
bearable but at tempo 10 life is not 
worth living. 

The little man can fight back slightly 
more easily than in other games as he 
approaches with a fully-loaded laser 
gun. If the ghosts gel too close you can 
blast them away but only until your 
energy runs out. It seems as if the space 
age is overrunning everything. 
Gulp man is available from Campbell 
Systems and costs £5.95. 

Hungry Horace, from Sinclair 
Research, has developed a reputation as a 
fun game; in fact Horace is almost a 
legend. The game is a great improvement 
on the original and remained at the top 
of the software top ten for some time. 

Horace is a large purple blob which 
has sprouted arms and legs. He wanders 
round the maze which looks like a park, 
eating everything in his path and trying 
to avoid the guards who act like ghosts 
and try to capture him. He can scare away 
the guards by using the alarm bell 
situated somewhere in the maze. 

If Horace reaches the exit of one of the 
mazes he can enter the next maze and 
continue to the next exit. The mazes 
become more difficult as Horace 
proceeds further in his adventure and we 
managed to reach only the third maze. 
With a large amount of skill, however, it 
should be possible to go further. 

Hungry Horace, for the 16K. 
Spectrum, is available from Sinclair 
Research and costs £5.95. 

Although the arcade industry in the 
States, and now in Britain, is declining it 
is good to see that games concepts like 
Pacman are being transferred to micros. 
Some of the Sinclair versions of 
Pacman seem as good as, if not better 
than, the original Atari version. Games 
such as Hungry Horace are setting-up an 
interesting mutation in the Pacman 
concept. They also seem more interest- 
ing than the original version because they 
have added to the idea of Pacman. So far 
as the consumer is concerned it is to be 
hoped that concepts such as Pacman will 
not be destroyed within the industry. 

DJL Software, 9 Tweed Close, Swiridori, 

Wfes, SN2 3PU 

Sinclair Research, Stsnhape Road, 

Camhefley, Surrey. GU15 3PS- 
Abbex Electronics Ltd. 20 Ashlev Court, 
Grear North Way. London, NW5 
Campbell System*. IDepl. SUI, 15 Rous 
Road. Buckhurst Hill, Essex, IG9 6BL. 



SiNU-AJR USER Annua! S984 




Backgammon has long been a popular game which requires a mixture 
of luck and skill. John Lambert reports on three versions 

Ancient game has varied 
success on the Spectrum 



BACKGAMMON is an ancient 
game involving much more skill 
than draughts, yet dependent 
more on luck than chess. It is as old, or 
possibly older than any of them. The 
ancient civilisations of China, India and 
Greece all offer possible birthplaces. 
There are three versions of the game tor 
the Spectrum by Psion, l&K; Hewson 
Consultants, IGK; and C P Software, 
4SK; all priced at £5.95. 

Each cassette has instructions for 
those new to the game. Those written 
for C P are good, clear and detailed. 
Backgammon is a complex game and 
the notes make play easy for a complete 
beginner. The Psion instructions are 
equally useful but those provided by 
Hewson are not nearly as well put 
together and might be confusing for the 
novice. 

When playing Backgammon, the vi- 
sual impact of the board and layout of 
the 'men* is vitally important — you 
need to be able to assess your position 
and your opponent's at a glance, so the 
graphics are a prime consideration. 

On loading, Hewson offers a choice 
of single game, points series, gambling 
series or a demonstration game. The 
latter is very helpful for the newcomer 
and compensates a little for the de- 
ficiency in written instructions. There 
is also a choice of static levels and you 
can choose who starts the game, al- 
though, strictly speaking, that is against 
the rules. 

The board is swiftly presented but 
unfortunately it is not easy to see, either 
in colour or black and white. The 'men 1 
do not stand out from the board and the 
computer moves are made much too 
quickly for the experienced player to 
follow, let alone the novice, A record of 
the moves appears on screen below the 
table. The Hewson graphics are simple 
and not very effective compared to the 
others. 

Load the C F version and you are 
presented with brief instructions for 
play* which neither of the others pro- 
vides on-screen, but there is no choice 
of skill level. The graphics are much 
better than those of Hewson, though 



the board is drawn very slowly 3 that 
part of the program being in Basic. The 
definition is good, making the men 
easily visible in colour, and only a little 
less so in black and white, but since the 
points are not coloured alternately as 
they should be it is often difficult to 
iLi leu late your moves. In [his program 
the chosen pieces flash before a move is 
made so that it is easy to follow and a 
record is kept below of the moves, but it 



points with more than five men, the 
pieces appear to stand on their edges to 
make space, whereas the other two 
games resort to using numbers in that 
situation. When blots are hit, they trav- 
el grace fill ly to the bar, where a maxi- 
mum or two men of any one player are 
shown at a time. 

In the middle of the bar is the dou- 
bling cube, which moves from player to 
player in use. Hewson is the only other 



'The CP graphics are much better than those 
of Hewson, though the board is drawn very 
slowly, that part being in Basic. The defin- 
ition is good, making the men easily visible' 



is SLOW and your moves have to be 
entered singly, which can be frustrating 
when a double is thrown. 

In its normal fashion, Psion presents 
a screen display for you to look at while 
the game is loadings even though the 
screen takes almost as long as the game 
to load. Incidentally that was a black 
mark for Psion; whoever drew its screen 
should have realised that opposite faces 
on a dice add to seven rather than 
adjacent ones. That criticism, however, 
should not detract from the spectacular 
nature of board display. You select from 
four skill levels, with a demonstration 
game available, and then are given the 
opportunity to input your own dice 
throws. It is the only one of the three 
which allows this, a feature which other 
games programmers would be wise to 
copy since your faith in the randomness 
of the RND generator will be shaken by 
the dice thrown in all the programs. 

The board is drawn quickly with the 
points coloured alternately in black and 
white and the pieces, large enough to 
see easily, four character squares, in red 
and cyan. The definition is not lost 
when using a black and white television. 
The dice 'roll 1 in 3D up the screen and 
the pieces move across the board from 
point to point, making it simple to 
follow the course of the game. On the 



game to offer doubles but only in it* 
gambling series. 

Moves can be changed after they 
have been made by use of the DELETE 
key, the men re-tracing their steps 
across the screen, EDIT elicits suggested 
moves to help the novice player 
throughout the game. The graphic dis- 
play is well-designed and effective. 

All the games use the conventional 
rules of play, as published by Hoyle, 
but for scoring C P has no doubling 
option, an integral part of the modern 
game. Hewson uses its own method of 
calculating points instead of the accept- 
ed one. Only Psion scores correctly. 

Hewson plays erratically, sometimes 
being very conservative and at other 
Limes raking wild risks. Moreover, by 
moving about frequently within its own 
inner table it is unable to take full 
advantage of the dice. When playing a 
back game it does not persevere long 
enough and on one occasion when one 
of its men was on the bar and most of its 
opponent pieces had been borne off 
leaving a blot on the three, Hewson 
threw five/three and came in on the 
five, thus losing a gammon. Apart from 
that instance it usually 'hits' at almost 
every opportunity and so it can be 
trapped by a skilful opponent. On the 
whole the level of play, even at its 



26 



SINCLAIR USER Annnat 1984 







highest, is moderate and does not pro- 
vide a stimulating challenge to an exper- 
ienced player. 

It is interesting to note that M Male, 
the author, also wrote the excellent air 
traffic control simulation, Heathrow, 
for Hewson. 

C P is another fanatical taker, but 
rarely takes the conventional precaution 
of building houses in its inner table. On 
the rest of the board its moves are 
generally conservative but its defeats of 
Hewson, as indeed when Hewson beat 
it, depended on some very lucky dice 
throws towards the end of the game. 
The two programs are well matched, 
their skill levels being about the same 
and their strategies very similar. 

Psion plays a much more sensible 
game and provides more of a challenge. 
It makes better and more frequent use 
of the standard openings and its strategy 
throughout the game is more consistent. 
It protects its inner table and leaves few 
unnecessary blots but once again when 
playing a back game it tends to lack 
conviction and runs for home too soon. 
To test the abilities of the games a 
'tournament' was arranged* Each pro- 
gram played five games against each of 
the others. The results, shown in the 
table, were surprisingly even. 

It was expected, on the basis of play- 
ing the game individually, that the re- 



sult would be l J sion first, Hewson and 
then C P, None of those programs, 
however, can assess the play of its oppo- 
nent, which is why they fail to take 
advantage of each other's faults. Human 
players would assess and eventually pre- 
dict their opponent's moves, frustrating 

'Results depended 

often merely on the 

luck of the dice' 

a back game by refusing to hit blots, or 
avoiding blots left as obvious traps. 

Since the programs cannot do that, 
the Psion game, for example, fails to 
realise that its opponents play consis- 
tently badly and cannot capitalise on 
that as a human player does. For the 



same reasons, Hewson and C P opposed 
each other three times with identical 
strategies and neither was able to realise 
that and alter its play accordingly. The 
results therefore depended often merely 
on the luck of the dice. 

The Psion game is programmed en- 
tirely in machine code and so uses the 
comparatively small space available on a 
16K machine efficently, even using the 
spare space in the printer buffer for the 
table of the positions of the men on the 
boards. Now the Microdrive is available 
i[ may be a problem to fit it in. On the 
other hand Hewson and C P are written 
predominantly in Basic, Hewson about 
70 percent and C P nearly 90 percent; 
that makes them somewhat cumber- 
some and would, particularly in the case 
of C P, welcome the use of a good 
compiler. 



RESULTS 



Psion v. 

Hewson 

Hewson v. 
CP 



1 
G 



2 



3 
B 



4 
W 



Psion wins 5/3 



W 



W 



CP wins 8/1 



G 



W 



W 



CP v. 



G 



G Draw 



Psion 



W 



W 



W = Win G ■ Gammon B = Backgammon 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 19S4 



27 



u 



f 



Tower of Babel 
hits Sinclair 

As more users become accustomed to Sinclair Basic 

and its limitations they have turned to other languages 

to help solve particular problems. John Gilbert investigates 

the growing demand for new ways of conversing with 

your machine., such as Forth, Pascal, Logo and Lisp. 



BASIC, as used on the ZX-81 and 
Spectrum, is. a high-level lan- 
guage. That means that it is easi- 
ly understood by human operators but 
that the computer has to translate any 
entry made by a user into the code 
which it understands. 

Basic was designed to help people 
become accustomed to a computer and 
was not written to perform any particu- 
lar task. That is the problem with it 
when compared to other languages. 
Languages such as Forth and Fortran, 
were written to perform specific tasks. 

Forth has already been implemented 
on the ZX-81 and some versions are 
available for the 48K Spectrum. The 
language was designed originally for 
engineers who needed to process formu- 
lae. It runs ar many times the speed of 
Basic and, with graphics added to the 
list of commands available, you can play 
a good game of space invaders by using 
it. 

The most interesting aspect of Forth 
is that you can define your own com- 
mands using words which already exist 
as part of the standard system. A 
dictionary of those words usually is 
accessible on the system using a list 
command. For instance, if you want to 
find the square of a number you would 
use the standard word DUF, If you 
want to find the square of a number 
squared again you could define your 
own word, for instance DUPD, by de- 
fining it as DUF*DUP. All that seems 
very complicated if you are used to 
Basic. 

Some languages require even more 
discipline on the part of the program- 
mer. 

Pascal, for instance, is a language 
which requires the programmer to de- 
fine all variables and functions used 
throughout the program in the first 



section of the code. A program written 
in Pascal must then be structured as a 
series of routines, each routine being 
relatively independent of the others. 

The language is slightly more diffi- 
cult to use than Basic as it forces the 



.,-, r .,.„v ,-.*.■ J^J 




'•iimm . . . it's not so much BASIC m EARTHY. " 

programmer to think about how the 
code is to be put into the computer, 
which operations are to be performed 
first, and where routines are to be 
placed in a program, instead of deciding 
what code you need for a specific job. 

Children and schoolteachers are be- 
coming interested in a language called 
Logo, which has been imported from 
the U.S. Its inventor is Seymour Papcrt 
and embodied in it are several contro- 
versial concepts which many education- 
alists are beginning to question. 

The emphasis of the language lays 



with teaching children about mathemat- 
ics through graphics shapes on the 
screen and through the use of a robot, 
called a turtle, which can be controlled 
from a computer. The robot can be used 
to draw shapes on the floor and puts 
into practice the concept of learning by 
experience. 

fducarionalists in Britain are scepti- 
cal about using turtles in that way. The 
reason is that learning in British schools 
has been, and still is, by the repetitive 
rote learning method. 

Some schools are experimenting with 
turtles but the lessons taught using 
ihem have been structured so that chil- 
dren are still learning by rote and not by 
experiment or experience. 

At present, Sinclair Research is de- 
signing a version of Logo to work on the 
Spectrum. Edinburgh University is also 
working hard to produce a floor turtle 
for the machine. The language will be 
supplied free to schools which choose 
the Spectrum under the Government 
Microcomputers in Schools scheme, 

The artificial intelligence language 
Lisp has already been released for the 
Spectrum by Serious Software. Lisp is 
used for list processing and programs 
can be written which will act like intelli- 
gent databases. 

Serious Software has provided a data- 
base written using the Lisp package. It 
includes the names or a family group 
with relations which they form to each 
other. Using the program you can dis- 
cover which members of the family 
have children, which have brothers, and 
whether those brothers are married. 
The database seems intelligent because 
you can ask it questions which are 
limited only by your imagination. 

Normal databases would allow intbr- 
mation to be accessed only using such 
techniques as entering a keyword to 



28 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 






find data. You can also use Lisp to write 
programs which will seem to give mean- 
ingful answers to entries you type into 
the computer. The computer will select 
an answer depending on the data, which 
is stored in its memory and how it has 
answered questions similar to the cur- 
rent one. 

Programs which simulate this type of 
intelligent computer response have 
been written in Basic. One such pro- 
gram, Eliza, acts like a human psy- 
chiatrist and many of the replies it 
generates seem almost too much like 
human response. 

The Eliza program in Basic is amus- 
ing but with large amounts of data in 
memory the program will respond very 
slowly, someiimes taking two minutes 
to analyse entries. Lisp was devised for 
thai kind of work and so it has the 
advantage of speed over Basic in this 
area. 

Most computer languages were de- 
signed with a purpose. Unfortunately, 
languages like Basic have been corrupt- 
ed and are now used for different pur- 
poses from those which their designers 
had intended. 

Basic was not intended as a commer- 
cially-used programming language for 
the design of space invader games. Un- 
fortunately, programmers can use only 
the langauge available to them and on 
the Spectrum that is either Basic or 
machine code. 

Sinclair is now making it possible to 
use other languages but Basic is still the 
must popular, not because people like it 
better than other languages but because 
very few people have had the opportu- 
nity to use any of the others. 

Only one small microcomputer has 
been produced which will run a lan- 
guage other than Basic, (he Jupiter Ace. 
Sinclair is definitely an innovator in the 
market, so perhaps a micro with a new 
dedicated business language may be the 
next step. 



FORTH 

Artie Computing. 396 James fieckitt Ave- 
nue,. Huli, North Humberside. [48K Spec- 
irum/ZX-Sl}. 

Abersoft. 7 Maes Afallen. Saw Street, 
Dyfed SY24 5BA. (Spectrum 4&K). 
PASCAL 

Interlace, Dept SU, 44-46 Earls Court 
Road, London W8 6EJ (Book with Basic 
compiler L 
LOGO 

Sinclair Research, Freepost, Camberley, 
Surrey GUIS 3BR. (Spectrum - to be re- 
iMMffl. 
LISP 

Serious Software, 7 Woodside Road. Bick- 
ley, Kent BR1 2ES- {Sped rum 48KL 







SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



29 



Writing programs is time-consuming. John Gilbert examines a 
collection of cassettes which help to make the job much simpler 



from 



machine 



THE BEST WAY To learn about 
machine code is to use an as- 
sembler. Machine code consists 
of numbers but with an assembler the 
user can write code in assembler lan- 
guage, which looks more like Basic and 
U easier to understand. The program 
will then convert the user's assembly 
language instructions, called source- 
code, into machine code. 

Although the ZX-81 has been around 
for several years there are only a few 
machine code assemblers available on 
the marker for it. The only big com- 
panies to produce assemblers for the 
machine are Artie Computing and Bug- 



Byte. Both built their reputations with 
these assemblers. 

The Artie assembler is a two-pass 
program. It will permit full use of 
labels, will inspect and modify registers 
and also allows output to a printer. The 
code to be assembled is put into a REM 
sratement at the beginning of the pro- 
gram and all code can be written in 
standard Z-80 mnemonics. The assem- 
bler will also assemble messages which 
are to be used in programs into hexade- 
cimal code. It costs £9.95. 

The other best-seller is the Bug-Byte 
ZXAS. The program is similar to that 
of Artie but was launched in a blaze of 



publicity as being the first machine 
code assembler for the ZX-81, 

Bug- Byte also wanted to be the com- 
pany which produced the first assem- 
bler for the Specirum but it was to be 
disappointed. Wrangling within the 
company between its programmers put 
the release date further and further back 
until the package became available early 
in 1983. 

The program is for the 16K and 48K 
Spectrum, It is very comprehensive in 
its options and very easy to use. As well 
as assembling user machine code, it has 
a full editor facilitv with which the user 




W 



SINC1ATR USER Annua! 1984 




an view assembly code s delete and 
insert, search for specific strings of Text 
within machine code, and list all the 
labels which have been specified by a 
user in a program within a cross- refer- 
enced table. 

The editor will also reverse 16-bh 
values, such as memory addresses, if the 
user specifies that option. That facility 
is useful when dealing with a large 
number of 1 6-bit addresses in a long 
program. The use of 16-bit values can 
be a problem for beginners, who often 
do not know whether or not to reverse & 
number. 

The program also has a good cassette 
interface. Both the source code — the 
user's — and the object code — assem- 
bled-code can be filed on to cassette. 
That means that source code can be 
saved and re-edited when the user needs 
it. The saved source code could also be 
useful if the programmer wanted to 
upgrade a program. 

Unfortunately the manual, or lack of 
ft, provides points against Aspect. 
Instructions are written on a piece of 
paper. They are just about adequate and 
contain no examples. Aspect costs £ Q 
and is available from shops such as W H 
Smith. 

Picturesque slipped its Editor/As- 
sembler on to the market very quietly. 
The program is for the 16K and 48 K. 




into operation. The usual ORG instruc- 
tion is included as part of the instruc- 
tion set to define the address at which 
the assembled code should be put. 

The program display is interesting, 
as the screen has a 40-column width and 
is split into several fields which corre- 
spond to those used in assembly lan- 
guage programming, together with a 
line number field. The cursor recog- 
nises the end of one field and jumps to 
the next automatically. That makes the 



'One of the most powerful assemblers which 
we have reviewed is produced by a small, and 

Largely unrecognised software house. Crystal 

Computing'. 



Spectrum and is very powerful. It is 
complete with a comprehensive user 
manual which a complete beginner can 
understand. 

The Editor is the part of the program 
which enters the source code. It is 
possible to enter code in the same type 
of format as a Basic program, as each 
tine is given a line number. Unlike the 
Basic system on the Spectrum, line 
numbers can be generated by the pro- 
gram automatically with the use of the 
AUTO command. The use of line num- 
bers means that the source file can be 
edited quickly and easily. 

When the source code has been en- 
tered correctly and there are no bugs in 
the text, the assembler can be called 



entered source code easy to understand. 
The Editor/Assembler is ideal for the 
beginner and could also be a powerful 
tool in the hands of a professional pro- 
grammer. It costs £8.50. 

The program which caused a buzz of 
excitement in the Sinclair User offices 
is probably one of the most powerful 
assemblers which we have reviewed. It 
is all the more remarkable as it is 
produced by a small and, until now, 
largely unrecognised software house, 
Crystal Computing. 

The program j Zeus, is a two- pass 
assembler which allows the use of the 
full Z-SO mnemonic instruction set. 
Source code can be line-numbered and 
an AUTO line-number facility is also 



available. The program is accompanied 
by the best manual we have seen for an 
assembler. It contains step-by-step 
instructions for entering and editing 
source code. An example is included 
which will, if entered correctly, colour 
the screen white, the current ink colour. 

The use of an example in that way is 
good, because if you make a mistake and 
the program does not w r ork you will 
have to re-learn the instructions. If the 
example works, users will have a good 
understanding of how Zeus operates. 

Zeus also contains several subrou- 
tines which can be used within source 
code. They include an INKEY$-type 
function and print a character routine. 
Other functions in the assembler in- 
clude automatic re-numbering of the 
source file, outputting of code to a 
printer, and the reclaiming of 'old' 
source files for further work. Zeus has 
been aptly-named by Crystal Comput- 
ing. It costs £8.95. 

There are very few good assemblers 
on the market although the big software 
houses all claim to have the best avail- 
able. It is, therefore, surprising that a 
small company like Crystal should pro- 
duce such an excellent assembler as 
Zeus. The reason may be that while 
large companies spend their money on 
colourful advertising, smaller compan- 
ies need to rely on very good-quality 
products. 



Artie Computing, 396 James Reckitt Ave- 
nue, Hull, North Number side HU9 OJA. 
Picturesque. 6 Corkscrew Hill, West Wick 
ham, Kent BR4 9BB 

Crystal Computing. 2 Aston Way, East Her 
rington, Sunderland SR3 3RX, 



SINCLAIR USER Annual !9&4 



II 



After dealing with assemblers, John Gilbert turns his attention to their 

counterparts, the disassemblers. 

Making machine code 
easier to understand 



THE TERM disassembler has 
been used in many ways by 
professional producers of soft- 
ware to describe their products and 
some confusion has arisen as to what a 
disassembler should or should not do. 
The strict definition of a disassembler 
calls for a program which will translate 
the numeric values of machine code into 
the mnemonics of assembly language. 
There are other packages which do all 
kinds of things with machine code but 
do not fulfil that definition. The correct 
term for those packages is toolkit. 

The mnemonics of assembly lan- 
guage look like shortened versions of 
Basic keywords. They are used to repre- 
sent the machine code numbers which 
computers can understand but which 
human programmers still find difficult 
to cope with in great quantities. It is 
much easier to understand a mnemonic 
such as RET : which means Return to 
Basic, than its machine code counter- 
part, which in this case is 20 1 . 

Most disassembler packages include a 
monitor program which allows the user 
to change machine code stored in RAM 
which has been disassembled. The dis- 
assembler makes the editing process 
easier, as mistakes can be spotted quick- 
ly if the programmer has a disassembly 
and not just a list of numbers which 
have to be sorted. 

When computers had just been in- 
vented there was little software and 



assemblers made things easier. You 
could enter code in mnemonic form 
using the assembler and check the code 
using the disassembler. 

When microcomputers were invented 
the disassemblers used on the large 
mainframe computers had to be altered 
to work on the smaller systems, as many 
of the instructions which were used on 
mainframes could not be used on mi 
cros. 

The first disassembler to appear com- 
mercially for the ZX-Si was ZXDB, 
from Bug-Byte. The company has built 
its reputation with that package along 
with its ZXAS assembler and the reason 
was because it was cheap and ran on an 
expensive computer. 

The Bug-Byte disassembler was fair- 
ly standard in its performance. It al- 
lowed you to specify the address, or 
position in memory, at which you want- 
ed the disassembly to start. The pro- 
gram would disassemble one line at a 
time and you had to press NEWLINE 
for the next instruction in memory to be 
disassembled. 

The ZXDB for the ZX-&1 used two 
fields, or areas, on the screen in which 
to display information. The first 
showed the address at which an instruc- 
tion was located and the second showed 
the disassembly of the machine code 
instruction. 

Other disassemblers, such as the Cry- 
stal Computing Monitor and Disas- 



'The strict definition of a disassembler calls 
for a program which will translate the 
numeric values of machine code into the 
mnemonics of assembly language.* 



languages such as Basic and Pascal did 
not exist. Programmers had to use pro- 
grams which consisted of long lists of 
numbers. You can imagine the trouble 
if those programs did not work. Every 
number in the program would have to 
be checked to see if it was correct. 
The invention of assemblers and dis- 



sembler for the Spectrum, use three 
fields. The extra area on the screen is 
used to display the numeric machine 
code on which the disassembler is work- 
ing. It is a good idea as you can check 
the mnemonics and machine code 
against each other, to see if the disas- 
sembler is working correctly. 



If a company produces both a disas- 
sembler and an assembler it usually 
makes both programs compatible. That 
means that both programs can be put 
into the computer to work together and 
dispenses with the need to load one 
program to enter code and then load the 
next to check that the code is correct. 

Having both programs in RAM at 
the same time will make programming 
in machine code quicker and easier but 
the amount of memory left for machine 
code programs will be reduced drastical- 
ly. The advantages outweigh the disad- 
vantages, though, so it is a good idea to 
buy a disassembler which can be used 
together with an assembler. 

Two problems occur when a disas- 
sembler starts to produce question 
marks because it has not been pro- 
grammed to recognise a machine code 
instruction. One disassembler which 
does not follow the Z-80 instruction set 
is ZXDB from Bug-Byte. The program 
uses 8080 code instead of Z-80. Instruc- 
tions which are common on the Z-80 are 
named differently on BO80. For in- 
stance, LD in Z-80 is called M in 8080 
code. Those two names mean different 
things. The LD instruction means load 
a register with a value, whereas M 
means move. 

Trying to use a disassembler which 
does not understand the full Z-80 in- 
struction set is like trying to use BBC 
Basic on a Spectrum or ZX-81. As BBC 
Basic is not the same as Sinclair Basic, 
the machine would not recognise the 
extra commands of the other language. 
As a result, when buying a disas- 
sembler, make sure that the program 
understands the complete Z-80 instruc- 
tion set and not just a subset. 

Disassemblers can serve two pur- 
poses. They can be used to view code 
which you have stored m RAM or they 
could be used to look at the RDM of the 
machine 

With a good disassembler you could 
obtain a listing of the complete Sinclair 
ROM for either the ZX-81 or Spec- 
trum. If you knew sufficient about ma- 
chine code you might also be able to tell 



32 



SINCLAIR t:sKR Annual 1984 




/ :■■■■■ ':' 







; 



nuai 1984 






how the ROM works. To investigate 
the ROM, or go bus hunting in «> Y ou 
need the proper kind of disassembler. 
Picturesque produces a monitor arid 
disassembler package which suits the 
purpose. The disassembler has to pro- 
vide facilities for output to a printer, 
3$ the Basic interpreter and operating 
system within the ROM are very lengthy. 
A true analysis would have you jump- 
ing to different parts of the ROM when 
JP, or JumP f instructions are indicated. 
JumP is similar to the Basic GOTO 
instruction but there are many options 
available with that command and the 
disassembler will help you to spot them. 

Your disassembler should be capable 
of handling the RST instruction as it is 
used many times in the ROM It means 
ReStarT and the instruction provides a 
quick entry point into the ROM for 
programmers using ROM routines in 
Their machine code programs. 

The RST 10 instruction, for in- 
stance, would send the computer con- 



trol to the part of the ROM which deals 
with the printing process. The routine 
sets up the machine to display one 
character on the screen. 

Most disassembler packages on the 
market for both Sinclair machines are 
being sold mainly as an afterthought to 
assembler packages. The disassembler 
has a very important role in computing 



'Many programs on 
the market could 
be streamlined.' 

and the second-class sticker with which 
it has been labelled is unfair. 

A disassembler should be a necessity 
when you are writing machine code 
programs. 

If you are to buy one, take as much 
lime about choosing it as you would 
when buying an assembler. In many 
cases it will be the disassembler which 



will disappoint you with its perfor- 
mance and not the assembler. 

For instance, the Bug- Byte ZXDB 
was a breakthrough when it was 
launched but with hindsight it is some- 
what mediocre. The standard of the 
documentation with ZXDB was far 
from satisfactory; as a result, the pro- 
gram was difficult to use. 

Disassemblers are becoming more 
complex all the time and there is not 
much which can be done to improve 
them. Many of the programs on the 
market, however, could be streamlined 
to fit into less RAM than is now the 
case. 

dK'tronics. Unit 2, Shira Hill Industrial Es 
tale, Saffron Walden, Essex, CQ1 1 3AQ, 

Crystal Computing. 2 Ashtor* Way, East 
Herrmgton, Sunderland. SR3 3RX, 

Picturesque. 6 Corkscrew Hill, West Wick 
ham, Kent, BR 4 9BB. 



SINCLAIR USER Ammi ISM 



n 



;s 



New ground broken by 
powerful architects' aid 

Sinclair machines are regarded still as little more than toys. David 
Marsh disagrees in this review of a new cassette 



APART FROM generalised spread- 
sheet programs of the Vu-calc 
L and Vu-file variety, there has 
been little or no Spectrum software 
written for serious commercial applica- 
tions. Something of a new departure in 
that direction is a specialised program, 
Beam scan, which is used to calculate 
the sizes of steel beams used in building 
construction. 

The program is used interactively, 
with the screen prompting the user at 
all stages and asking for details of the 
loads, A diagram of the beam is dis- 
played on-screen, which makes it clear 
exactly what information is being re- 
quested by the computer. The program 
seems well error-trapped and user- 
friendly. When all the data is in, there is 
a wait of about one minute while the 
numbers are crunched and then dia- 
grams are displayed giving shear force 
and bending moment along the beam. 

From its library of standard steelwork 
sizes, the program recommends a choice 
of up to eight suitable sections with 
stress and deflection for each. All the 
regular rolled steel joists, universal 
beams, universal columns and roiled 
steel channels in grade 43 steel art- 
featured and a moment of inertia can be 
obtained for timber beams, from which 
it is a simple matter to choose a suitable 
section. 

The beam must be simply-supported 
and single span Cantilevers are not 
within the scope. That is perhaps the 
only limitation worth mentioning. Any 
combination of point loads, distributed 
loads and uniformly-tapered loads in 
any number up to a total of 99 can be 
specified. 

What is more, the distributed loads 
do not have to extend to the end of the 
beam. Within the designated span of 
0.3 to 20 metres, it is difficult to visua- 
lise any beam which could not be ana- 
lysed by the program, 

Point loads frequently consist of the 
end reactions of other beams, Both end 
reactions are given, which covers that 
point and also is a great help in finding 
the stress in any supporting brickwork. 



Also given are the maximum bending 
moment and shear force, the deflection 
co-efficient, the permitted deflection 
and optimum moment of inertia. 

That would mean that other types of 
beams, for example round or rectangu- 
lar hollow sections, could then be cho- 
sen using the data given in BS4, 

For each beam size chosen, the I,/ry 
and n.'"E" ratios are jjuven, unjelher with 




permissible and actual siresses, aetua 
shear stress and deflection. 

All that information can be put into 
the form of a calculation sheet using the 
ZX printer. That can then be submitted 
to the client or to the local authority 
responsible for checking the design. Al- 
though full data is given on the results 
and the presentation is clear and con- 
cise, perhaps some local authorities may 
consider it a little too concise, in that 
virtually no details are given on how the 
answers are obtained. It is therefore 
difficult to check the accuracy. 

It is clear, however, from the printout 
whether or not the correct data has been 
typed-in and, of course, that is half the 
battle. The fact that a computer print- 
out is being submitted rather than the 
more usual written calculations should 
lend a reassuring air of professionalism, 



It is also probable ihat in the perhaps 
not -too-distant future when most calcu- 
lations are made in this fashion, various 
programs will become widely-known 
and generally accepted in the profession 
as being accurate. Some kind of type- 
approval system might even be possible 
so that checking would be limited to the 
data output. 

That would be in line with the pro- 
cedure followed in other areas, where 
certain materials, Tor example building 
blocks, are given a certificate to indicate 
that they comply with building regula- 
tions, If that make is used, then no 
further proof is required that they meei 
the requirements. Extending the con- 
cept to software seems logical and 
j [most inevitable. 

Beamscan is supplied recorded on 
hoih sides of the cassette and is suitable 
tor a 48K Spectrum, being about 35K. 
It is supplied with a well-written man* 
u&l which guides l he user through a 
worked example and describes the limi- 
tations of the program as 999KN for 
each load to a maximum total load of 
|0,000,000KN from the 94 loads men- 
timed. They scarcely seem like limita- 
tions when there are other costlier beam 
design programs for bigger computers 
which cater for a maximum of eight 
point loads while others cannot calcu- 
late the shear force or bending moment. 

At £25, it appears cosily compared to 
the usual programs in Sinclair User but 
it is a more specialised item with a lower 
volume sale than games or spreadsheets 
and is much less expensive than any- 
thing comparable. 

It should be ideal for small architec- 
tural practices or the many one-man 
firms involved in smaller-scale building 
works. Neither is it necessary to pay a 
four-figure sum for the computer. The 
whole system — 48K Spectrum, ZX 
printer, TV- tape recorder and software 
— can be up and running for slightly 
less than £300 and will soon pay for 
itself in time saved. 

Beam scan is available from Beams- 
can, 20 Vaughan Avenue, London, 
NW4 4HU. Tel: 01-202 8656. 



34 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 19S4 



The technique of 3D has been growing in popularity. John Gilbert 
finds it is not always used in the best ways 

Extra dimension adds 
excitement to games 






THREE-DIMENSIONAL games 
are increasing in popularity and 
software houses are beginning 
to see that 3D techniques have great 
potential in a market where Space In- 
vaders and Pac-man are rapidly becom- 
ing outdated, 

Programmers are starting to use 
sophisticated techniques to achieve 
three-dimensional effects on the com- 
puter screen which seem more life-like 
rhan the two-dimensional space-battle 
games. 

The effects are difficult to create, as 
the programmer is working in three 
planes, or directions, instead of the 
usual two. Most shapes are produced on 
the screen using X and V co-ordinates 
which correspond to the flat horizontal 
and vertical dimensions. Three-dimen- 
sional shapes are constructed using an 
extra axis which, in theory, moves away 
from or towards the computer screen, 

The new axis is called Z and it is the 
inclusion of that dimension which gives 
the three-dimensional figure its depth 
When a 3D shape moves up, down and 
sideways it uses the X and Y dimen- 
sions. When it seems to move towards 
you on the screen it is using the Z axis, 
which exists only in theory, as the 
computet screen is Hat and two-dimen- 
sional in shape. 

J K Greye was the first company to 
produce games using three-dimensional 
effects on the ZX-81. The game was 
called 3D Monster Maze and the play- 
er had to move around a three-dimen- 
sional maze to find the exit and also to 
evade the deadly jaws of the dinosaur 
which prowled around the corridors. 

Even those critics who dismissed the 
ZX-81 as a child's toy had to admit that 
the program was innovative and well- 
presented, Monster Maze marked the 
rise of the use of 3D techniques on 
microcomputers as small as the ZX-81 
and Spectrum. 

After the release of 3D Monster 
Maze, everyone could see the potential 
of three-dimensional games and utility 
packages on small machines. Using 3D 
techniques programmers can portray 
events which seem real to computer 



users when they are playing a game. 

Three-dimensional effects also hide 
the inadequacies oT the computers on 
which games are played. The dinosaur 
which chased the player around a mase 
in the New Generation game was cre- 
ated using the standard ZX-81 character 
set. That is not noticeable when the 
game is being played and you could be 
forgiven For thinking that it used high- 
resolution graphics. 

The use of 3D gives a game added 
depth but at the same time it can also be 
used to disguise a poor plot. 

The game from New Generation 
Software, 3D Knot, is an example of 
that. While the game has a basic plot it 
is not deep enough when you strip away 
the 3D effects. That does not make it a 
complete failure in this case but it 
points to the fact that three-dimensional 
graphics are a means and not an end. 

There are two types of three-dimen- 
sional effect. The first, and simplest to 
produce, is shown in the Artie Comput- 
ing game for the 48K Spectrum, Com- 
bat Zone. The three-dimensional 
shapes are shown as line drawings with 
no shading. That means you can see all 



the lines of the shapes, including those 
which would normally be invisible if 
colouring and shading had been added 
to the figures* 

Combat Zone, like so many other 
pieces of software for the Spectrum, is 
not new in concept. It is a version of the 
arcade game of the same name. Al- 
though the graphics are reasonable the 
animation of the line-drawn shapes is 
very jerky. 

The plot involves the player as the 
last of a race of tank commanders. 
Enemy tanks and diamond-shaped 
spaceships are dotted round the land- 
scape and it is the commander's job to 
destroy them. 

The game involves plenty of action 
and credit must go to the programmers 
who have managed to produce images 
which do not bend out of perspective as 
they move. Artie seems to have taken 
the easy way out, however, as the pro- 
gram is so slow that it must use those 
notorious Sinclair line-drawing routines 
which are in the Spectrum ROM oper- 
ating system. 

The Sinclair graphics routines are 
not known for their speed, so it would 




SINCLAIR I SER Annua! 1994 



35 



have been better for Artie to write new 
graphics routines into the main body of 
the Combat Zone program. 

The second type of three-dimensional 
Image is produced reasonably well in 
the Quicksilva 48K Spectrum game, 
Time Gate. The graphics for that type 
of image are more difficult to product; > 
as the programmer has to shade and 
colour the shapes to produce a picture 
which looks three-dimensional. 

If the shading or the shape of the 
image is even slightly incorrect the pic- 
ture will appear to be distorted and the 
effect will ruin the payability of the 
game. 

The three-dimensional effects created 
in Time Gate show a slight distortion of 
image, which can be noted when an 
enemy ship approaches closer to the 
viewing screen of the player's ship. The 
enemy seems to unfold its wings as it 
gets closer and in some cases it appears 
as iT the fixed wings materialise from 
nowhere. 

No doubt Quicksilva would explain 
that as a feature of the game but all too 
often features such as that are errors and 
are explained away too easily. 

The ending of Time Gate is disap- 
pointing, as the three-dimensional tech- 
nique seems to have been thrown om of 



the window. When you have destroyed 
the enemy you must approach its base 
planet. The planet becomes larger as if 
an approach is being made but the 
technique being used is so obvious that 
it is embarrassing to watch. 

The program uses what again ap- 
pears to be the Sinclair high-resolution 
routines to draw circles which start 
small and continue to grow bigger. As 
they increase in me the drawing pro- 
cess slows and the technique becomes 
even more obvious. 

It would have been better to do what 
New Generation did with 3D Tunnel 
on the Spectrum and create several 
separate pictures in memory to switch 
on to the screen one at a time in 
sequence. That will produce an animat- 
ed effect. 

If Quicksilva used that technique the 
plane L could have been produced in 
high resolution at several stages of ap- 
proach and would have looked like a 
real planet and not a rope mat . 

Time Gate has its technical faults 
where graphics arc concerned but it is 
playable. The 3D Tunnel from New 
Generation, on the other hand, has 
what can only be described as brilliant 
and imaginative graphics but it is 
almost impossible to play to the end. 

The game lakes you and your laser 



base through an underground tunnel 
inhabited by rats, spiders, toads and a 
very impressive tube train. Unfortu- 
nately so much memory seems to have 
been used to create the three-dimension- 
al effects that the movement of the 
player's laser base is awkward. 

More attention could have been paid 
to that area of the game, as movement of 
the base is not smooth or quick enough. 
That is understandable^ however, as a 
great deal of memory has been used to 
produce the displays. Apart from that 
problem 3D Tunnel has the best graph- 
ics for a Spectrum game. 

There are still very few H3 games for 
Sinclair machines, although those avail- 
able give confidence that this sphen is 
developing in the proper way. 

In the next few months we could see 
a move away from 3D arcade games and 
into 3D adventure games. There arc 
already a few graphics adventures on 
the market but they do not use 3D. 

As 3D techniques are developed, 
computers will be better able to produce 
simulations of the real world. Adven- 
tures will become more exciting and 
arcade games more dynamic. The 3D 
field is, however, just starting to de- 
velop but it has a long way to go before 
perfect holographic images can be pro- 
duced on a small computer. 



EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE 

PRICES DOWN 
PRICES DOWN 

THE MICRO MASTER SERIES 

FOR ANY SPECTRUM 
(designed and tested by teachers) 

The FOUR RULES OF NUMBER (for 7-13 years) ■ A cassette of 5 programmes designed to 

increase calculation speeds to a very high standard. Computer adjusts to age and ability. Down 

to £9.90 (previously £11 70). 

LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT SERIES (for 7-13 years) — 10 programmes per cassette 

dealing with VOCABULARY, SPELLING, VERBAL REASONING and KNOWLEDGE OF 

THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. Designed for 11 + , Common Entrance etc., but also useful for 

remediation. Down to £5,90 (previously £7.90). Please state AGE when ordering Language 

cassettes. 

One of each of the above — £12.70 

PREVIOUS CUSTOMERS/ENQUIRERS - MUST quote registration number to deduct as 

follows from the above prices. 0000-0999 deduct £2.50. 1000-1200 deduct £1,50. 1201- 

1500 deduct £1.00. 

Cheques /POs to 
MICRO MASTER, c/o Dr Glasson, 

94 Airedale Avenue, Chiswick, London W4 2NN. 
VISA purchases or enquiries Tel: 01-747 1373 

TRADE ENQUIRIES WELCOME (sale or return) 



16 



SJNG1 .A! R USK R ,4 nnuat 1984 



Extend your 16k 
Spectrum to 48k for 
just*2300. 

And get a Free 
program worth£4*50 

into the 



bargain. 





Js the manual past chapter 24 a mystery to yini? "Beyond Htmmm 
ihows 48K Spectrum users huw xv PEEK and It )K1 systems 
variables, how 1» manipulate the display file, Iwha.' 10 COMJol iht» 
attributes, how in find out how much i spare memory i* left «*"d much, 
much more. With the SP4£lh»S pnjgrani is href. t>n its im £4.50. 



SP43. 32K Me mory Extension with Program - £23.00 

Now, our SP4S offers even better value. 

Because no*; we're not only offering you the facility to up-grade your 
16K Spectrum to48K uye're also offering you the opportunity lo be able to utilise 
this vastiy emended memory quickly and easily 

For E23 aU you need lo do is plug the chip-set into the sextets provided 
by Sinclair on your issue 2 (or £35 for issue 1 } and. you haw a standard 48K 
Spectrum fully compatible with all Sinclair add ons arid very low in power 
BorauncAon 

There is no soldering req uired. 

Rtting end removal are easy. 

And the SP4S carries our full warranty arid Is upgradable,, on a part 
exchange basis, to SP80. 

Then all u hj need lo do IS LOAD our specially written 48K guide 
program. 'Beyond Ho«2ans\ and youi48K computer will guide you through its 

With no need to labour through manuals. 

This will saw you rime., because we ail know how easy it hi to get lost Willi 

tnerncwvmaps 

SP80 teged 64K memory extension - £46 

The fitting, power consumption and add-on compatibility are identical to 

die SP4S (Issue 1 Version £501. 

ll can be used as a standard 48K, but software instructions can switch to a 

second page of 32K 

But this is not recommended for the complete beginner. ^^ 

Yet it is of tremendous benefit to the serious user. And an SP»J K JK1 1 1 

campileTtMll be available in late September. 

For a fit and test service a! our premises £3, and by registered post L i . 

MAXIMEM ZX81 . 32K - £39 (PUUS ONE U SED IK 

The MAXIMEM 32 and £4K is a modified ZXH1 and nod just a RAM 

pack It fits inside the ease. 

We also give a ax- month guarantee on the computer, regardless ottne 
age of wour trade in ZXK1 

The extra memory uses only a quarter of the power consumption of a 



lblKplug in meiiiyryai^dhDesrKrtinterferewithanyst^^ 
printers RS232 Of other interfaces 

Z XSIowlo ad eT - £10 

The ZX Skjwluader is a software masterpieoe that will help you to LOAi i 
ZX81 programs onto a Spectrum, saving fiuurs ol typing "me 

The Next Robotics Exclusive The Tri cks! it k 

This new JoyaBck is a revolution in computer games control. With our 

Trickstick from one to eight players will be able to play simultaneously 
It will be on sale soon - see our next advertisement. 

I Allc*oduct!it]nlhiurdwJbrmaieinaockalltMtimeo*gcanuiopff«4 Same day dispatch 
for phnned Access and Visa oidm 
To East London Rnbntics Ud: Mease send by return < tick items reqfuiredl 

1 MAHMB43SK(e39')64K{£S9| * lkZXSl 

□ SP48 I Issue i E3S) (Issue 2 L23> . 

□ 5PaH!s*ie.JLW)(fcaue2£46l 

□ SLDWLQADEKeiCi - 

lJ W YOND HOKtf ONS" program E450 , 

1 I hwcaiaJoijuirlSAEoriM. ■ 



FbstayeO.ijap lanctowa 1 1 m i u* 1 * ■> fai - 



,MyA : ">io is 



I I I I M I 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 



Name. 
Addles 



F-ast London Ffcjbotkx Ltd.. Gate 1 1 , Ruyal Afcert Dock Lxindon Elb 
2A I lour Lnframaliun Service 

m 01471 3308 EAST LONDON 

Z4 Hour Access, and Visa f wdtnrnj 
-Mul4»471S 

Special Enquiries Tel. 01 474 44W 
!i ex SSIU7I 



KB 



CA5I LWINUkJ'lN , 

KDEDTIBS' 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



M 



i 



DESKTOP CONSOLE FOR ZX SPECTRUM ZX-81, 
SMALL BUSINESS SOFTWARE AND SPECIAL DEALS* 



Luwwr 
Prices 




CtMSOLE DFTJUL5: 

TV.WWTDA STAND «t*IOV*BlE *Q« ACCESS ID A.DD0*lS. fflINQ ETC TMWamgr ifal in ™-mi (WJtrp* 

[ipjcr lor JX Prnter Hvp Padii -jnd urtm add onsl Pawn Ei^ipfy. Tipt Rtcwdw -3r It. Mcindun ami Storage ^uile 

Inr Lixxrlta Hifci most nf Ihr wn^ Delude can^irlE wrth Iwd buftl ri AxTKiilid pawn swilclies law In ZK 

$OElnm.TJ( 61 art Die 3lhr <m Ihc Tipc Bcurikij Cnst cdoir 1n* MlM Suck 

Him CDMPUT^RHKK MJFTWME CWB Up 1? 20 PF (ml -ttlfH. m HHnr HjFtW** *i[*skA to U-r**n 

Um*m FREE SoH»« CiUtoffl v* FREE tat & Pn»mg P> J* hHwi 



TOI.lB mm 


( WHO 100HFSS On Cwtil tittn fM 


Dvta 





























DH 


DUcl_prJUfi 


him Prcr 


AM 




Cans*; In B SpKlriMn /» H 1 


BUS 






ZX S|^ln»n7K SI Sfcl ifniai 

UdaH For iEtt.tBK Soetinn or IGK ZKJI 

Fn* P*=r S Puiingl 


F5 5( 






"1 Dpw* • 1 U*1 


ream 






'1 QnmV • 1 ZX SfleclniT! 1U 


(12D.U 






'1 Dm* < IHipJipilO 


nam 






Sii Tuld 




JUL PWCI5 HOUSM Of i M 


Pnsl & Pacii^ 


".BQ 




InUl Dut 





I W* tf (¥i Tht tOMPIJTfHlOCIt 5CFTW*B( OU8 —i -ckaf m, mud Biucrpo, ql ( lfl [Tri *Kl 

COMPIfTEMKK. 2 W>r«imY Devi. Hipvnb tfcglii. Wot Sujwj RHI6 IHJ Ttltphon: (04441 ibWSS 



ZX REPAIR 
SERVICE 

At last no need to 
wait for weeks 



Send your faulty ZX81 for fast reliable repair. 
We will repair any ZXS1 KIT or READY 

BUILT UNIT. 

Only £15,95 fully guaranteed + p&p £2.00 

Please state the nature of problem. Send 

cheque or postal order to: 

NEXT COMPUTER 
SYSTEMS 

Dept SUA (ZX81) 

88 Harvest Road, Englefield Green, 
Surrey TW20 OQR 







compatible 
printer 

'A' Obeys standard 
j^J^_ commands, 

TT Printing spfled 120 lines per 

minute maximum. 
'JC Low cost paper supply. 
^ Price includes power supply 

and interfacing. 

This thermal printer, now available in the U.K.,, is the 
standard printer used with the American version of 
the ZX81 . The printer plugs direct into the Spectrum 
but has a through port allowing the use of additional 

hardware through the same connector 
--v^ The size of the printer is 7% x §36 x 3% ins. 
'* ^b ***& ^^"v. attractively packaged in a moulded matt 
v^> + £ f '■■., "^St black plastic case. 

**&+£***£'' Pf. ^N. A separate power pack is supplied 
^ °+ J^^^J^S. in a 2% x 3% x 2'A ins. case. 





Credit cad facilities far 



Two switches mounted on the printer allow for 

on /off switching and also access to the test mode 

and paper advance commands. 

The printing speed in the sel f test mode is 120 1 ines 

per minute. 

The paper rolls are 41i ins. wide and 25 metres in 

length. 

Price include* - Printer, power 
qp supply, full interfacing, one 
"S> roll of paper, VAT 

DEAN ELECTRONICS LIMITED 

Glandtli Plrk Fvrnbank Road Aicot B»rk t hir* England 

Tttf?hon> WinMieM How 10344 1 MMtl Talix 849242 

DEALER ENQUIRIES INVITED. 



£59 









38 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! 1984 






Hardware World 



J 




The ingenuity of the peripherals 
manufacturers has continued and Sinclair 
Research finally launched the Microdrive. 

Stephen Adams reviews another interesting 
year for Sinclair users, 






hmi tm 






SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



39 



Stephen Adams summarises the add-ons 

Ingenuity beats 
Spectrum limits 



THE BIGGEST blow to users of 
non-Sinclair-produced equip- 
ment was the announcement of 
the Spectrum. It knocked most mem- 
ory-mapped add-ons on the head, as no 
provision for those devices had been 
made. That was. because, unlike the ZX- 
81, there was no way o f turn ing-off the 
internal RAM from the expansion port. 
The only thing left was for producers to 
put things in the inputfoutput map or to 
supply RAM packs or RAM upgrade 
kits. 

The I/O map was already full of 
Sinclair devices, allowing the use of 
only eight separate devices, if they 
wanted them to be compatible with the 
Microdrive- Nevertheless, ingenuity 
brought forward a large number of new 
devices after the initial shock had worn 
off. 

RAM kits for upgrading the 16K 
Spectrum to 32K are now readily avail- 
able for about £21. Fox Electronics, for 
example, supplies a kit for £20.99 and it 
has instructions on how to improve 
your TV display. They are easy to fit 
and now have simple instructions on 
what to do, if you can overcome the fear 
of opening the case. The kits are usually 
identical to the proposed Sinclair up- 



Microdrivr 



grade but will fit only on model 2-type 
Spectrums. East London Robotics can 
also supply an extra 64K kit which is 
paged. 

For those with a model 1 Spectrum, 
identified easily by the grey keys, there 
is the choice of an add-on board made 
by Downsway Electronics or the Spec- 
trum 32 K RAM pack by Cheetah Mar- 
keting, The Spectrum RAM pack will 
also Fit on to any other Spectrum, as it 
plugs into the expansion port. 

Another memory-mapped device 
available this year was in a surprising 

'Printers and other 

hardware devices 

make the software 

come alive' 



place, inside the Spectrum 16K ROM 
space. It was the Orme Electronics 
ROM containing RENUMBER, block 
delete of Basic lines and many other 
useful routines in a 2K ROM. That can 
be very useful, as it is immediately 
available on power-up. 





Sinclair 
has also 
provided two 
new devices for 
use in the ROM 
space, which should 
please hardware and 
software users. One is the 
Microdrive Interface One 
which not only contains the con- 
trolling ULA .md hardware to run 
the RS232/network/highspeed cassette 
Microdrive but an extra ROM which 
can be used to write your own Basic 
commands. The other is the ROM car- 
tridge system available with Interface 
Two, 

The RS232 can handle a printer easi- 
ly with its limited handshaking ability 
but still is limited for input from an 
RS232 device, as all that is under soft- 
ware control and not a hardware chip. 
The network is a very simple arrange- 
ment which allows you to talk between 
64 Spectrums but I have no doubt that 
someone will write similar software to 
use it with the ZX-81 through the 
cassette sockets. Two books which 
should help in this respect are those by- 
Andrew Fennel and Dr Ian Logan. 

The Fennel one also contains an ON 
ERROR GOTO machine code routine 
which should trap 90 percent of Basic 
errors and send them to a program line 
to deal with them, 

Sinclair has also launched the 
Interface Two, containing two joystick 
sockets which will operate the first or 
last set of five number keys. Thai will 
mean that software will have to be 
rewritten to use Sinclair joysticks, as 
the accepted standard at the moment is 
the one set earlier in the year by 
the Kempston joystick interface which 
operates as an I/O device, depending for 
its decoding on A 6 only being low. 



40 



SINCl MK I SI-K Inmtal tm 




Much 
software ha* 
already been con- 
verted to use it and [ 
cannot see software 
writers wanting to do it all 
again. Programmable joy-sticks 
are just starting to reach the market, 
which will eliminate the need to re- 
write the software. 

For the Spectrum and soon the ZX- 
81, the Stonechip one seems to he best. 
For ZX-81 and Spectrum users, a 
cheaper hardware-based version, the 
Pickard controller, can be used as it fits 
both computers by plugging into the 
keyboard sockets. The AGF version 
uses crocodile clips to set up the five 
keys to be used; it is a little unstable hut 
it plugs into the edge connector and 
does not require entering the machine. 
The Interface Two also has a single 
ROM socket which allows you to use 
Sinclair-designed cartridges. It is not 
known whether software suppliers will 
want to ity to fit normal ROMs to a 
port like this. That, and the fact that 
recording Microdrive cartridges is a 
slow process, will limit the amount of 
software available from software manu- 
facturers an Sinclair devices. EPROM 
software for ZX-81s is available from 
Hprom Services and Audio Computers, 
Both, however, concentrate on the 
machine code user and not the games 
player. The fall in price of the ZX-S1 
and the amount of hardware available 
for it has started to attract the business 
user as a control processor for a robot or 
controlling some industrial process. 
That is because it contains all the re- 
quirements of the development system 
on one board — 2-80- A, one of the most 
popular processors, working at 



3.25MHz, 

TV interface, 

cassette interface 

for program storage, 

alphanumeric keyboard, 

Basic as well as machine code 

monitor for designing programs, 

and an expandable memory map and 

VQ map. 

There is also a wide range of machine 
code assemblers, dissasemblers, 
EPROM cards and blowers, RAM, bat- 
tery-backed memory already available, 
costing just a few pounds. That to the 
industrial process manufacturer is pea- 
nuts, as a development kit from a chip 
manufacturer would cost more than 
£200 with far fewer facilities. The ZX- 
81 costs only £45 with a massive I6K 
memory included. 

Plain-paper printer interfaces for the 
Spectrum abound and Tasword, the 
word processing program, can work 
with most of them. Hilderbay and 
Kempston provide software-driven 
Centronics versions, while More* pro- 
vides both RS232 and Centronics out- 
puts. Deans also introduced its version 
of the Times printer, which uses a 
much better paper than the Sinclair, 

Microdrive with, tnccrface 1 



gives a clearer print in both black and 
blue ink, and will use Sinclair com- 
mands to control it, so there is no need 
for extra software. 

Printers and other hardware devices 
make the software "come alive" and 
that combination makes the Spectrum a 
very powerful business computer. 

That is the most important event of 
the year, as the more software which is 
written to use the large amount of 
hardware, the more that hardware will 
be used. Voice output units, modems — 
to talk to other users or databases over 
the telephone — RS232 interfaces and 
light pens all rely on good software to 
make use of them. 

The Cheetah Marketing Sweet Talk- 
er, for instance, works better because it 
is accompanied by an instruction tape 
which not only demonstrates how to use 
the unit but also shows the user how to 
structure programs to make it easier to 
use in their programs. 

Modems from Ma pi in, Ambit and 
Micronet — for Prestel — will allow 
users or the Spectrum and, in the first 
two cases, the ZX-81, to talk to many 
other computers. Some of them will be 
other types of computers, like the BBC 
and the Commodore o4. The others will 
be maintained by public and private 
companies which maintain large 
amounts of information and programs 
on their computers. 

Micronet 800 is a database main- 
tained on Prestel computers as a 24- 
hour-a-day, seven-day-a-week computer 
club. It has hints and tips on Spectrums 
— ZX-81 s at the moment cannot use the 
system — as well as news, free programs 




SINCLAIR USER Anmuil 19B4 



41 



&;: 




AGF programmable joystick 

and a mail box facility- Keyboards and 
consoles also have been making their 
presence felt as ZX-81 and Spectrum 
users want to upgrade their machines. 
Plastic cases from W H Smith are about 
the cheapest containers at £3.99 and 
will take a ZX-81 or Spectrum, as well 
as a few r add-ons. The d'Ktronics key- 
board and case or that from Fullers 
appear to be the most popular but 
neither will allow the use of the Micro- 
drive interface without taking it out of 
its case. 

The Filesixty button set is a cheap 
alternative for ZX-81 users which gives 
the advantage of spring-loaded key- 
board the same size as that of Sinclair, 
but without costing more than £10. 

Golour for the ZX-81 is now available 
in a simple form for all PAL television 
users — that is., most of Europe, The 
black box requires only two wire? to 
insert between the modulator and the 
breaking of tracks and can be re-con- 
nected if required. The rest of the box 
plugs into the back of the ZX-81 10 give 
black characters on a choice of 16 col- 
oured backgrounds or coloured charac- 
ters on a black background from DDC. 
It is also more stable than the Spectrum 
and requires no extra memory to use it. 
It will work even on a IK machine. 

One device which requires extra 
memory is the excellent High-res screen 
— 192 by 256 pixels — and user-defin- 
able graphics package made by Notting- 
dale Technology Centre. It uses the 
ZX-81 internal IK. RAM for its system 
variables and 6K or memory for the 
storage of the screen in the program. No 
internal wiring is required, as the unit 
plugs directly on to the back of the ZX- 
81. 

For the Spectrum, a unit has 
appeared which will be of great delight 



to children and disabled users. It is the 
Currah microS pcech unit which plugs 
in to the back of the Spectrum and, on 
command, will speak the key pressed, 
Thai happens during program input as 
well as INPUT and INKEYS. 

It requires no programming of the 




Orrrte Electronics EPROM read card 

speech by the user. Speech output can 
also be programmed by using S$ to 
contain the alphones — sounds which 

ChMfah Sweet Talker 



make up words — which are then spok- 
en immediately. Thus input and output 
can be spoken rather than read. 

Tapes have been causing problems 
ever since the ZX computers tame into 
existence; the Spectrum is better than 
the ZX-S1 but still can be improved 
with some extra hardware. 

Tape filters and switch-controlled 
SAVE and LOAD devices are available 
from several firms, like Abacus and 
Elinca, There have now been three 
Spectrums produced by Sinclair. The 
model Is, which can be identified by the 
grey keys or by looking through the 
expansion interface and seeing an IC 
socket on the left-hand side; the model 
2s have the large, black, ROM chip 
there. Those Spectrums need their extra 
32K of RAM mounted on a printed 
circuit board before they can he put into 
the computer. There are no Sindail 
RAM boards available for the machine. 
The model 2s were re-designed com- 
pletely by a computer and the ULA was 
changed to get rid of an extra IC which 
had to be inserted in the model Is, due 
to a design error. The extra 32K of 
RAM which can be added to 16K ma- 
chine now requires only chips to be 
plugged into sockets on the board. 
Model 1 s and model 2s have had to have 
an extra transistor fitted to prevent a 
clash between the keyboard and the 
UFA TV interface. 

The latest model 3s have also had 
their internal circuitry re-arranged and 
the ULA updated to give a wider tuning 
range on TV sets. It has also caused 
some software problems, as the key- 
board inputs are no longer held to 
binary I — +5 volts — when not in use. 
That was done to reduce the power 
requirements of the I I A 




42 



SIM I AIR I M H Inttual \ 



If you only buy ONE 
computing book 

THIS IS 



prwik *l ffoHM » of i n «n 




An entertaining, but thorough reference source 

with the most readable, comprehensive glossary 

you'll find anywhere. The Good Computing Book 

for Beginners is an essentia! A-Z of all the facts you 

need to know about computing — and none you 

don t! 

Whether you're brand new to computing, or an old 

hand keen to stay ahead, you'll score by keeping this 

classic top-selling book within reach to use again and 

' r again. 

The author, Dennis Jarrett, is a successful journalist 

who was also founder editor of Which Computer? 

magazine — so his first edition quickly became a 

standard work. Now this new. substantially 

enlarged and revised edition covers the latest 

trends, terms and technology with the relevant facts 

- and ONLY the relevant facts — in plain English. 

Here's another fact you'll find fascinating: it will only 

cost you Ll.yb\ 

Use the coupon below to get your copy right away 
— or buy it soon from your bookshop- It's the one 

book you'll turn to again and again. 





ROSE SOFTWARE 

EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE 

FOR THE SPECTRUM 

(16K or 48K) 



YOUNG LEARNERS 1 

4 programs for the young 
computer user: abacus, 
telling the time, shopping 
and snakes. All with 
excellent graphics. An 
easy introduction to 
computer aided learning. 



G.C.E. "0" LEVEL 

FRENCH VOCABULARY 

REVISION 

Six programs on one 
cassette. The first 3 
programs test vocabulary 
under various headings: 
eg "on holiday". Three 
further programs: 
homework tester, 
common words and 
phrases, and irregular 
verbs. 



C5,$5 per cassette 



G.C.E. "O" LEVEL 

MATHS REVISION 

GEOMETRY 

6 programs of multiple 
choice questions, 
covering properties of 
parallel lines, triangles, 
various polygons and 
circles. All questions use 
generated numbers. An 
explanation of the correct 
answer is given. 



We have a large range of 
educational programs for 
the Spectrum and ZX81. 



Send sae for catalogue of alt our products to: 

ROSE SOFTWARE, 

148 Widney Lane, Solihull. West Midlands B91 3LH 



now available 



30 HOUR BASIC 




£5-95 



NEC'S best selling programming course 
now published for the Spectrum micro. 



Available from bookshops or direct from 

NATIONAL EXTENSION COLLEGE 

Dept. 48 

18 Brooklands Avenue, 

Cambridge CB2 2HN 





Spectacular arcade action for your ZX Spectrum 

from Crystal Computing 



^/piace yourself in the centre of the action with 
f Cyberzone. Superb animated graphics and arcade 
standard sound effects combine in a fast arid furious 
game oP skill and dexterity. Fig titer ships randomlycllmb, 
bank, turn and dive to shoot Out yourS laser bases aa you 
pulverise the alien mothership hovering ominously on 
the fioriion. Features alien scanner ships, deadly 
accurate Cyber laser, bonus laser bases progressive 
difficulty level and unique voice activated laser firing. 

ZX Spectrum 4BK 

1 VOICE ACTIVATED!— 

^An exciting last action game crawling with the 
/ most slithery nasties ever! Blast the amoeba as they 
descend upon your laser base - watch Ihem mutate into 
slirney algae, but beware the algae channeling the 
amoeba towards you even faster. Features a host of 
bonus fdes and lizards, mutant and schizoid amoeba 
bonus laser bases, superb animated graphics arcade 
sta nda rd so u n d effects plus u n ique v oic e activated laser 
firing. 

For any ZX Spectrum 

VOICE ACTIVATED! 



Do battle with wave after wave of marauding alien 
attackers in the meanest arcade action around. 

"The sound end graphics combine to make the game 

good run an<5 easy to play." ...Sinclair User. 

■Way ahead..A very playable game indeed * The 
graphics are good as well as smooth plus good sound 
and colour - highly recommended." ...ZX Computing 

For any ZX Spectrum 



Dulerel 

Ring Chris Clarke on 

061 -20S 6603 MOW lor 

details of our excellent 
terms. 

Program meri! 
We will give your 
software a FREE 
professional evaluation 
send your cassette to us 
TODAY! 




ALL GAMES ONLY 
£5.50 PAP included. 
Please send SAE for 
our latest full colour 
catalogue 



Crystal Computing 
2 Aahton Way 
East Harrington 

Sundarland 
SR3 3RX 



Please supply 

Gybe rz one I I 
6u(J Blasler ' i Cosmic Guerilla 
Catalogue (Pleas* enclose SAE 6m ■ 4m i 
I enclose crie.que/ p tot 



44 



St 



SUA 

SINCLAIR 




Programming 









'■' q 






.'■sr; 






>3 t 



,3 '»., 









« 










«*«. 















»*j 






■ft« 



5 J u ■■■ ■-■ft - 

■*«* a? SlfS 3* &*».*• 









far L *| T *•«*,*.. 



*** 






AMP. 



*?">* 












***** 
5g 



o 






J \\ 






-in^ 









It4 

113 









i&f £s* 



*- * 



as« 












■- 



Sir *v« *, . 



;v 






ft» 






^Q 



Lev 



My*? 









'"ft 



ft 









*£* 



-tUff 



4 I 









£rf fpff fr« 



•xm 



'<! 



'*!» 



^^m^^ 



r Q 



f *i. 



*«= 







?ft 






i 



'i i 



w 






*"t 



tr 



sr e s* 









*!I 



!S?P* 



**«Hj 



"Of. 



."■<■>. 

Hi 



r^» 






1 £? *»C*-^ 



'X.',.f>. 






'• 4 



«<>□; 



During the year we published a series to 

help you learn how to program and 

occasional articles on how to add gloss to 

your listings. We now collect them to make 

a complete programming course. 



SINCLAIR USER Annual !984 



45 







Follow route to 
better programs 

Basic Sinclair coding with John Gilbert 



MANY PROGRAMS written 
by beginners to computing 
. show a lack of what profes- 
sionals call structure. The structure of a 
program is the way in which it is put 
together and the order in which the 
code— the language in which it is writ 



be an aid in finding redundant code or 
code which inhibits the flow of a pro- 
gram. 

The program flow is the way in 
which the program will be executed. It 
is important to have that correct or 
errors will continue to occur in the 



ten— is put down in the finished prod- program and the speed of the program 

ucl will be slower. 

The basic flowcharting symbols are 
the Input/Output box, operation rectan- 
gle and decision diamond and an 
example of each is shown in figure one. 
The I/O box is used to mark places 
where an entry is made by the computer 
operator, or when the computer dis- 
plays data on a screen or printer. The 
box can be used for all forms of input, 
including keyboard, joystick, or even 
punched cards on a large mainframe 
computer, 

When debugging a program, checks 
for errors should first be made at those 
junctions in the flowchart, as [he boxes 
mark places where a user can crash a 
program by entering the incorrect infor- 
mation. 

The decision diamond is the most 



To help the beginner with how to 
structure programs so that they wilt 
work faster and occupy less memory, a 
database is constructed which can be 
used to store lists of information, such 
as names and addresses or telephone 
numbers. The information stored in the 
database can be called back by typing-in 
a keyword which corresponds to the 
information sought by the user. 

Before we start to do any coding it is 
important to know about flowcharting. 
A flowchart, such as the one in figure 
one, is constructed before coding to act 
as a guide to what the finished program 
will look like. If it is written after 
coding has been completed and before 
The programmer starts to search for 
errors— to debug the program— it will 



Figures 1 and 2 




{sta* r ) 



>•**» 


Z&a 








s tf£S v 


■■-- 





So* 



toApA 

■ 



.MS ^ 


J54*ifi 4 








.«I y 








STcf> 




complex operation box in a computer 
flowchart— and the most necessary. A 
computer is distinguished from other 
machines through its ability to make 
decisions based on information. Usually 
the processing oT that information will 
provide a simple yes or no answer. The 
inflow to the diamond descends verti- 
cally and splits in two to provide the 
yes/no options. 

The option which contradicts the 
program flow goes out to the side of the 
box and can be directed up, to form a 
loop until the action has been per- 
formed correctly, or down iT alternative 
action is required to that of the normal 
flow. Finally, the operation rectangle is 
used to show that the computer has to 
perform some kind of calculation. That 
may be adding numbers, assigning 
numbers to variables, or scanning a 
string of characters. The use of that and 
the other boxes is illustrated in figure 
one. 

Flowcharts usually are constructed 
before writing a program but it is a good 
idea to draw up one from the finished 
program to see if the program flows as it 
was originally intended. 

When drawing a chart the boxes 
should be balanced as much as possible 
to the left and right of the main stem of 
the flow. The whole point of flowchart- 
ing is to create an easily-understood 
diagram. The labels inside the symbols 
should be written in English and not in 
Basic. 

The diagram in figure one uses sever- 
al decision diamonds and they branch to 
both left and right. A flow on just one 






46 



SINCLAIR USER Anntut m 







side of the diagram looks sloppy if there 
are more than two decisions to be made. 
The way not to structure a flowchart 
is shown in figure two. The flow lines at 
the side have been run together, making 
it almost impossible to decide what 
happens next. That is remedied easily 
by making the chart longer and re- 
structuring the lines into separate boxes 
as shown in figure three . 

When writmg a program it is a good 
idea to draw several flow diagrams. The 
firsr would be an overall plan showing 
the sections of program to be written 
and subsequent diagrams would expand 
each box to show the How of the various 
routines, 

A program is structured in a similar 
way to a flowchart- Most programs are 
constructed in the way figure one 
shows. The technique is called modular 
programming because the structure is 
broken into subroutines; of sections, 
called modules. 

The reason is to eliminate as many 
GOTO statements as possible, or 10 
make a GOTO statement jump only to a 
part of the routine in which it is situ- 
ated, i.e., to make what is termed a local 
jump, or the control routine at the top 
of the program. 

The control routine consists of a 
series of GQSUBs, It is the part of the 
program which is used most, so it is the 
first thing the computer encounters 
when scanning the program. In that 
way the program is faster in execution, 
so it becomes more efficient. 

A control routine can have two dis- 
tinct structures. The first is used in a 



game- type program. That type of pro- 
gram will execute routines by going 
down through each or the GQSUBs in 
turn and then returning to the begin- 
ning. 

The other type of structure is that 
which we shall use for the database. 
The program will first jump to the 
menu routine where the user will select 
an option. Control is then sent back to 
ihe control routine and, using a series of 
IF , . . THEN statements; the program 
will go to the subroutine selected by the 
player. The control program will not go 
down through all the GOSl'Bs but will 
jump only to those specified by the user 
through the menu. 

Ihe database will function using a 
keyboard recognition function. The 
user enters a few words which act as a 
key phrase. The program will then look 
through the list, or file, of information 
in the program and, if a match is made 
between the key phrase and part of a 
piece of information, that piece of infor- 
mation will be output- The computer 
will output all information which is 
associated with the key phrase. 

The program will also have to sup- 
port separate data files and be user- 
friendly so that anyone can use it. The 
program menu will have search files, 
display entries, load or save files, and 
will create new files. The program 
siructure will look like this from top to 
bottom, with the control routine at the 

top. 

The complete flowchart of the data- 
base is shown in figure one. Using that 
chart it will be easy to translate each 



operation into program code. 

With programs such as the database, 
which is being constructed, the screen 
display is very important. The com- 
puter uses the screen to display infor- 
mation to a user. 

Many people who use programs such 
as databases or word processors will 
know nothing about how a computer 
works or what it expects as input. The 
more information given to the user by a 
program the better. That does not mean 
clogging the screen with vast quantities 
of text. Instructions on the screen 
should be easy to read and well-spaced. 
The clear screen command should be 
used as often as possible to break-down 
information into easily-read pieces but 
at the same time the jump between one 
screen of instructions and another 
should be almost transparent to the 
user. 

The text must flow naturally and 
there should be no illogical jumps in the 
instructions. That is a matter of experi- 
ence but the database has been designed 
with clarity of insi ructions and prompts 
for inputs in mind. 

The most important instructions 
should stand out from the rest. That can 
be done by liberal use of the commands 
BRIGHT, INVERSE and FLASH on 
the Spectrum and the GRAPHICS 
mode on the ZX-81. 

Listing one is the menu subroutine 
for the database. It is written for the 
Spectrum but is easy to re-write for the 
ZX-81. To do that take out the IN* 



Figure 3 



(7^*?J) 




47 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! 1984 






VERSE in 1020 and 102 1, HRIGHT in 
1021 and FLASH in IQ40. INVERSE 
can be substituted with the GRAPH- 
ICS inverse lettering of the ZX-81 and 
the title MENU should have spaces 
between each letter to make it more 
prominent. 

The menu should not be surrounded 
by a border of a different colour, as that 
can confuse a user and make the screen 
look crowded- It is also important not to 
use excess graphics commands, A dis- 
play with FLASH or INVERSE all over 
the screen is just as confusing as if they 
were not there. 

One other thing which people tend to 
forget is that they have the use of all the 
screen. Do not cram things into the 
corners or sides of a screen. Titles 
should be central and if there is only an 
input prompt on the screen, a good 
place to put it is the top left-hand 
corner. 

Listing one is the first module of the 
program. If there is a menu in a pro- 
gram it should be situated at the top of 
the code after any single or array vari- 
ables have been declared, as in line 100 
of listing one. 

The menu module will display the 
options available from the program. Ask 
which you require, put the number of 
the option selected in a string variable 
AS, and transfer to the control program, 
also in listing one, at the top of the code. 
The control program, consisting of a 
series of IF . . . THEN instructions, 
will then transfer to the subroutine 
selected from the menu. 

The two other modules which are 
listed are for LOADing data files- 
listing two— and SAVEing files— listing 
three. They are for the Spectrum but 
ZX-81 users can add toolkit routines 
available from such companies as JRS 
Software- They will handle data files for 
the ZX-81. If you do not want to go to 
that expense you will have to SAVE the 
program and variables together. 

ZX-81 owners will have to break out 
of the program by erasing the left-hand 
quote mark of an input and typing 
STOP, Then type SAVE t( program 
name". When LOADing it back in, do 
the usual load but do not press RUN. 
Instead use GOTO 200. 

The SAVEd program can be verified 
on the ZX-81 by re-winding the tape, 
typing LOAD " ", and re-entering the 
program you have just SAVEd. ir the 
program has SAVEd correctly an 0/0 
error code will appear; if not you will 
get another number error code. If that 
happens you will have to re-SAVE, 

In the SAVE and LOAD routines a 
file name is asked for in lines 4010 and 



5010. On the Spectrum a tile or pro- 
gram name can be only 1 1 characters 
long. To prevent the program crashing 
if the name typed- in by the user is too 
long, lines 4020 and SO 20 will take only 
the first six characters of a file name. 
The other letters are cut olT or trunc- 
ated. Truncation is also used to cut the 
YES/NO inputs to Y or N. 

The displays in both the SAVE and 
LOAD routines are important. Error 
messages should be displayed in the 
same position on the screen every time 
they appear. Every program should 
have a standard error message area to 
which the user will become accustomed. 
In the case of the database, that is in the 
middle of the screen, Also the error 
message in line 800 is BORDERed in 
red to warn the user that a specific input 
is required. 

Be careful about using the word "in- 
put" in a prompt, as it is computer 
jargon, The word "enter" is preferred 
as is shown in line 1040 of the database. 
The prompts and information in the 
SAVE and LOAD routines may seem 
simple and not worthwhile but the 
writer knows about the internal work- 
ings of the program and what to enter, 
A newcomer to a program, on the other 
hand, needs to be taken through it step 

by step. 

When a module of a program has 
been written it is a good idea to test it on 
a friend or relative who knows nothing 
about computers. If they can follow the 
prompts, leave the display as it is; if 
they are confused, you know you have 
more writing to do. 

Data structuring comprises a series of 

topics which most beginners like to 

leave alone, unless they are doing O or 

Listing 1 



A level courses in computer science. 
There is only one data structure in the 
Basic language and that is the array. An 
array is a series or table of data items 
which are grouped under one name. 
They are indexed using a number. Most 
professional data processing programs 
are not written in Bask but in machine 
code, because of speed restrictions. 
Also, using data compression tech- 
niques in machine code you can enier 
much more data into the machine than 
would normally be possible 

Databases written in Basic do not 
often use arrays as it is better to use long 
strings of characters into which the data 
is put, or concatenated, as il is entered. 
In that way a user does not have to 
specify the length of a file or how many 
data items can be entered as a m;ixi- 
mum, 

Arrays occupy more memory space 
and their length has to be fixed before 
data entry but sorting and searching is 
easier to understand by using one- or 
two-dimensional arrays, as we can deal 
with data one dement at a time. 

The file creation and data entry 
routines of the database being con- 
structed are shown in figure four. 

The listings shown are lor the Spec- 
trum but can be used for the ZX-81 
with the changes mentioned earlier- 
Line 100 oflisting one has been altered 
slightly to contain another array, cS, 
That array will hold the number of the 
hl\i available space in a file, the maxi- 
mum number of data items it is possible 
to store, and the maximum length, in 
characters, of a data item. 

In the file creation routine the user 
can define the file length and word 
length but if they are over the maxi- 






I 



10© 

4-00 

500 
&&0 

70S 
800 



DIM b* (100,201 

— O SUE* 1000 
IF a*=i" THEN 
IF a$="2" THEN 
IF <>* *"3" THEN 
XP 3*e"A" TMEN 
IF a*e"S- THEN 
INK S: CL5 : 

T FLRSH liftT 10,8; 

R IS": PAUSE 200 
900 GO TQ 200 

1000 PAPER 0: BORDER 

LS 

1010 

L5 

1020 

1021 



GO 
GO 
GO 

GO 
BORDER 
"ENTER 



sue 
sue 

&UO 

2 
R 



i£0OO 
3000 

5000 
&000 

PRIN 

NUrfBE 



INK 4- 



PfiPER 0: BORDER 0: INK 4* 



INVERSE 1 

PRINT INVERSE 0; BRIGHT l; 
INK e;TflB 1*; "MENU" 
1030 PRINT HT 5,7; "1 SEARCH flL 

E ";RT 7,7, '2 DISPLttV PILE 



,ftT 9^7j "3 LORD PILE 
1,7; "4 SRVE PILE 

'S CREATE FILE 
104-0 INPUT • * * * INK &, 
^NTER OPTION (1-S)";a* 
105O IF 3*="" THEN GO TO 
10&0 RETURN 



RT 



; RT 1 

13,7; 



FLRSH 1; 



1040 



48 



SINCLAIR USER Ammo! I 



— 1- 

3 






4000 >REM LOAD ROUTINE 

401© CLS : INPUT "NRHE FILE TO B 

E ENTERED " ; C S __ 

4020 XP LEN c*^S THEN LET CS=c*f 

405© IF c*-"" THEN GO TO *0fO, # . 
4.04-0 PAUSE 10; CLS PRINT 

' FLfiSM l;"5ET UP TRPE 
5 NEW LINE": PAUSE _ 

1050 PRINT " INUERSE 1,'PXLE 
i C%; " ' LOADING" 
4060: LORD C* DRTR *>*<* 
1970 PRINT " ' *\'/'RB 1|; 
3BDEP = PAUSE 

4080 RETURN 



RND PHE5 



FILE 
100 



i iirini; 2 

mum bounds, the computer will set 
them automatically to 100 and 20 re- 
spectively. The data entry routine is not 
yet included on the menu. It is best to 
put it in the menu routine at line 750 
and set it to the Entry Subroutine at line 
7Q0O. The menu display at line 1030 
will have to be changed so that "EN- 
TER DATA ITEM" is displayed 
under "CREATE FILE", 

When Those alterations have been 
made, the enter routine at line 7000 can 
be added to the listing. 

Figures five and six show program 
listings for two techniques which can be 
adapted for use with the database. They 
are two of many. The study of data 
sorting techniques has interested aca- 
demics Tor a long time and some sophis- 
ticated algorithms, step-by-step 
methods of solving problems, have 
evolved. 

Figure five shows the Bubble or 
Shuttle Sort. It is fairly simple to use 
but very slow when dealing with large 
amounts of data. It is called the Bubble 
Son because the data is sorted into a list 
in ascending order with items in the 
incorrect order 'bubbling' up to the top. 
The data items are sorted using a 
kevword, usually the first word of or 
number in the item. The Bubble Sort 
will take the first character in an item 
and compare it to the first character of 
the next data item. 

You may like to change the routine to 
look at the first three or fow letters of a 
word. The routine can take anything up 
to three minutes to sort 50 items of data. 
If you are not concerned with the time 
element, the routine is easy to program 

and use. 

In the program, line 8010 defines the 
pointers being used in the routine. 
Pointer pi will show the first item on 
the list and p2 the one beneath it. The 
variable sc will contain the number of 
swaps made in one pass, When that is 
zero at the end of a pass, the sort is 
concluded. 

Line 8020 will send control to the 



swap routine if the first data item is 
greater than the second. Line 8030 ad- 
vances the pointers and line 8040 will 
return to the menu if the sort is com- 
plete. Line 8070 returns control to 
make another pass of the data. 

The swap routine starts at line 8080 
and 8090 will swap the data items 
which are in the incorrect order. Line 
8100 returns control to the main sort 
routine and line 8110 informs the user 
that the sort is complete. The routine 
can be improved by adding a line to 
make the computer display a message, 
such as 'SORTING', to inform the user 
a sort is taking place. 

The Basic listing in figure four can 
be used as a base for the other sorting 
leehnique known as the Shell Sort and 
the line numbers which have been 
modified are shown in figure six. 

The Shell Sort, shown in figures six 
and 7b, is slightly more complex than 
the Bubble Sort but will run faster with 
large amounts of data. If a relatively 
small amount of data, for instance 100 
items, is to be used, the Bubble Sort 
will do the job just as quickly as the 
Shell Sort. 

For the Shell Sort the data file is split 
approximately into two halves. The 
pointer pi is, as with the Bubble Sort, 
set to the first data item in the file. The 
pointer p2 is set to the item halfway 



through the data file. 

The item pointed to by pi is com- 
pared to all the items in the second half 
of the file and swaps are made, as 
before, if pi is greater than p2. When 
pi has compared item one to all ot the 
last half of the fde it will point to the 
second item and again compare that to 
the second half of the file. 

The sort is finished when either pi or 
p2 arrives at the last item of the file and 
the sc swap counter variable is 0. That 
shows that no swaps were made in the 
last pass through the data and the infor- 
mation in the file is in the correct order. 
Both structures created by the sort 
routines from figures five and six an- 
il lust rated in figure seven. As I have 
said previously, they are just two of 
many routines and it is possible to 
create several other sorts using the two 
basic structures outlined. 

There are many methods of searching 
data and no technique is belter than 
another but in the proper circumstances 
one technique can be used in favour of 
another. The Binary Search deal is one 
of the fastest searching routines and one 
of the easiest to learn. 

Obviously, speed is important in any 
searching routine. Someone cannot wail 
For an hour for data contained in a list of 
30 items to be retrieved by the com- 
puter. If that were the case it would be 
easier to search through a list on paper. 
One method of searching a list would 
simulate a person doing it by hand very 
well. That is called the Serial Search- 
figures eight and nine— which can take 
up to half an hour to search a list of 100 
names and addresses. The listing in 
figures nine and 1 1 will run on the 
Spectrum but multi-statement lines, 
such as 2030, will have to be eliminated 
for use on the ZX-81. The routines will 
run without the database but if you 
want to include one of them in the main 
program you use lines 2000 to 2040. 
The computer scan the data list, stem 



Listing 3 



SfiUE ROUTINE 

INPUT "ENTER 



TO 5010 
LET JC 4 =.C 4 



500© HEM 

5010 CLS 
= ■*; C$ 

5011 IE C*="" THEN GO 
5030 IF LEN jC*>& THEN 
I TO 5,1 

S030 PRUSE 10: CL5 PR INT 

"* FLfiSH 1. 'SET UP TOPE AND 

5 NEU LINE": PRUSE 

504-0 PRINT ' ' INVERSE lj " 

: C$; ** * BEING 5RVED 

5050 SRUE C* ORTR b* f J 

50&0 PRINT FILE ' " 

SRWED. REWIND TAPE TO 

' ' "AND PRE55 NEU LINE."': 
5070 UERIFY C% DflTH b % f J : 

PRINT - - * ' pile *";C*; 

PIED" 

506S RETURN 



PILE NPM 



< 



PRE5 

PILE ' " 



; c s; " ' 

VERIPY'- 
PRUSE 

GL5 : 

" * UERI 



bmuai i964 






SINCLAIR USER Annua! 1984 



49 



hy item, trying to match the key, a name 
or telephone number entered by the 
user with the items in internal memory. 
When a match is made the item will be 
displayed in full on the screen. 

The length of time of the process will 
depend on the speed of the high-level 
language, such as Basic, or the speed of 
the central processor if the program is 
written in machine code- The number 
of items in the list to be searched will 
also be a factor in the amount of time 
taken by the computer. 

If you are planning to use only a few 
data items you could use the Serial 
Search technique. The coding is simple. 
Use a variable as a counter to point to 
each data item in the listing in turn. 
Increase the pointer by one every time 
an item is compared to the user's entry 
and no match is made, When the match 
is made, print it to the screen. 

The Binary Search is as easy to pro- 
gram as the Serial Search but the rou- 
tine is much faster, as it does not have to 
search ever}' data item on the list. The 
data must be sorted in alphabetical or 
numerical order and The computer will 
look at the element at the centre of the 
list of data as the starting-point— figure 
10— cutting the list into two halves. 

If the identification keyword or num- 
ber, typed- in by the user to trace an 
item in a file, and the element in The file 
does not match, the computer has to 
continue its search. The computer will 
find if the alphabetic character or num- 
ber is higher or lower than the keyword 
typed-in by the user. If it is lower the 
computer will take the last element 



examined and make that the end of the 
file, cutting away The other half. 

If it is higher, the computer will Take 
the last examined item as the beginning 
of the new, shorter file. The computer 
will then find how many elements are in 
the short file and divide it by two. The 
number found will be The element at the 
middle of the file and that is the element 
looked at next by the computer. 

The process continues until a match 
is made. Then rhe computer will print- 
out the full data item found in the file, 
The whole process is shown in figure 10 
and a listing of the resulting program is 
shown in figure 11. The listing can be 
U&ed alone with a short data entry ron- 
tine or with the database which has 
been discussed as an example. 

The listing in figure nine includes a 
shori entry routine so that you can test 
the speed of the Binary -Search. Line 30 
of The routine will check to see if the 
keyword entered at line 25 is the same 
as the element pointed to by variable L 
in the data file, bl. [fit is less than the 
value of the file entry, the pointer, L, 
will move further up the list and if it is 
greater il will move down the list. 

That part of the program is executed 
in lines 30, 40 and SO. The number of 
the file element in L must be an integer, 
so INT is used in those lines. The 0.5 at 
the end of the lines mentioned must be 
added to the INTeger in L to round it 
up and not down, as the Sinclair ma- 
chines do automatically during math- 
ematical operations. 

In some cases it is necessary to dis- 
play every item in a data file which has 



an entry which corresponds to the 
keyword input by the user. That can be 
done by adding an extra condition, 
IF . . . THEN, staTemeni before line 40 
so that if a match occurs the program 
will continue to search the file in case 
There are more corresponding items. If a 
long file of data is to be processed and 
displayed it is a good idea to introduce 
paging into the display routine. 

A list of data must not turn over the 
end of the screen so that a 'scroll?' 
message is displayed. The computer 
should display the data in pages and at 
the bottom of each page a message to 
the user should be displayed asking 
whether he wants to see more. If the 
user types-in 'no' the program control 
can be returned to the main menu. 

The display of data is an important 
facet of any program and the guidelines 
apply to data output as well as data 
entry. When a menu is used in a pro- 
gram and is not displayed for some time 
while other operations are taking place 
it is important to let the user know what 
other options are available at that time. 
That can best be done by displaying a 
band across the bottom of the screen 
with the options and the 'return to main 
menu' option on it. 

The main point I want to stress is 
that not all users arc programmers. 
That may be less so now than in the 
past with the advent of home comput- 
ing but there are still some users who 
have difficulty even getting around the 
keyboard. 

While it is important to know about 
techniques for file processing, it is more 



Figure 41 

10 REM fiPDlTlONRL POINTER RRRfl 
V "C'UfiRlfiBLE p- POINTS TO NEXT 

RURILRBLE SPACE FOR DflTfi. 

100 DIM b* I 100 , £0> DIM C (3) : L 

rr p =1 
5000 REM 
5310 Ct_S 
ITEH3 IN 
^020 LET 
b030 CL5 



CRERTE FILE 

: INPUT "HOU MANY DRTR 

FILE"? " , d$ 

d -URL d ft 

INPUT "UIHRT 15 THE MR 

XIMUM LENGTH OF ERCM ITEM ,e* 

LET 6=URL ft*: IF fi>20 THEN LET 



bS td j-fi) 



r * 

1 TO 



€ ~30 
&O40 DIM 

T c (3> -e 
9050 PRINT 
ER OF ITEMS 
; ' - "DKRY?" 
sees I**PUT 
&e?& if r*i 

O 6000 

5BS0 RETURN 

7eaa rem drtr ENTRY 

701B IF Pid THEN GO 
7020 INPUT 
b$=" 5TOP " 
7030 IF LEN 

TO 7«6g> 
7B40 LET b* 
7B50 GO TO 
7060 PRINT "ENTRY 
MTER."*: GO TO 10 
70-70 PRINT "CURRENT 
GO TO L 
'08O RETURN 



LET t fSJ =d 



LE 



IHUER5E l; "MUHB 
LENGTH " ,C 



il«"f>" THEN GO T 



S000 REH BUBBLE SORT 

■5O10 LET PJ=1: LET p£=2: LET =C = 



=t0£0 IF bftiplJ (1 TO 1) JbJi'P^J (1 

TO 1) VHEN GO SUB B090 

5<?30 LET Pi=p£: LET P2=P? + I 

a©40 IF SC=0 AND p£>P THEN GO TO 

3tfE%0 IF p£,ip THEN GO TO £020 

S0B0 IF *e=0 AND P2>P THEN GO TO 

90 

507O L-0 TO B030 

3030 LET SC-SC+1 

9090 LET h4=b*ipl» : LET bjipi>=b 
itp2.i . LET bf ipgl=hj 

3100 SETUttN 

a 110 C-LS : PRINT "5DRTEP" : PRUSE 

3120 RETURN 



ROUTINE 
TO 7070 

ENTER ITEH "1 b* 

THEN RETURN 

b*>LEN b$ IpJ THEN 

tpi abj; LET p=p+l 



IF 
GO 



t 



TOO LONG. RE-E 



FILE FULL 



Htgure S 

S**00 REM 5HELL z>ORT . 

HOD IF ICRTION& TO FIGURE 

ONE - 
3010 LET Pl=l LET p2=lNT Ip.'S*: 

LET ^ C =0 
3030 IF F2>P TH£^ RETURN 



50 



SINCIjMR USER ArtHtmt JS 



BUBBLE SORT STRUCTUREJBKFORE SORT) 

-#■ 



H ITEM NUMBER DATA ELEMENT 



1 



SINCLAIR 



2 



MICRODRIVE 
PRINTER 



Figure 7b 



SHELL SORT STRUCTURE (BEFORE SORT) 

ITEM NUMBER DATA ELEMENT 



USER 



1*|RST ITEM IN FILE 



HELPLINE 



L> 



MOUHM 1 SECOND ITEM IN FILE 



important to know about the user inter- 
face, Le. s bow the user will interact with 
the computer and how he will cope with 
your program. Once you can see the 
Ukely reaction of the user and fit the 
program around your intended user, 
everything else will seem simple. 

Now 1 want to take you back to show 
how a program is constructed in a series 
of numbered steps. To be gin t however, 
I want to discuss errors which can occur 
in programs, commonly called bugs, 
and how to rid yourself of them. 

Much has been written about bugs. 
The term is derived from the early days 
of computing when only large main- 
frame computers existed. They had to 
be, and still are, kept in specially-pro- 
tected areas where dust or insects could 
not enter the machinery. If computers 



It is not important that you know 
how it works but for those who are 
interested the PPC system variable is 
PEEKed and the current line number 



locate and correct the error. 

When talking about these techniques 
and correcting errors* I must stress 
again that they will be of help only if 
you have used the structuring tech- 
niques which have been explained- 

I have detailed the pathway to struc- 
tured programming as a series of struc- 
tured steps: 

First: Decide what type of program 
you want and what you want it to do. It 
is best to write it as a series of state- 
ments in plain English, 

Second: Decide how you are to 
handle the task and whether it can be 
done with your machine and with the 
level of experience you have. 

Third: Break the task into a series of 
headings and sub-headings. For 
example) most programs need some 
form of instructive display— an entry 
procedure, a calculation procedure and 
an output procedure. They must be tai- 
lored to meet your needs. 

Fourth: Draw a flowchart. That 
should take a long time in many cases. 



returned from the two addresses 

accessed by the statement. The instruc- It is a good idea to draw several charts, 

tion to be appended to program lines is expanding the most important boxes ui 

PRINT PEEK 23621 +256*PEEK the main one. In that way you will know 

(23621 + 1). 

That instruction can be put any- 
where any number of times , It is best to 
append it to the end of lines. 

It is also possible to chart the course 
of FOR . . . NEXT loops. It is done by 
printing the variable used in the loop. 
The print statement should be put at 
the end of the FOR . . . statement and 
not at the end of the NEXT statement. 
If you do the latter the count printed 
will be incorrect. Both techniques are 



Figitr* & 

SEARCH KEYWORD: Sind#ir 

STAGE ONE: 

MsfTtary aid 

Read Only Memory 

Sinclair Research 



STAGE TWO: 



were not kept clean and serviced they illustrated in diagram A-for GOTOs 



could often crash and data and pro- 
grams could be lost. 

Most of the bugs encountered by 
programmers occur because program 
structure is incorrect. The statements 
causing the crashes are usually the 
FOR . . . THEN and GOTO lines. 

When a program crashes, look at I he 
report code shown on the bottom of the 
screen and find the line number where 
the computer ceased the RUN. A 
GOTO effect should be limited to one 
routine. If an error occurs at a certain 
line you have to look at that routine 

On some computers the system offers 
a command which prints-out the line 
oumber to which the computer goes 
during operation. It is called the TRace 
ON (TRON) routine. It can be simu- 
lated on a Spectrum if you wish to add 
an extra instruction to each of the 
troublesome lines. That instruction will 
make the computer print-out each line 
number as it is executed. 



and-B for FOR . . . NEXT. 

The two techniques can be incorpor- 
ated together in a program and, with the 
error message you get when the pro- 
gram crashes you should be able to 



Memory aid 

ftaad Only Memory 

Sinclair Reaaarch 



STAGE THREE: 



Memory aid 

Road Only Memory 

Sinclair Research 



SEARCH COMPLETED 



UP C 

PILE 
C 

KEYWOR 



Figure 8 

£000 DIM b*t!0,,±2J: R£H SET 
XRMPLE DRTtf FILE 
5010 FOR *=1 TO 10 
20H0 INPUT b*f*J: REH 

SSSTnEXT |r SgWfkT&S ENTRY 
204-0 INPUT 3*: REM SEARCH 

%n*n t ETT a=l REM a=NUMBER OF FI 

^ELEMENT BEING "gTCHEg 

2B6B PRINT BT 10,1»> FLBSH I, SE 

aSSS^IF^*^ (1 TO LEN aS)=a* TH 
21iS T c[s UND PRINT°St 12,0, FL.R5H 

??»Stem locSted"; flash 0,b*<»>. 

STOP ,^^__^__ 



SI 



SINCLAIR USER Annual I9S4 




SEARCH KEYWORD: Sinclair 



STAGE ONE: 



STAGE TWO; 



Alphabet 

Bubble 

Memory 

Research 

Sinclair 

ZX-8t 



Alphabet 

Bubble 

Memory 

Research 

Sinclair 

ZX n 



STAGE THREE; 



Alphabet 

Bubble 

Memory 

Research 

Sinclair 

ZX-81 



SEARCH COMPLETED 



the concepts of the program before you 
begin coding, [f flowcharting does noth- 
ing else it will concentrate your mind on 
what you want to do. 

A word of warning to pcole who have 
taken flowcharting to their hearts. The 
technique is a means to an end and is 
not an end in itself. If you think a 
certain number of charts is necessary> 
draw them, but do not draw charts for 
the sake of doing so, because you will 
often be confused as a result . 



Fifth: Coding the program. The 
code, in this case using the Sinclair 
Basic language, should be laid out in 
separate modules. The control module 
should be put at the top^ as it is the part 
of the program which will be used most. 
Each module should be complete and 
GOTO statements should be local to a 
module if possible. 

Sixth: In long programs* bugs, or 
errors, are liable To occur frequently. 
Bugs occur usually in the data entry 
parts of the program and in the flow 
structure- Flowcharting and structured 
programming will not dispose of all 
bugs but it will eliminate a few. 

Now you should be able to write 
reasonably complicated programs. As I 
have stressed, there are two factors 
which are important, more so than some 
of the others, which are necessary to- 
make programming easier and more 
enjoyable. 

The first is structure. If your pro- 
gram is well-structured it will contain 
fewer bugs and will, in most cases, run 
faster. The second point is that the 
program must be designed for ease of 
use, so that it can be used by someone 
who knows nothing about computers. 

If you have taken my advice, or even 
modified it using your own techniques, 
you are on the way to being an efficient 
programmer. You will And that you can 
do more and programming will become 
less of a difficult task and more reward- 
ing- 



Hnurc It 



500E DIM b$i 15,3.2) 

xRHPLE DRTft FILE 
2Z1& FOX K=i TO IB 
2025 INPUT b*tx). REM 

125§ Y NEXT K-- PRINT "FILE 

£0*0 INPUT a*: REM SERR^I 

Ws0 LET L=INT (5/2J+0 
£0B0 IF b*Ct> ti TO LEN 
Ett PRINT FLPSH 1;"ITEM 

2073 IF b*Cl> VI TO LEN 
= N LET l=INT ClS8*+p&g 
SSoB IF fe*fO i± TO LEN 

EN LET L-INT Ct#aJ+ff-3 
20a0 150 TD 2060 



REM SET UP E 



I>RTR FILE 



ENTRY C 
KEY WOR 



5 

a$s =a* th 

LOCRTE& " 



a** >a* 

a$) i ft 9 



TM 

TH 



Diagram A 



10 PRINT PRINT PEEK 23631+25 

20 PRINT PEEK £Sd21+255d*PEEK 
i 23621 +D GO TO 10 



Diagram B 



10 FOR K=l 
20 PRINT 
30 N£XT K 



TO 10: PRINT K 



Quarts 

into 

pints 

* S MANY of the thousands of 
/A ZX-81 owners will know, the IK 
.A. .L memory provided in the basic 
machine is often insufficient for even 
the simplest of programs. That can 
leave the user frustrated as he thinks of 
the program he could have writen had 
he bought a 16K RAM pack. Therefore 
any bytes of memory which can be 
saved in a program are of great import- 



ance 



There arc many ways in which vital 
bytes can be saved on a IK machine. 
Once mastered, the user will discover 
that his compter is very versatile. 

The ZX-81 IK- 1,024 byws-of 
memory is filled with 124 bytes used by 
the machine as its system variables; x 
bytes for the program; y bytes for the 
display file— varies depending on how 
much is printed— and finally * bytes tor 
the variables defined during the pro- 
gram. 

Each line in a ZX-81 program takes 
five bytes as soon as it is entered— two 
bytes for the line number, two more fix 
the length of line, and one byte at the 
end for the NRWLINE. Anything 
typed in the line will take up more 
bytes. Thus REM statements should be 
removed as a needless waste of memory, 
as they serve no useful purpose except 
in a machine code program. 

More memory can be saved by mak- 
ing one line our of two. Thus: 
10 LET G - 15 

20 IF INKEYS = "5" THEN LET 
C = C — I 

30 IF INKEYS - "8" THEN LET 
G = G + 1 
40 GOTO 20 
can be replaced by 
10 LET G - 15 

20 LET G = G + {INKEYS = "8") - 
(INKEYS = "5") 
30 GOTO 20 

The removing of one line saves the 
five bytes which are taken up by each 
iine and because of that saving the 
program will RUN considerably faster, 
The method shown, making two IN- 
KEYS lines into one, is a type of condi- 
tional statement similar to IF. The 
condition inside the brackets can either 



SIM [..-\|p USER Amtuall 



52 




10 LET G = 15 

20 LET G = G - (1NKEY$ = "5 

AND G > 0) + {INKEYS - "8" and 

G < 30) 

30 GOTO 20 

Probably the most effective and 
possibly the simplest method of saving 
memory is by the use of constants 
which are non-varying variables. First, 
you define a variable, e.g., 10 LET N ■ 
a number used more than twice in the 
program, at the start of the program and 
wherever that number appears in the 
program substitute it with the variable. 

As proof of its effectiveness > 0.9K 
was saved in a 16K program by the use 
of only one constant— zero 



Lf the number is betweeen and 255, 
the function CODE can be used: 
10 LET T = 14 
can be replaced by: 

10 LET T = CODE ":" 

That will save four bytes of memory. 
This method will be effective for those 
numbers which have a character as- 
signed to them but will not work for 
those numbers 67 to 127, as they are not 
used in the ZX-81 character set. 

The second method is for those num- 
bers above 255 or between 67 and 127, 

1 1 makes use of the function VAL, thus: 
10 LET V - 300 

would become 

10 LET V -" VAL "300" 



S P ™"u^ » rod The use of VAL wH, mm *m >*» * 



be correct or incorrect. If it is correct 

ihe result of the brackets will be 1 but if 

i: is incorrect the result of the brackets 

will be 0. Therefore if the user were 

pressing "8", the result of the first 

bracket would be I and the second 

would be 0- Under those circumstances 

G would increase by one. An expansion 

of the system is shown in the following 

two programs: 

Original 

10 LET G - 15 

20 IF INKEYS - "5" THEN LET 

r — c — l 

30 IF INKEYS = "8" THEN LET 

f, ^ _| I 

40 IF G < THEN LET G = 
50 IF G > 30 THEN LET G = 30 
60 GOTO 2d 
After revision 



as follows: 

Numixr as it 
appears in 
(hsr program 



lorttiining Byre 

1 26-(7Fricx) 



I ..HIT IIUMl^d 



storage 111" l he number l*n 



H2 



33.0.0.0 



When using a variable the nu mber will 

'The removing of 

one line saves five 

bytes' 

^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^™ 

take up only one byte of memory. Con- 
stants will save memory only if the 
number h used three times or more in 
the program- 

If, however, there is a number in a 
program which is used only once or 
twice there are two more relatively effi- 
cient methods of saving memory in this. 



memory. 

Numbers above 999 which can be 
written easily in scientific notation 
should be written in scientific notation 
in conjunction with VAL, which will 
save even more memory— 10,000 can 
become VAL "10000" which can be- 
come shortened even further to VAL 
"IE4" which saves another two bytes. 
After all those methods have been 
employed there are still a few mow 
ways of finding Lhose extra bytes. A 
can be replaced by NOT Pi. That takes 
up two bytes and saves five bytes over 
the seven-byte number zero, A "1" can 
be replaced by SGN PI, That uses only 
two bytes and saves five bytes over the 
seven-byte number one. A "3" can be 
replaced by using INT PL which also 
saves five bytes. 

Galasians is a simple IK invaders 
program which makes use of the whole 



2 LET R-CODE " + ' 

3 LET N"NQT PI 

4 LET U-VAL "2" 
5-LET W-3GN PI 



■5 I! > 



'?« 



H*< VflL 
H-N 
S-N 
P-CODE 

Y-R 
X-RND*R 

S>VRL "lE3" THEN LET 




£ DIM 
10 LET 
20 LET 
30 LET 
40 LET 
50 LET 
£0 LET 
70 IF 
"C<9* '9? 1 9t>" 
00- IF 3>VflL 

"wc«t' i iT [ <*« y* 

90 IF RND>VF(L 

100 FOR T*U TO R-W 
110 LET P-P-K I NKEY*«"U M 
e)-(INKEYt*"5 r ' RND P>N) 
U9-CLS 



120 PRINT RT T,X;fWU TO luRT Y 
,P+Wj" ! "ifiT RiPj"<M'96'«u5" 

130 IF Y>T CJR RBS <P-W»-U THEN 
GOTO VRL "140" 

131 PRINT RT T,X;"-»-"jRT T.XjC 

ODE R*jCHR» N 

132 LET S-S+CQOE R* 
133-GQTO CODE "C" 



-T THEN LET V 



-R 
STR« 



R»" 



N OR 
<X+RND*3-U-tX>2B> 



"2E3" THEN LET A*' 



9" THEN LET R* 



140 IF ¥< 

im LET Y 

Y<R> 

160 LET Y*INT 

+< S<W •> ) 
170 NEXT T 

200 IF H<S THEN INPUT H» 
210-IF H<S THEN LET H-S 
220 PRINT RT R,Pj"X*X"jRT 



N,N, 



SJ 



RND P< 



-> 



SCORE 
230 INPUT 
240 CLS 
250 IF R* 1 



1 HI 
R* 



j Hi" BY ";H* 



.!■ ii 



THEN GOTO CODE 



53 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 







screen area. There are four types of 
invaders — on-screen display of base, 
missile and alien plus store, highest 
score and highest scorer's name. All 
I hose superb features are achieved by 
some powerful memory-saving pro- 
gramming. 

The features to note in the LISTING 
are the absence of REM statements, as 
few numbers used as possible and the 
use of four constants. Conditional 
brackets are also put to their fullest use. 
Four constants are used— R, N, U 
and W which are set in lines 2 to 5. 
They are followed by the variables HS, 
H, S, P, X, Y and A$ in lines 6 to 90. 
The FOR-NEXT loop T is used to 
move the invader down the screen. 
That is the most effective way of doing 
it. 

Line 1 10 is the INKEY$ line which 
controls the movement of the missile 
base. That makes the fullest use of 
conditional brackets. Note that the 
AND inside the brackets stops the base 
from moving oft" either side of the 
screen. 

In line 120 everything to be displayed 
is printed, for three reasons— memory is 
saved as all the printing is done in the 
one linej everything is displayed speed- 
ily and that leads to little flicker after 
the CLS in line 119, 

Line 130 tests to find whether an 
alien has been hit. Line 140 resets the 
missile when necessary. Line 150 moves 
the missile upwards. Line 160 moves 
the alien horizontally to either side at 
random. 

Lines 200 to 250 are used at the end 
of the game. Note that the CLS in line 
240 empties the display, thus leaving 
sufficient memory for the initilisation 
routine in lines 20 through to 90, i.e., 
memory is saved here by adding an 
extra line to the program. 

To play Galaxians first RUN the 
program. Alien after alien will dive 
towards you. Use keys "5" and "8" to 
manoeuvre your base. Key "0" to fire. 
You cannot move and fire at the same 
time due to the basic rNKEYS. As your 
score increases the type of invader will 
change. The random invader scores a 
bonus of 200 points. 

At the end of the game if the score 
does not appear bur instead an INPUT 
prompt appears that means you have set 
a new highest score and the computer is 
waiting for you to INPUT your initials 
of up to five characters. Once the score 
has appeared, press NEWLINE for 
another game; any other INPUT will 
end the game. In that eventuality 
GOTO 20 will start the game once 
more with the highest score retained. 



Two into one will 
now go on ZX-81 

Merging programs is made possible 



ONE PROBLEM until now with 
the ZX-81 has been that when a 
program is loaded from tape any 
previous program in the computer is 
NEWed and lost. That means that two 
programs, each saved separately on 
tape, could not be merged into one 
program. That would clearly be useful 
for, say, writing subroutines which 
could be written and tested separately 
and then merged with a main program 
on a different tape. The merge feature 
has been included on the Spectrum and 
the routine we developed means that 
now two programs can quickly be com- 
bined into one, with few restrictions on 
[he progframs so merged, on the ZX-81. 
The procedure used is outlined and 
explanations of the important steps are 
given. The basic theory is to reserve 
space in the 16K memory by putting 
RAMTOP, the address of the first byte, 
above the Basic system area, to a value 
below the normal 16K value of 32768, 
and then transferring the first program, 
byte by byte, into the reserved space. 

The second program is then entered, 
along with a routine which will retrieve 
the first program, add it to the second 
program, and correct the values of line 
lengths— the third and fourth bytes in 
each program line, see page 171 of the 
ZX-81 manual— and so on, so that the 
program will not crash or behave abnor- 
mally. Here is the procedure: 

First, the user's first program is en- 
tered from cassette tape. Restrictions on 
the program are that the line numbers 
must all be lower than 9899 but greater 
than the greatest line number of the 
user's second program, yet to be loaded. 
That is so that when the two programs 
are merged eventually, the line numbers 
will be in the correct order and the 
computer will not crash. To this pro- 
gram must then be added the final line: 
XXXX REM END 
where XXXX is the line number, which 
must be big enough to make it the last 
line of the first program but must still 
be less than 99. When the program is 
entered, the following direct commands 
must be entered^ in the correct order: 
LETX - PEEK 16396 + 256*PEEK 
16397 - I 

LET Y = 49230 - X 
PRINT Y 



and the value of Y should be written or 

remembered. Then: 

POKE 16388, Y - 256*INT(Y/256) 

POKE 16389, INT(Y/256). 

X, the value of D FILE— see chapter 

27 of the ZX-81 manual— minus one, is 

the last byte of the program and is thus 

the last byte which must be transferred. 

Y is the location where the first byte of 

the program will be stored— 49230 was 

chosen as it leaves a little spare room 

before the end of the computer's IGK; 

and RAMTOP is poked to the value— 

the two POKE commands— so that 

when NEW is executed the transferred 

bytes will not be erased. That can be 

verified by tvping; 

PRINT PEEK 16388 + 256*PEEK 

16389 

which should give the value of Y which 

was written. 

Next the routine given in listing one, 

lines 9900 to 9920, is added to the first 

program, Then type: 

GOTO 9900 followed by: 

NEW as soon as the computer has 
finished the loop starting in line 
9900. 
Thar routine copies the bytes of the 

first program into the memory, starting 
at the location given by the variable Y. 

NEW is executed to clear everything 
except those stored bytes. To verity that 
the first program is still stored above 
RAMTOP, type: 

PRINT PEEK (your value of Y)*256 + 
PEEK (your value of Y + 1). 

That should return with the first line 
number of your first program. 

The next stage is to load your second 
program from tape. The program 
should have all of its line numbers 
greater than 13 but smaller than the 
smallest line number in the first pro- 
gram, so that, again, the eventual lines 
when merged will be in the correct 
order. Once that is done the routine 
given in listing two— lines 1 to 13 
only— should be typed-in, and then the 
following direct commands: 



Listing 1. 

9900 FOR F= 16509 TO X 
9910 POKE YT6509+F,PEEK F 
9920 NEXT F 



54 



SINCLAIR USER Annual M 







LET Y" (your previous value of Y) 
LETK - PEEK 16396 + 256*PEEK 
16397 

and after those, REM statements must 
be typed-in, as lines 9900 and 9901 in 
listing two. Each REM statement 
should include 100 Xs and there should 
be 10 such REM statements for each 
IK of the first program which has 
already been copied above RAMTOP. 
After one REM statement has been 
typed-in, the other can be duplicated 
quickly by using the EDIT facility and 
adding 1 to the line number each time 
the line is copied, In that manner the 
correct number of REM statements can 
be produced quickly. 

As soon as the REM lines have been 
typed-in, the command GOTO 1 
should be entered. The routine— lines 1 
to 13— will then transfer the first pro- 
gram back from above RAMTOP back 
to the main program, and when the 
report code 9/13— STOP executed in 
line 13— is seen, the final. The merged 
program can be tidied by deleting lines 
I to 13 and any left-over REM lines 
after line 9900 may also be removed. 

This is how the final 13-line routine 
works: 

The first two lines POKE RAMTOP 
to its usual (16K) value of 32766. That 
is so that as the routine progresses, the 
space where the first lines were stored 
can be overwritten once those lines 
have been rc-transferred, and that en- 
ables longer programs to be merged. 

Lines 3 to 4 check for the location of 
ihe REM command in the line: 
XXXX REM END 

at the end of the first program, that 
being the marker used to indicate the 
end of the first program, and the loop 
passes to line 5 with the variable F 
being the location of this REM com- 
mand. The variable K which was de- 
fined previously by direct command is 
the location of the first byte in the first 
RE\t line— line 9900— and is the loca- 
tion into which the first byte of the first 
program is POKEd. The REM state- 
ments are used to reserve space below 
the Display File— we spent some time 
trying to POKE the system variable D 
FILE but with no success— and the first 
program is simply POKE into the loca^ 
tions occupied by the REM lines. Thus 
lines 5 to 8 POKE the first program 
into the space reserved by the REM 
lines, except for the CHR$ 118 which 
indicates the last character in the line: 
XXXX REM END 

Lines 7 and 9 are to clear the space 
which was occupied by the first pro- 
gram. Finally, lines 10 and 1 1 count the 
extra Xs left over from the last REM 



REM 



END 



line POKEd into and line 12 POKEs 

the new length of the last line into the 

appropriate location. That means that 

the line 

XXXX REM END 

will finally become: 

XXXX REM END (+ left-over Xs 

from the REM line) 

e.g., XXXX 

xxxxxxxxxxxxx 

and the appearance of this is an indi- 
cation that the merging is successful. Of 
course, if the final REM line had exact- 
ly the correct number of Xs, the line 
will remain 
XXXX REM END 

Using this routine we believe that 
any two Basic programs can be merged 
into one. Of course, that does not ex- 
tend the limit of 16K imposed by hav- 
ing only a 16K RAM pack and it should 
be noted that any variables stored will 
be lost as the procedure is followed. 

A large number of direct commands 
have been used where they could have 
been included in the two routines we 
have given— listing one and two— since 
if the procedure is to be worthwhile it 
should be as short as possible. 

For long programs it is obviously 
superior to run the two routines in 
FAST mode but that is not very infor- 
mative if for any reason the computer 
should crash. Therefore until you are 
confident that you have the procedure 
correct, we suggest that you take the 
extra time to run the routines in SLOW 
mode and keep an eye on the computer, 
even if that takes a long time. 



Listing 2. 

1 POKE 16388,0 

2 POKE 16389,128 

3 FOR F = Y TO 99999 

I IF PEEK F<>234 OR PEEK 
(F+])<>42 OR PEEK(F + 2)<>5I 
OR PEEK (F+3)<>4J OR PEEK 
(F+4)< > 118 THEN NEXT F 

5 FORO = Y to F+3 

6 POKH G + K-Y,PEEK G 

7 POKE G,0 

8 NEXT G 

9 POKE G,0 

10 FOR G = F + K-Y + 4 to 99999 

I I IF PEEK G <> 1 18 THEN NEXT 
G 

12 POKE F + K-Y-2, PEEK 
(F + K-Y-2)(F + G-K + Y-4 
H STOP 

9900 REM XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 
XXXXXX XXX XXXXXXXX XX XX 
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 
X 

9901 REM (100 Xs) 

10 lines per IK stored program 



Chess is 
in check 



Chris Whittington 

BROADLY, there are two main 
schools of thought concerning 
the problem of programming 
computers to play a game such as chess. 
The first and most dominant suggests 
that ihe way forward is to use the 
number-crunching power and speed of 
modern computers to plough their way 
through as many possible paths arising 
from a particular position, apply some 
simple evaluation to the positions aris- 
ing in the path, and by that method 
arrive at the best move. That approach 
has become known as the brute force 
method. 

The second school of thought points 
to the highly-successful techniques al- 
ready applied by human players to the 
problem and suggests that the best ap- 
proach would be to teach the computer 
to think like the best human players. 
We shall call this the knowledge 
method. 

Faced with the problem of producing 
an effective chess-playing program for a 
home computer such as the Spectrum, 
we can probably discard the knowledge 
method, ironly because we still have no 
real idea how it is thai human grand 
masters decide on their next best move. 
Indeed, what do we mean by best move? 
There is no real choice at present other 
than to use the brute-force method Tor 
solving the problem. 

Before we begin to explore a possible 
solution it would be best to examine in 
some detail the nature of the problem. 
Chess is a two-player game. 

Whatever is good for one side is bad 
for the other and vice versa; such games 
uc known as 'zero-sum games*. That 
will allow us to make statements such as 
this move gives White a score of +250 
and thus gives Black a score of -250. 

The |ame is played on a board of 
fixed size with a fixed number of pieces; 
therefore we should be able to represent 
the board and pieces in some way in the 
computer memory. 

The laws of chess define how ihe 
pieces move, whether any position is 
illegal — for example, leaving one's king 
in check— and how to decide on wins, 
losses and draws. In principle, there- 
fore, we should be able to define and 



SINCLAIR USER Anna*! 1984 



55 



encode all the possible ways of moving a 
chess piece, detecting checks and so on. 
Unfortunately) from our point of 
view, a number of different chess pieces 
each move in a different manner and 
some of them move in some different 
manner in special circumstances— for 
example castling, en passanL 

I suspect that the apparently daunt- 
ing task of defining all those possible 
moves for each of the pieces and encod- 
ing them into assembly language deters 
many a budding chess programmer 
from beginning the task. 

Some of the early chess programs, 
and even some one can still buy, avoid- 
ed the problem by not implementing 
The difficult portions, with the result 
that their program just never did castle 
or capture en passant. 

The problem is not as daunting as it 
seems ; one can work out routines to do 
the task and theTe are published algo- 
rithms, and even listings^ which can 
remove some of the tedium. 

Since we have to decide on a best 
move we will need some way to evalu- 
ate, or attach a number to, any move. 
The conventional wisdom is to keep 
that position evaluator as simple as 
possible, usually measuring the balance 
of material and a few positional factors. 
It will be of interest to note that the 
positional evaluation will be the only 
part of the program where chess knowl- 
edge and skill, as apart from a knowl- 
edge of the rules of the game, will be 
required, 

There has been much controversy 
between strong chess players and com- 



*We must concentrate 

on refining our 

search through the 

tree of moves' 



puter programmers as to whether poor 
chess players can produce good chess 
programs. 

Certainly the best programs usually 
have been prepared with the help of 
strong players and my feeling is that 
substantial chess knowledge is of most 
use after the program has been complet- 
ed and is being play-tested to tweak the 
program to its optimal performance by 
adjusting the evaluation function. 

Then we have the problem of how to 
plough our way through all the moves 
to arrive at our brute- force solution. In 
chess programmers' parlance that is 
known as the 'exponential explosion 
problem* and it goes something like 



this: 

On the Spectrum we can evaluate a 
position in, say, 25 milliseconds. In any 
one chess position there will be around 
30 legal moves to consider. Thus to look 
one half-move deep we need to evaluate 
some 30 positions to arrive at the best 
move. That takes 30 times 25 millisec- 
onds, or 0.75 seconds. 

To search two-ply deep we need to 
look at 30 positions and all the 30 
positions arising from each of those— 30 
times 30 positions in all will take 900 
times 25 milliseconds or 18 seconds. 

By that reckoning to search three-ply 
takes nine minutes, four-ply takes 4,5 
hours, five-ply takes almost a week, and 
so on. 

To achieve good results against 
strong players, a program will need to 
search between eight- to 10-ply moves 




deep. According to the previous calcula- 
tions an eight-ply search would take 400 
years to complete. Such a game, starting 
in pre-history might now be nearing 
completion. 

If we are to get anywhere using brute- 
force methods we must concentrate on 
refining our search through the tree of 
moves to reduce or eliminate the blow- 
up effect , As an aside, a game such as 
draughts, which has far fewer possible 
moves arising from any one position, 



does not generate such severe problems 
and thus machine-coded draughts pro- 
grams are more likely to defeat strong 
players than similarly-encoded chess 
programs. 

Fortunately there are several methods 
to refine the tree search. The programs 
available on the Spectrum and ZX 81 
have reduced the multiplication factor 
Tor each ply from about 30 times to 
around four to eight times. 

Adopting a top-down approach to the 
problem, we can formulate our first 
statement of the approach we shall be 
taking. 

We shall use the method of brute 
force with refinements, evaluating each 
node— position— in the tree of moves 
according to a simple and fast evalua- 
tion function, biased heavily by material 
factors. 

The program will need to be as fast as 
possible and must therefore be encoded 
into machine code. Baste would be far 
too slow r 

We shall require adequate tools Tor 
this task. As a minimum we shall need a 
powerful editor to work on the assembly 
language files. Since those files may be 
as large as 40K bytes- 10OK bytes 
when properly documented— we shall 
need a disc-based system to hold ihem. 
We shall need an assembler program 
to turn the assembly language files into 
machine code and a monitor program to 
help remove bugs. 

Only after the program is running 
without bugs shall we consider putting 
it on to our small home computer sys- 
tem. 

Our next task will be to break down 
the problem further and define particu- 
lar areas of the program to which we 
must attend. 

Main modules— tree-search algo- 
rithm; move generator; is king in check? 
detector; position evaluator. 

Database— how to represent the 
chessboard; how to store the moves and 
positions as we move up and down the 
tree; tables containing knowledge about 
the position which can be used by the 
position evaluator. 



REFERENCES 

Chess skifi in man and machine. Editor, Peter 
Frey. Pubtwher, Springer Verglag. 
Sargon, a computer chess program. Au 
thors, Dan and Kathtf Spracklen. Publisher, 
Haytfen. 

The machine pfays chess? Author . Ale* Bell. 
Publisher, Pergammon. 

Think like a grand master. Author, Alex- 
ander Kotqv. Publisher. Batsford. 



56 



SINCLAIR USER Annwi 1984 



^ 



Putting brains 
into monsters 

Donald Hughes writes adventures 



HOW MANY TIMES have you 
wished you could write adven- 
ture programs? How many 
times have you started, only to cease an 
hour later, frustrated by the awful com- 
plexity? If the answer to the second 
question is too many times, you are 
probably approaching the problem from 
the wrong end. 

An adventure game should be split 
into two parts— the brain and the adven- 
ture. " 

The brain is the interactive pan of 
the program which communicates with 
the adventurer, answers queries^ picks 
up items and drops them. The adven- 
ture can then be rendered into data 
suitable for the brain. 

The brain is a loop, normally large, 
which uses 9 READ statement to take 
data for the adventure from successive 
DATA statements. Normally the brain 
program will run its course once per 
adventure location, so when a location 
is left, it draws new data from the 
adventure. Using such a brain, each 
adventure location can be stored in one 
DATA statement of set format. 

You must start by deciding what 



initial intelligence the brain will have. I 
recommend you do not aim for any- 
thing more intelligent than the simple 
example. The example brain under- 
stands only one word at a time and they 
must be keywords. If the command 
given is not a keyword, the brain is so 
unreceptive that it proceeds merrily 
along as if it had found a keyword. It 

'Do not expect your 

first brain to run 

adventures of a 

professional standard' 

works, though, and you can write ad- 
ventures, using the brain, in two hours . 
Starting with a brain similar to the 
example, you can add keywords slowly 
until it is reasonably intelligent, and 
you can have complex adventures, but 
start simply, or you will find yourself 
trying to debug a program which does 
not work far enough for you to find the 
bugs, let alone see what is not correct; 
and it will be back to the frustrations. 



Do not expect your first brain, or the 
example, to run adventures of a pro- 
fessional standard; that is not the aim— 
it is to let anyone starting on a Spec- 
trum have fun with programs they 
thought were only in the realm of 
professionals. 

A simple brain operates in this way. 
The text of the first location is read in; 
the number or items in a room is read 
in; the items in the room are read into a 
string array, then printed-out along 
with a copy of the text; the monster in 
the room is read in, along with its 
strength. Logically, before the player 
may take an item he must defeat the 
monster. Once the monster is dead, the 
brain asks what function is required. 
The functions understood are; 
Take— to pick up an item, 
Drop— to drop an item 
Invc — produces an inventory. 
Leave— leaves the room. 

Those instructions, combined with 
an imaginative adventure, are sufficient 
to entertain, 



SCORE SHEET 

Due to ihc limitations of the brain, 

htre Is how to score your performance in 
this adventure: 

II vdii cheated with ihc pries ti, 0: if y uu 
took the heavenly hcinp, 0; if you died, 0. 

You should have wilh you a sword, t>a£ 
of coins, Fkjx of coins, ruby and Spec- 
trum — the mosl valuable item. 

If you have all five, excellent; only 
four, good; only three, fair; only two, 
bad; only otie — have you not pUyed *n 
adventure pmt previously? 1 



LET s-350 

DIM v* f to, 10 ' 

ze let n«* 

95 REM fc-isic first ^i«M 
CLS 
READ t« 

IF t*-"wr.d" THEH CO TO 9900 
110 PPINT t* 
120 PRINT "IN THIS 



10 
15 



97 

100 
:2Z 



ROOM THERE I 



130 READ re 
133 DIM i*( re. 40> 
140 FOR T*l TO re 
150 READ ««* • 

169 PPINT j*f q J 

170 NEXT q 

180 REM Montttr* 

190 RERD in*-* 

195 IF tt*-"neme'* THEN GO TO 263 

230 PRINT "YOU SEE A "'mfi"," 
00 YOU WISH TO FIGHT-'PUN CrVftJ" 

210 INPUT u* 

220MF u«-'"f" THEN CO TO 430 

230 IF u*-"r" THEN PPINT "BY WH 
1CH EXIT 00 VOU WISH TO MFIKE YOU 
R ESCAPE" 

240 INPUT e» 

250 GO TO 430 

250 PEN r«tum fro*fittrit 

£70 PRINT "YOU MAY NOW TAKE OP 
PROP P.N ITEM OP YOU MAV LEAVE" 

200 INPUT c* 

290 IF e*""t*k»" THEN CO TO 570 



IF ^■-"■"JrOF-" 

IF c*^"lojve 



THEN CO TO 620 
1 THEN GO TO 41 



IN WHICH DIRECTION" 

rS 



300 

315 

320 IF ct^MflV*" THEN GO TO 820 

330 PRINT "USE COMMANDS TRKE D 
POP. I NVE, LEAVE" 

340 CO TCI iOO 

400 REM 

410 PPINT 

420 INPUT 

430 CO TO 9000 

440 ■'STOP 

450 REM fiflhtiTiS 

460 PPINT "THE ".»i*. H HRS ";W ' 

STRENGTH PTS,DQ YOU STILL WISH 
TO FIGHT" 

471? PRINT "(Y-'N 

400 INPUT f« 

490 IF <■<■."*" THEN PRINT "BY U 
HIGH EXIT DO YOU WISH TO MAKE YO 
UP COWARDLY ESCAPE" 

495 IF .f«-"v" THEN CO TO 310 

500 GO TO 240 

310 LET »*»-<«*< PND+i. >> 

520 IF *<-0 THEN PRINT "Hfl HP, , 
VOU RPE DEAD, BYE" 

325 IF s>0 THEN GO TO 340 

530 GO TO 440 

540 PPINT "THE "m*," IS DEAD" 

330 GO TO 2*0 

560 REM tikinfl 

S7B PPINT "WHAT DO YOU WISH TO 
TRKE" 



373>LET N-K+l 

580 INPUT Y*< n > 

502 IF N>"5 THEN PRINT "YOU BUS 
T DPOP ON ITEM BEFORE VO. HAV TR 
KE AGAIN" 

€00 PPINT "VOU MAY NOW CONTINUE 



610 
620 
630 

DROP' 
635 
£40 
650 
660 
670 
690 



GO TO 270 

REM drcPp in? 
PRINT "UHRT DO 



YOU WISH TO 



DIM d*f 10 ■' 
INPUT [■• 
FOP C-i TO 
IF d*-**'' c 
NEXT 



-. 



THEN GO TO '10 



PRINT 
AN ITEM" 
690 PRINT 
CO TO 



YOU DO NOT OWN ?UCH 



"TRY RGRIH" 
S38 

FDR 1 z~C TO n 

LET y« r>-**[ z+1 l 

NEXT r 

LET n»r»-l 

PPINT "O.K. " 

PPINT -'DO YOU WISH TO TRKE 
AN ITEM f.vrrtV 
760 INPUT C* 

770 TF c»^>"w" THEN GO TO 'j00 
760 PPINT "WHAT 7" 
■790 LET n-r,+ l 

INPUT »%( r> > 

GO TO GOO 



700 
710 
720 

730 
733 
740 
750 



300 
810 



SINCLAIR r St: R Annual 1984 



57 




The brain then asks a question, de- 
pending on the keyword used. For 
example, What do you want to take? 
Type-in, e.g. "sword". What do you 
wish to drop? Type-in, e.g., "coin". IF 



flipping through the DATA to find any 
adventure location, so one can go N, S > 
E, W. The example brain suffices with- 
out that. 

In writing adventures, first examine 



4 A simple brain operates by reading in the text 
of the first location; the number of items in a 
room is read in; the items in the room are read 
into a string array; the monster in the room is 
read in, along with its strength* 



you not want a monster, type-in the 
DATA positions for M and S "none", 

Try typing- in the adventure detailed 
into your Spectrum and playing it to see 
the possibilities, within the limitations 
of even a simple brain. You should have 
plenty of fun. After that, write your 
adventure for it. Real beginners should 
be very careful when typing-in the ad- 
venture; a bug will make itself immedi- 
ately and annoyingly apparent. 

To use the brain on a ZX-SI, you will 
have to circumvent the H 'who needs 
READ statements" problem. 

Combat works this way; your 
strength is 5; monster strength is M. In 
combat, this operation takes place 
LET S = S-(M»(RND+ 1}) 
which means a random figure varying 
between M and nearly M*2 is removed 
from your strength in defeating the 
monster. For different adventures, dif- 
ferent Ss can be given, so only by 
choosing carefully what to fight can you 



win. 



INVE was used, the brain prints-out an 
inventory. 

When LEAVE is typed-in, the brain 
asks in which direction. That is merely 
for show as, when a direction is typed- 
in, it PRINTS "you are going to the 
next room", PAUSES for a second; 
CLEARS the screen; and RESTARTS 
THE LOOP, reading in the next por- 
tion of DATA. 

One of the first improvements to the 
brain you should make is a way of 



the listing. The brain is obvious, lines 
95 to 850. Remove the data statements, 
1000 to 8000, Insert your own data, in 
this form: 

1000 DATA "A", "X", "B", "B'\ 
"B'\ "M", S 

A is text describing the room; X is 
the number of items in the room and 
must be equal to the number of strings 
following it; B is a string, an item in the 
roctm; M is the name of the monster; S 
is the strength of the monster. Should 



List of variables used in the program. 


TS 


■ texr 


re 


= number of items, in a room 


AS 


= array of room content* 


MS 


= mojwer name 


M 


■ monster strength 


tt-i 


= answer to light/run option 


l_jj 


= command wniii 


C 


= used in ktops 


Z 


■ used in loops 


s 


- your strength 


F| 


-answer in fight routine 


YS 


-answer in take routine 


d$ 


= answer in drop routine 


<=* 


= r.x'H direction 



10 LET s-330 

is dim »•< ie. tfl.' 

20 LET N*-0 

9"5 PEM tisic first view 

97 CLS 

100 READ t« 

105 IF t«-"*rid" THEM CO TO 5S00 

ue print t> 

120 PRINT "IN THIS P0OM THERE I 

130 REAC- re 

133 DIM at' re, 40} 

140 FOP q«-i TO c-c 

150 PEAD 9*<.<t) 

1 60 PP I NT tMi 4 ;> 

170 NE^T q 

130 PEN n^riit-rs 

] 30 PE AD en* , m 

195 IF ^-"none" THEM CO TO 265 

200 PRINT "YOU SEE H " i l*f . " . " ' " 
DO YOU UISH TO FIGHT-'RUN <F-'R>" 

210 INPUT wi 

220MF ui-"f" THEN CO TO 450 

230 IF ul-"r" THEN RRIWT "BY WH 
ICH EMIT DO YOU WISH TO MAKE YOU 
P ESCAPE" 

240 INPUT tf 

250 CO TO 430 

260 PEM r*tu.rn frofrfiflht 

£70 PRINT "YOU HAY HOW TAKE OR 
DROP AN ITEM DP YOU MP.V LEAVE" 

290 INPUT -* 

290 IF e**"**k»" THEN GO TO 570 



300 IF ct-'-d^oP" THEN GO TO 620 

315 IP c*-"l-iv-" THEN CO TO 41 


320 IF c**"inv* n THEN GO TO 820 

338 PRINT "USE COMMANDS TAKE ,D 
R0P..INVE, LEAVE" 

346 GO TO ?ee 

400 PEM 

410 PRINT "IN WHICH DIRECTION" 

420 INPUT c« 

430 CO TO 9000 

440 >ST0P 

450 REM flflhtinQ 

468 PRINT "THE ";*»;" HAS " .. 

STRENGTH PTS.00 YOU STILL WISH 
TO FIGHT" 1 

470 PRINT "(¥,'N ■' 

40G INPUT f* 

4S0 IF f*-- "v" THEN PRINT "BY U 
HIGH EXIT DO YOU UI5H Tn nftKE YD 
UP COWARD LV ESCAPE" 

495 IF f*»-'a" THEN GO TO 310 

309 GO TO 240 

310 LET ■>«•<**( RNfr+D) 

520 IF *'-0 THEN PRINT "HA HA - 
VOU PRE DEAO,BYE' - 

323 IF ->0 THEN GO TO 340 

530 CO TO 443 

540 PRINT "THE "ltiMi n IS DEAD" 

353 GO TO 26* 

560 REM tikinQ 

570 PRINT "WHAT DO YOU WISH TO 
TAKE" 



375>LET N-N+l 
580 INPUT Y*<«) 

532 IP H>-5 THEN PRINT "YOU MUS 
T DROP AN ITEM BEFORE VOU J*IAY tr 
K£ ACRIN" 

600 PRINT "YOU MflY NOW CONTINUE 

II 

610 GO TO 270 

620 PEM ctrnp-p in« 

£30 PRINT "UHRT DO YOU WISH TO 
CROP" 

635 DIM d*C 18;' 

640 INPUT ['<■ 

650 FOR C-l TO H 

£60 IF e»#-M*<c) THEN GO TO 710 

670 NEXT c 

600 PRINT "YOU DO NOT OWN SUCH 
AN ITEM" 

690 PRINT "TRY AGAIN 

700 GO TO 630 

710 FOP *"C TO n 

720 LET i%t z )-jJ< z+l ) 

730 NEXT Z 

735 LET n-tt-l 

740 PRINT "O.K. " 

739 PRINT "DO YOU WISH TO TAKE 
AH ITEM Km 

760 INPUT C* 

770 IF c*<>"v" THEN CO TO $90 

700 PRINT "WHAT T" 

790 LET n-n+i 

800 I NPUT tKtl) 

010 GO TO £00 



58 



SINCLAIR USt-R Annual ?984 



Sorting through memory 
for some useful addresses 

Dilwyn Jones explains the workings of systems variables 



SYSTEM VARIABLES are the 
bytes in memory from address 
16384 to address 16508 in RAM 
on i he ZX-S1. They are used by the 
computer to remember certain things 
about its workings, such as where to 
print next- 

You can make use of some of them in 
your programs either by reading their 
value— PEEKing— or replacing them 
with new values— POKEing— so as to 
use the information they contain or 
make the computer do something it 
might not otherwise do. 

Not all of them can be used in this 
way; some may ignore you, whereas 
changing the contents of some of them 
may cause strange effects, like making a 
mess of the screen display. At worst, a 
little nasty known as a crash may be 
caused, 

• 16384 ERR-NR (Error report 
number). The value contained in ad- 
dress 16384 determines the report code. 
If you POKE a number into 16384 
which is anything other than 255, the 
program will stop and display an error 
code, which may be non-standard but 
meaningful in some way. 

For example, if you wanted to ar- 
range thai if the user entered an incor- 
rect value the program stopped with 
error U-standing for USER ERROR- 
you would arrange that POKE 
16384,29 was executed. To determine 
which value to POKE, remember that 
16384 has a value of 1 less than the 
report code. 

The error report code can be sup- 
pressed by POKEing certain values into 
this system variable. That may be use- 
ful at exhibitions, where a report code 
may be an unsightly distraction from 
the rest of a display. Experiment with 
POKEing some of these numbers into 
16384: 43, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 79 
81, 82, 89. 

• 16386/7 ERR-SP. This system vari- 
able contains the address of the first 
item on the machine stack after the 
GOSUB returns. With PEEKing this 
two-byte system variable you can check 
how many GOSUB return addresses are 
present on the stack, for example to 
check if any bug in your program had 
been causing it repeatedly to call and 
jump out of subroutines. Here is how to 



check: 

PRINT (PEEK 16388 + 256 x PEEK 
16389MPEEK 16386 + 256 x PEEK 
16387) 

• 16388/9 RAMTOP, RAMTQP is 
the address of the first byte of memory 
above that used by Basic. NEW oper- 
ates only this far, so anything placed 
above RAMTOP is safe from every 
Basic function except POKE— that is 
how you would put it there. That makes 
it ideal for storing machine code or data 




you want to pass between two pro- 
grams, so that it is not lost when you 
execute normally-destructive com- 
mands like LOAD or NEW. On a IK 
ZX-81, 16388/9 have the values 1 6 388 
16389 68. 

Using the formula from chapter 28 of 
the ZX-81 manual, + 256 * 68 is 
17408. That is the normal address of 
RAMTOP in a IK ZX-81. If you have a 
RAM pack plugged- in and wish to see if 
a program you have would fit into 1 K, 
it may be tested by POKEing the fore- 
going values into RAMTOP, then en- 
tering the command PRINT USR 
1040. The machine will behave like a 



IK ZX-81. 

The value contained in RAMTOP 
also determines how the display file- 
screen picture— is made up after CLS, 
If the value in RAMTOP is less than 
19712-16388 = 0, 16389 = 77-the 
display file is contracted to minimum 
size consisting of only 25 NEWLfNE 
characters, If RAMTOP is 1 97 1 2 or 
higher, the display file is expanded by 
filling with spaces. A contracted display 
file has the advantage that it takes five 
seconds less to LOAD or SAVE pro- 
grams. 

• 16391/2 PPC. Contains the line 
number of the statement being exe- 
cuted. It could be used as an aid to 
debugging a program which has com- 
puted GOTOs/GOSUBs all over the 
place; a few PRINT PEEK 16391 + 
256 * PEEK 16392 statements here 
and there could determine whether or 
not the program went where you 
thought it should do. 

In the last line of a program it deter- 
mines the line number to be printed by 
the report, e.g., 0/100. You may like to 
use that to print a score on the screen at 
the end of a game. 

« 16396/7 D-FILB. Contains the ad- 
dress of the start of the display file. The 
character pointed to is the first NEW- 
LINE character in the display file. 
Since the display file floats above the 
program in memory, you can use it to 
tell you where the program ends, giving 
you an indication of the length of the 
Basic program, since the Basic program 
starts at 16509: PRINT PEEK 16396 
+ 256 * PEEK 16397-16509 will tell 
you the length of the program in bytes. 
If you want to PEEK/POKE into the 
display file for any reason, this system 
variable helps you by telling you where 
in memory it starts. 
• 16398/9 DF-CC. Tells you where in 
memory the current PRINT position 
lies, PEEK 16398 + 256 * PEEK 
16399 gives the address in RAM of the 
current PRINT position. That could be 
POKEd to change the PRINT position. 
Alternatively, if you PEEKed the ad- 
dress of the PRINT position, you 
would obtain the CODE of the charac- 
ter already at that position— useful for 
detecting collisions and so on in games, 
or for programs which require a screen 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



59 



si 



cursor to be highlighted in inverse video 
such as word processors: 
LET AS *= CHRS (PEEK {PEEK 
16398 + 256 x PEEK 16399}) 

IF AS > "A" AND AS < = "Z" 
then print at Y, X; CHRS (CODE AS 
+ 128) 

The statement PRINT AT Y,X; 
moves the cursor without printing, 

• 16400/1 VARS. This pair of system 
variables enables you to find the address 
of the start of the variables area if you 
want to go PEEK in g or POKE in g 
around, or the end of the display file if 
you want to work backwards to POKE 
characters on to the boitom two lines of 
the display which cannot normally be 
PRINTed upon. 

• 1640-4/5 E-LINE. Contains the ad- 
dress of the end of the variables area. 
We can examine it to give a rough idea 
of how much memory we have used* 
including system variables, program, 
display and variables: 

PRINT PEEK 16404 + 256 x PEEK 
16405-16384 

• 16412/3 STKEND, Contains the ad- 
dress of the top end of the calculator, 
immediately below spare memory. Used 
in conjunction with ERR-SP 16386/7, 
we can obtain an approximate idea of 
how much memory we have left in 
which to work. PRINT (PEEK 
16386— PEEK 16412} + 256 x (PEEK 
16387-PEEK 16413) The figure is in 
bytes. 

16417 not used. This system variable 
is not used but is available to the user; 
you could use it to store information in 
the form of an integer from To 255. 
Thai would be saved on tape when the 
program is saved. 

#16418 DF-SZ. Define screen size, or 
the number of lines in the lower part of 
the screen. If you PORK a value of 1 or 
into this system variable you can use 
lines 22 and 23, so that PRINT AT 
22,0; and PRINT AT 23,0; become 
acceptable statements. If using INPUT 
or SCROLL, you should restore the 
original value, normally 2, or you may 
cause a crash, Conversely, if you are 
short of memory and using a SCROLL- 
ing display, you can make scrolling start 
from further up the screen by POKEing 
a value greater than 2 into 16318, a 
Basic part screen scroll. 
• 10419/20 S-TOP. This contains the 
number of the top line in automatic 
listings. Automatic listings are those 
produced when you press NEWLINE. 
It can be annoying when you are trying 
to work on one part of a listing and the 
computer insists on displaying a differ- 
ent part. 

To place any line number you want, 



say line X, at the top of auto listings you 
must lirsl move the cursor to a line 
number greater than the one you want 
at the top. Then enter the commands; 
POKE 164l9 ) X-INT(X/256) x 256 
POKE I6420,rNT(X/256) 
• 16425/0 NXTLIN. The address of 
the start of the next program line. You 
could use it to run machine code in a 
REM statement anywhere in the pro- 
gram, e.g.: 

100 LET A - L7SR (PEEK 16425 + 
256 x PEEK 16426 + 5) 

101 REM . . . machine code . . , 

Or you could use NXTLIN to securi- 
ty-lock lines into programs to point out 
that, for example, you hold copyright to 
a program. It should not be possible to 
edit out those lines easily. The easiest 
way of doing so is to change the line 
number to 0, which cannot easily be 
removed. As an example, we will lock 
line 100 in the following program: 



give a value in seconds: LET TIME - 
(65535-PEEK 16436-256*PEEK 
16437}/50 

The variable TIME then contains 
the time elapsed in seconds since the 
frame counter was re-set. 

Remember that PAUSE uses the 
frame counter, so you cannot be timing 
and use PAUSE, too. If you want a 
delay while using the frame counter Tor 
timing, use a FOR/NEXT loop of about 
I to 60 for every second of delay. 
Remember also that bit 15 should al- 
ways be 1 when timing, If both bytes of 
the frame counter reach ?.eroj the pro- 
gram will crash, 

• 16441/2 S-POSN, After you use 
PRINT at Y,X; where Y and X are 
print coordinates: 
PEEK 16441 would be 33- X 
PEEK 16442 would be 24- Y 

16441 contains information as to the 
PRINT column number but it is not 



'It may be necessary to determine whether 
there is room for a word on the current line or 
if it is necessary to move to a new line to 
prevent the word being chopped in two' 



1 REM any program 

2 REM 1982 

90 LET A = PEEK 16425 + 256 x 
PEEK 16426 

100 REM (Q DILWYN JONES 1982 
1 10 POKE A>0 
120 POKE A + 1,0 
1 30 STOP 

Now edit out the additional lines 90, 
1 10> 120, 130. You should be left with: 

1 REM any program 

2 REM 1982 

RAM (C) DILWYN JONES 1 982 

Note that the lines are not necessarily 
in the correct order but that will not 
affect listings or the running of the 
program. 

• 1(1436/7 Frames. This is a frame 
counter which counts the frames of a 
picture sent to a TV set. It is increment- 
ed 50 times a second and can be used for 
timing with a range of about J I minutes 
before repeating. To set the timer in- 
itially we use: 
POKE 16437,255 
POKE 16436,255 

They may be entered as direct com- 
mands or used as program statementSj 
although of more use within programs 
because of the limited timing range. 
The values of the frame counter start at 
65535 and count down to 32768, be- 
cause bit 15 is normally 1. Once it has 
been re-set, its value is read like this to 



very easy to use. HX is 0— the PRINT 
position is somewhere on the left-hand 
side of the screen— the value of 16441 
starts at 33 and decrements by 1 for 
every column across the screen. The 
value of 16442 starts at 24 if the 
PRINT position is at the top of the 
screen and decrements by one for every 
line moved down the screen; 1 6441 may 
be used in programs which handle text. 
It may be necessary to determine 
whether there is room for a word on the 
current line or if it is necessary to move 
to a new line to prevent the word being 
chopped in two. Suppose the word to be 
printed was A$. To prevent AS being 
chopped in half you could use: 
IF PEEK 16441 < LEN AS + I 
THEN PRINT 

always assuming; of course, that the 
previous PRINT item ended in a semi- 
colon or comma. It may help to think of 
16441 as the number of characters + I 
which can still be printed on this line of 
the screen. 

• 16444 to 16476 printer buffer . If 
the printer is not used, may be used to 
store information if you have nowhere 
else to put it. 

• I6S07/8 not used. These two un- 
used system variables can be used by 
the programmer to store integers if 
needed. They are saved on tape along 
with the program. 



J 



GO 



SINCl^tR USER Annua! 1984 



. 



Inside Sinclair 




Sinclair Research has always been much 

more than Sir Clive Sinclair. In our 

occasional series we have been behind the 

scenes to find the people who help to make 

the company successful. 



! 1984 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! !S84 



61 



W 



..wlthjSCOPE Computer Graphics Language and write arcade- 
style game programs to compete with the professionals. 



HIS sensational SCOPE utility 
end your Spectrum will unlock, 
your imagination. It's amazingly simple 
and fast and enables you to write fast- 



k'jril 



iiuXMtJH: 



■ SCOPE .realises your potentiaj and 
releases it. You'll amaze family and 



77ie?y sa/d ircoufdn't b'e dOQe. 

TECHNICAL DETAILS 

h E.ts a fully structured multitask 

compiled language, specifically 

* for writing arcade-type games 

enabling you to program 

machine code wfthout any 

knowledge of mactiinecode. 

SCOPE' can be use*d as an 
, • assembler with 
SCOPE words as 



48K SPECTRUM 



plaid language mnemonics, 

therefore no knowledge of machine code is 

required. - * • ,**. * * , • 

F„1»h rnrrirAanrl ifljnrrl uuill writ** in'tn tha tirm 



memory the releyant machine code, 

» * .** 

It is genera fed 'from BASfC and is fully pompatible' 



• • * V, 

The lan^u^ge fibm the user erfd is very easy 

"to comprehend and is comprehensive, 
providing many features not available 

from BASIC - SCpPE ha: 

used to be believed " 

I'lAs fast a's MACHINE CQDE 

I J Simpler than BA SfC j 

instruction Mtuutat *^Sk 

11 £17 95 - 




**o£ 




w 





PEEPING from behind rows of ter- 
raced houses near the centre of Cam- 
bridge is the Sinclair Research ultra- 
modern new computer centre. 

The architect, Cristoph Grillet, pic- 
tured left, of Lyster, Grillet and Har- 
ding, is said to have combined 
Cambridge traditions with major inno- 
vations in architectural design, interior 
furnishing and environmental control 
systems. 

One of the ducts for the system can 
be seen in the picture on the immediate 
left above the office which overlooks the 
entrance hall. The hall is dominated by 
the sculpture, shown far left, Double 
Torso II by Helaine Blumenfcld. 



Stainless Sinclair 



,* 



? 
& 



>\G L 



P 



SINCLAIR L'SER Annual 1984 



6} 




Former school chum now 
looks after the money 

In the management changes at Sinclair Research last year, Bill 
Matthews became financial director. He talks to Claudia Cooke 



BILL MATTHEWS sits in his 
office and smiles at the recollec- 
tion of his old school chum, Sir 
Clive Sinclair, tinkering with radios 
while the other boys listened to them. 

"He was innovative even at that age, 
you know. He was always tinkering 
with something and he made his first 
matchbox-sized radio while we were 
still at school. 

"We lived very near each other in 
Guildford and I remember going to his 
house for enthusiastic demonstrations 
of his latest plans. I think he was very 
much an individual character and did 
not fit into the standard schoolboy im- 
age at all". 

A great deal has happened to both 
men since those early days at St 
George's School, Weybridge, Surrey. 
Now, once again, they are together, BilJ 
Matthews having joined Sinclair Re- 
search as finance director last Septem- 
ber. 

"I was working in Toronto last year 
and Clive had to go there for a Mensa 



conference. We had lunch and he asked 
me if I was interested in this job. I 
thought what the hell, why not? Here I 
am, thoroughly enjoying it". 

The two men, in fact, worked 
together previously, but in the very 
early days of Sinclair Radionics. "I 
think I kept his cash book or something 
when he was busy packing-up and sell- 
ing little bits by mail order. It seems a 
long time ago". 

Matthews, now 43 and married with 
four children, went straight from school 
to read economics and business admin- 
istration at Sheffield University. He 
followed that with training at a firm of 
accountants in London, qualifying as a 
chartered accountant in 1963. 

The first five years of his career were 
spent in public accounting in Turkey 
and Italy, "It was great to be able to 
travel and, having been released from 
all that studying, I did a reasonable 
amount of work but certainly nothing 
you could call strenuous". 

Then followed marriage and the offer 



of a job with TCI as a group accountant. 
He spent four years there and still 
considers it one of the best -run compan- 
ies for which he has worked. 

He moved on to become financial 
controller for Sony U.K. for two years 



'He asked me if I was 

interested in this job. 

I thought what the 

helU why not? 



and was involved in setting-up the com- 
pany's successful television factory in 
Wales. Emigration to Canada was the 
next step, working for management con- 
sultants Price Waterhouse. His most 
recent job, in Houston, Texas, was as 
executive vice-president of a company 
with clients from the oil and gas indus- 
tries. 



64 



STNCLAJR l\SKR Annual 1984 






A varied career but one which has 
always involved him in the use of com- 
puters, particularly for management in- 
formation. The finance department at 
Sinclair Research is now in the process 
of computerising its system with an 
ICL 25. Matthews expects it to be of 
considerable help in financial reporting 
and control. 

One of his first tasks at Sinclair was 
to place 10 percent of the company 
shares with institutional investors* an 
offer which was well-subscribed. He 

says; 

"We see ourselves getting a Stock 
Exchange quotation in two years. It is 
still our intention to keep the company 
small in terms of (he number of people 
employed; that concept has not disap- 
peared. 

"Sales have grown substantially and 
we have reached a size where we could 
issue shares and get a public quotation. 
It will be our coming of age, if you 

like". 

Matthews sees one of his tasks as 
ensuring that Sinclair has sufficient re- 
sources to continue to grow rapidly and 

'We have to be 

careful because the 

life expectancy of our 

product is fairly 

short' 



ensuring that those resources are gener- 
ated from within the company — from 
its profits. No easy task, he admits. 

"Coming from a financial back- 
ground, you find all companies have a 
great deal in common. The exceptional 
thing here is the sheer speed with which 
we are growing and the dynamism of 
our research activities. 

"It can be a problem to find the 
resources to cover all that development. 
It creates its own problems and puts 
exceptional pressure on everyone who 
works here but it also creates a much 
more optimistic attitude among the 
staff. We tend to pay better than the 
normal market rates to get good people 
and it is a marvellous team". 

Matthews says the company philos- 
ophy will always be to design products 
which are inexpensive and produced in 
large volume, thus making them widely- 
available. 

"I think the Sinclair computers are 
marvellous little machines. We are just 
seeing the beginning of a revolution in 
the use of computers. The first stage 



was to make them so inexpensive that 
anyone could use them and Clive has 
certainly done that. 

"We have to be careful because the 
life expectancy of our product is fairly 
short. You can be fairly sure other firms 
will catch-up rapidly. We have to make 
the best use of that technical lead and 
exploit il fully, to the best possible 
advantage. We cannot afford to sit still. 
In three years I do not suppose the ZX- 
81 will be marketed. We are not making 
pyjamas for Marks and Spencer after 
all; that kind of thing you can probably 
go on selling for about 200 years. 

"We must have a stream of new and 
innovative products all the time and we 
must remain inventive". 

Listening to those exacting standards 
is tiring but they are the standards 
which have taken Sinclair to the top SO 
quickly and Matthews has absorbed 
them with equal speed. Approximately 
half the staff of Sinclair Research is 
involved in research and development 
and Matthews intends to concentrate 
substantial resources for its continu- 
ation, buying new premises and rational- 
ising cvisting ones. 

With Sinclair products tending to be 
market firsts, Matthews admits there is 
often a tendency to underestimate the 
product, "When sales are restricted 
they are restricted by the ability to 
produce rather than lack of demand for 
the product but one has to be cautious 
to a certain extent,*' he says. 

"You are making a commitment to 
the subcontractor, so you have to be 
careful not to over-estimate the demand. 
Then the subcontractor has to buy com- 
ponents and perhaps hire people. So 
you hzve to be as realistic as you possi- 
bly can. 

''Producing new concepts means a 
greater risk element and greater flexibil- 
ity in financial control. You have to 
keep re- assessing the situation in finan- 
cial terms and try to predict what will 
happen". 

Because the Sinclair market is largely 
domestic it is by nature more volatile 
than selling to big industry. This is 
another factor Matthews has to take 
into consideration. With all that on his 
mind, Matthews, who displays a Casio 
calculator on his desk, has not yet had 
much free time to experiment with the 
Sinclair products. 

His eldest 15-year-old son has com- 
pensated for that. He has two Spec- 
trums at home and, his father says, 
spends most of his time sitting solidly in 
front of them, lost to the world. 

He has has two sisters, aged 12 and 
13, and a five-year-old brother, but 



none is yet showing the same enthusi- 
asm. 

Matthews likes to keep Fit in his spare 
time and when I visited him was keenly 
awaiting the Sinclair half- marathon due 
in Cambridge on July 17, No newcomer 
to running, be participated in last year's 
Boston marathon. Nevertheless he was 
taking the Cambridge event seriously . 
So, no doubt, was one of his fellow 
runners, Sir Clive Sinclair. Their 
speed, it seems, is not confined to work, 
nor their competitive spirit. 

Matthews is reluctant to predict how 
long he will stay with Sinclair but says: 
"The chances are it will be a long time. 
I am really enjoying it so far and with 
the effects of recession hitting so many 
companies, it is fine to work for one as 
successful as this. 

"We have built a very big turnover 
and we have the financial resources to 
expand into the future. That all gives 
the company a great deal of strength". 

As part of the Sinclair management 




MUX MATTHEWS 

'Sinclair compcilrr* an.- inur>i-lliput 
link machine* 



team, Matthews attends the monthly 
meetings of the board, together with Sir 
Clive, Nigel Searle the production di- 
rector, and two research directors. 

At the moment the board doubles as a 
management committee which has en- 
abled Matthews to look at every aspect 
of the company within a short space of 
time. He likes what he has seen and is 
full of praise for everyone, from the 
genius of Sir Clive through the dedica- 
tion of the rest of the staff down to I he 
excellent quality of the company can- 
teen. 

In short, he appears to have been 
converted and he speaks as if he has 
been with the company for years. St 
George's, Weybridge should be proud. 



SINCLAIR USER A»»ua! 1934 



65 







TURE 






M 






Transylvanian Tower 

A spine chi Wing adventure , . . 

enter via the dungeons . . - 
navigate your way through 

500 3-D rooms . . survive 

the swooping vampire bats 

, . . reach the terrifying top . ... 

confront and kill Count 

Kreepie, ridding the world 
of this Transylvanian Terror. 

Can you survive the Top of 

the Tower? Full save routine 

for use during the hours of 

darkness! 48K Spectrum 

E6.50 



nun 



B4*0M 



-w 



5»*« 



:i« 



■ 



■H 



->•/,' 



safes 



'':3)r&Sfc 






^^m 









&^ 



Super Spy 



Locate the secret island 
hideaway of the mysterious 
megiomaniac Dr. Death. 
Folfow his trail across 
continents, through 
complex puzzles and 3-D 
mazes. Discover the 
entrance to his under- 
ground lair — but beware 
— even with your death - 
defying gadgets his evil 
henchmen may still win the 

day/ 

With save routine for part 

time secret agents' 48K 

Spectrum £6.50 



AVAILABLE FROM W.H. SIT 

ANDALLLEADir 






TMNSYLVANIAN 



RICHARD SHEPHERD 
SOFTWARE 








H 



Can you discover the fabled : c 
by lethal crabs and menacm 
secrets of the Lost City as yotj r , 
ancient columns. Exp tore the 'd 
the treacherous seabed, e^cr it 
dangers. 

Sensational 3-D graphics uv ; '\ 
before! 48 K Spectrum E6.5Q e 



RICHARD SHEE 
SOFTWARE 



DEALERS — GENEROUS DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE C 



V 



. ' . I ■ 



H 



^*^ 



. *-V-^ •=- 



RICHARD SHEPHERD 
SOFTWARE 

ELM HOUSE, 23-25 EUWSHOTT LANE, OPPENHAM, SLOUGH, BERKSHIRE. 



S 



m 



CREDIT H 

RING 
FOR EX Si 






■?$£ki 



MM 



All programs are sold subjea to [hetorvJicion inat they may not. by way of trade Dr otherwise. Df nut. 



JO IM AGIN AT 

;M H, JOHN MENZIES, BOOTS 

UNOMPUTER STORES 




susef" ;ve never seen 
6.50. ■? routine. 



ERE** 
SCENT 



RICHARD SHEPHERD 
SOFTWARE 



Invincible Island 
by Peter Cooke 

Exhaust your ingenuity in 
the quest to find The Seven 
Parchments of Xaro and 
their meaning! Will they 
lead you to undreamt of 
treasures or eternal doom? 
Explore the mysteries of the 
stockade and puzzle within 
the Pagoda! A spectacular 
split screen graphic and text 
adventure to braintease you 
for weeks' 

Adventurous graphics for 
every location. Save routine 
48K Spectrum £6,50. 



Everest Ascent 

Stake your claim to the top 
of the world in this strategic 
vertical adventure. Concfuer 
the summit of the world's 
highest peak! . . . struggle 
from base camp to base 
camp survive the 
elements . . . watch out for 
avalanches, thin ice and 
wayward sherpas . - . 
encounter abominable 
snowmen and cross 
bottomless crevasses! 

A game of skill, strategy and 
planning — a graphic 
simulation of man's ultimate 
endeavour! Save routine. 
48K Spectrum £6.50. 



COfCT JOHN SALTHOUSE ON (06286) 63531 FOR DETAILS 



EDIT C HOTLINE 
HNGI 63531 
>R EXf SERVICE 



RICHARD-SHEPHERD 
SOFTWARE 

ELM HOUSE, 23-25 ELMSHOTT LAME, CIPPENHAM, SLOUGH, BERKSHIRE 



rt*. t?e if Jt 'no 



old or otnerwise circulated withoui cne written permission of Ricrwd Shepherd Software Litf 




We meet the people who deal with your queries and complaints. 
A behind-the-scenes look at the Sinclair mailing house 

The go-betweens 



SINCLAIR RESEARCH com- 
puters are now in a class of ihtir 
own in the home computer market, 
which the company has done 
most to create. Despite its policy of 
selling many of its products by mail 
order, however, few of its customers have 
had direct contact with the company. 

The reason is one of its other well- 
known policies — Sub-contracting, As 
much as possible of the business of 
making and selling Sinclair products is 
delegated to outside companies, allowing 
Sinclair Research to have a very small 
stafT, slightly more than 50 at the 
moment. 

Most people who manage to obtain 
their machines and software without too 
much trouble find that the nearest they 
get to Sinclair Research is a company 
which worts from small offices and a 
warehouse on a featureless industrial 
estate in the Surrey town of Camberley. 
The offices are those of GSI U.K., the 
address and telephone number of which 
appear in Sinclair advertisements and to 
which the mail order coupons are sent. It 
is GSI which has the task of being the first 
line of complaint and query, answering 
the growing number of Sinclair users 
throughout the country. It is also the GSI 
switchboard which plays music to soothe 
the patient person waiting for a query to 
be answered. 



GSI U.K. is the British subsidiary of a 
French company which has built a 
reputation as a supplier of marketing 
services to the motor trade. It maintains a 
mailing list for a large number of motor 
dealers which can be used when a 
particular group of people need to be 
contacted. GSI also looks after the 
despatch of the information. 

NIGEL BROWN 

In charge of the Sinclair account 




With its associates, GSI claims to be 
the biggest computer bureau for the 
motor trade in Europe. Its ultimate 
parent is CIT-Alcatel, a division of CIT, 
the power generating company which is 
the private equivalent of Britain 1 * 
Central Electricity Generating Board. 

The expertise for large mailings with a 
certain amount of mail order distribution 
led to the company being considered 
when Sinclair was looking for a 
distributor. 

"'We had a good deal of experience with 
keeping names and addresses on file and 
mailing, so it was natural to start doing 
something like the Sinclair work," says 
Nigel Brown, product manager at GSI, 
who is in charge of the Sinclair account, 

"We started working with Sinclair in 
October, 1980 when the ZX-80 was still 
being produced. Before that Sinclair had 
looked after ?he distribution and we 
needed only four people at that stage." 

At that time the company was known as 
Jjsenfe, changing to GSI when it was 
taken over in April, 1981. 

"With The ^ajnch of the ZX-81 in 
March, 1981 the work became much 
bigger, which was when I became the 
account manager, "Brown adds. 

Njw there are 58 people working 
exclusively on the Sinclair contract, 
which has grown to become a substantial 



63 



SINC1-AFR USER Annua! 1984 



part of the British company's turnover. 

Every one of the Sinclair products, the 
range of which now includes two 
computers — with different versions for 
the different television and power 
systems throughout the world — a 
primer, printer paper and a growing 
amount of software for all uses, passes 
through Camber ley on its way to the 
corners of the world. 

Each day two large, articulated 
container lorries make the long journey 
from Dundee to Surrey with the latest 
batch of SpectrumSj ZX-81s and 
printers. Another slightly smaller lorry 
takes more products from the other 
Sinclair suppliers. 

They all go into the large, highly- 
secure GSI warehouse but rarely stay for 
long. The items to be sent to distributors 
in export markets are sent to another 
warehouse, leaving GSI to deal with the 
distribution in Britain and those 
countries which have no agents. 

Many items go almost immediately to 
the growing number of retailers now 
stocking the Spectrum and the ZX-81, 
while the rest go in batches of 50 to the 
mail order customers. 

When the mail order system is running 
smoothly there is a clear number of stages 
in the processing of each order. Every 
morning the post is sorted into the 
queries and the orders, which are then 
further divided, depending on the goods 
required and the method of payment. 

Cheques and cash are paid into a 
special holding account, where the 
money stays until the order has been 
satisfied; then it is transferred to the 
Sinclair sales account. Credit cards are 
not charged until the order has been 
fulfilled. 

The orders are then entered on the 
computer and all the data stored on tape. 
When the goods are available to be sent, 
address labels are printed and another 
Spectrum or box of cassettes is ready for 
the post. 

At the moment it is possible for GSI to 
say which stage a particular order has 
reached but not where it is within that 
stage. That resulted in many complaints 
during the Spectrum delay difficulties 
last year. Although an anxious customer 
could be told that their order had been 
received but was not about to be 
despatched, they could not find the place 
of their order in the queue. A new system 
is being installed which will allow the 
state of orders lobe seen at a glance. 

Brown adds that at the height of the 
problems it was difficult to be more 
specific, so that customers were not 
misled. 



"We could give only general replies as 
the situation was always changing, so we 
thought it better not to give a specific 
answer which might then have to be 
altered," he says. 

"Sinclair made a policy that everyone 
should be kept as informed about the 
position as possible and I think we were 
able to achieve that." 

Most of the queries and complaints 
were by telephone, a customer service 
which has grown rapidly along with the 
rest of the Sinclair business. In October, 
1980 there were only two lines. They 
have grown in stagey first to four, then 
eight, then IS, and last summer another 
10 were added. 

"In the early days on our two lines we 
were receiving about 100 calls a day. 
When the ZX-81 was launched that 
exploded to 1,000 a day. Now I think we 
probably have a capacity of about 2,000 a 
day," Brown says. 

The calls deal with a vast number of 
subjects. Apart from complaints about 
The warchuusr filled with Sinclair products 



non-delivery or faulty machines, many 
users need advice on particular aspects of 
u sing t he machi n es , Som e t h i n gs, sue h as 
saving and loading difficulties, arc the 
subjects of regular queries and there are 
almost 40 leaflets giving advice which 
can be sent. 

For t he more com p I icated que r i es t here 
are three more technically-minded 
people available who attempt to find an 
answer. 

Whatever the difficulty most of the 
callers are still polite. Even when the 
delays were at their worst last year, no- 
one became abusive when making 
complaints. 

The GSI position as the public face of 
Sinclair Research will be reduced as the 
retail sales of Sinclair products increases. 
It is likely to remain the first place people 
will contact with their problems and 
complaints and will remain an important 
part of a string of companies involved in 
the production and selling of Britain's 
most popular computers- 
ready for despatch 




SINCLAIR V\ir Arrnuat 



£9 




■■ 







■■I 



A^ 






■ 



■■ 



ra 



■ . 



'.V 






-i0« 







IV s ' 







■■ 



31 ■ 







■ 



•»''./' 



■■■■■■llllll] 







>"»<t»»»l 


■ ■■ »••■•■■•■• >••■•■••■•••■■■ 


!•■«••< 




jpi^MI 




E"5Ej" 


mWsMLfi?&~-^ 




mv^RWIri \¥r - \ 


■ ■■<■■»! 


i w^L^Lt,- -' ~ ^SliiPrft \ ^""7 [ i ^\« 


j ■ mnm* i 


i ^^^Ei'* >t^c» <^__ ■ W lAifl 




1 / j^.^-TJBh-f!^^fr-^^ -^jmb 


■ ■■Ami 




[••■Uti 


^BL ( f 1 r ♦ r*si 'k_ »■ ^JBM 




XmU^kT^^^dFmT** 


[?H»lli 




Ii«r»aj4 


\w^mK**jMtr ^flS"^ V' 


■ ■ ■ ■ m ■ m 




■ ■•■■•*< 




kiB||n1l4 




»■•■■•» 




(■■Bat 

■ ■■■■■■4 

iliaii 


iitiiiifitiiiiPiniiiiiiitii 

■ -fca»p*fl^«i«pppFPPlP PHP 




I ■ I 



■::: 


::f: 


Hi >■■ 


■■■■ 


■We a fl 


■■■■< 




laaa. 


■FaM 


baaai 


■ in' 


■ in 


■*»■>! 


'■«*! 


■>lti 


■ HI 


■>«>v 


-Mil 


■at*- « r 


IBM 


Ho... 


■KiJ 


■■■rfea 


■•*>■« 


■#■<»< 


**•■ 


■#••■1 


«|n 


■ ■**•' 




IfiH: 


In* 



++T- liUnTITTTHi 







■■ 




V 



■■ 



■ 



■■ 









1 
■ 




DP 



:: 



iliititlliittlilll* 1 



■ :- 


■■■■■1 


K* a !l 


■J 1 ** 


■ u« a l 


■i ■! 


taw til 


■#■* 


-•■■■■, 


W\" 


■*•■•* 

§•41*1 


m •• 


[iflpai 


■)■• 


1W*«5 


■'•> 


*»n«i 


Hill 


hMlj 


H ■■ 


iHllj 


1 1 ■ * 


»***•• 


II*- 


■ilili 


I ■ •• 


•mus 


1" 


"■sen 


M 1 • ■ 


■»■■■■ 


HI •• 


■*■•>< 


r !•• 


■■■■■« 


Mf*" 


■■•■■• 




■■■■■" 







PL 
LO 

cn 

is 






to 

(fl 
K 

o 

a 

s 






s 

&5 





















A. £ 



fr*<8 



Oi to 

ft *S *t| 

15 Oi 1 

^ flj fQ 



I g 



2J3i IffSI 



d cr 



P Q> 



>. ft 



0) ■ 1< 03 • O 03 & 



iX u 
B 0) 



r! 



ffl Li '. A 

*3 9 I S "> I J I 2> 



i ™< L) 



i a - 



o S 1 i ■ 



W U " 

^ CI 2 

in a 



Jl ^ 



-M>; 






iS I 



^ a >>< jij 











WIN 

THE 

POOLS? 



SPECTADRAW 2 - THE BEST SELLING 
POOLS PREDICTION PROGRAM 
FOR THE 48K ZX SPECTRUM 

The program looks at the recent form of the teams playing in each 
weeks English and Scottish football league matches and than 
refers to a large database to see whai has happened in the past 
when teams with similar form met. By combining the lessnns 
learnt from the past with the (earns' current league position, [he 
program generates a draw probability factor tor each -match. It cam 
then identify the matches which are likely to yield draws and 
output suitable predictions. It will also output the least likely draws 
for I he benefit of those who prefer the fixed odds. lines on 
coupons. 

Program, 6000 match database (both on high quality 
cassette} and instruction manual £12 95 inclusive. 

NEW!!! SPECTASORT - 

THE PERM GENERATION PROGRAM 

Spectasort lakes the 14 most likely and 10 least likely draw 
predictions, and produces ten 8 from 10 full over perms, enabling 
you to complete your pools coupon directly from the screen- The 
program will run on its Own in 16K, using your own predictions, or 
has the unique feature of being able to merge with 
SPECTADRAW 2 to provide a complete Pools Prediction 
package M 

Spectasort program on high quality cassette £4.95 inclusive. 

(Cheques 'POs payable to B.S. MeAttey} 

SPECTADRAW 

1 Cowleaze, Chinnor, Oxford OX9 4TD 



Regardez! 





P ipilS 
Teachers 

Travellers 

Students 

Grarin I 

Linguists 

In fact anyone having an 

interest m French Will 

rue 
language learning 

* 
BBC model B 

SPECTRUM 4«k 

# Ready made lessons provide an enormous vocabulary of WW 
phrases and verbs arranged in subject groups 

# Lessons can be run in three ways, 'earning, sett-test o* Sp< 
and Jiccuracy teal 

# Lesson displays include aJI French accenis. dilfarsni colours lor 
masculine and lemniine words 

# Full lapo ed.tmg facilities bUow an infinite number qt new Of 
updated lessons lo be a eared and stored for later use 

Choice ot Level A or B cassettes 
with totally differem vocabularies 
£9.95 each iP&p nit i 

BlmIi Cassettes include extensile 
word 1 1 sis, vefbs and phrases are 
introduced in Level 6 Available 
Irom dealers or mail order 

:iBC or Spectinrri 
COMING SOON! "The German 
Master" "The Spanish Tutor" 



$*]3lJ!|.ii» 
SOFTWARE 

Unit A, 

1 Pilgrims Close, Harlinyion 
Dunstable, Beds LU5 6LX 
Tel: 05255 3942 



-JL JL JL 



OMNICALC |48K Spectrum) 
The best Spectrum spreadsheet 
y ou c^ n buy. Wri ! ten i n mac hi n e 

code to be faster, to give you 
more space for data, and to 
ailow more features 10 be 
included, it is guaranteed 
uncrashable. 

* 99 columns or 250 rows. 

* Fully prompted input, 

* Extensive repeat facilities. 

* Supports ALL Spectrum 
functions. 

* Uni-que iterative facility. 
+ Totals/Sub-tgtals. 

+ many more, 

"It more programs shared the 

Quality ot OMNICALC then we 

might see more Spedntms in 

offices" 

Home Computing Weekly 

3/6/93 

"It is ideal tor someone who 

has just found the spreadsheet 

concept, but il is also a very 

powerful tool tor anyone who 

has used one previously" 

Sinclair User June 1 983 

Complete with comprehensive 
manual, £9,95, 



rriironcouizoc 
1 1 iicivlOj rhizKiZ 



72 ROSEBERY ROAD - LOftDOft n,02LA 
TELEPHONE QI-883 94 1 1 



r-*. 



'j**Tf . ^^ 



"*»*, 



Ffe 



^T' 



1« 



&'■ ig. 



8* 



"-^.: 



m 



/ :•_;■■*- 



-0P 



iS^S 



^'■"? 









,Trt*^ 



£3** 



&Z 



w 



V*Sf^ 



»fe 



WHEELIE (48K Spectrum! Take the motorbike 

JF in your Spedrum for a 6um up Survive humps. 

-!«*' bumps and jumps as you seek ihe elusive gho^-' 

r — and ihen your problems really start. Crash helmets 

advisable. £5,95 

i*'<" EVOLUTION (4BKSpeclrum) Tyrgnnosaurus Rex. Slegosaurus 

Podopiery*. Brontosaurus are some ol ihe creatures on trie 

lasanaling |ourn#y from Ihe Start ol life lo man Educational 

' **•:■;. . ' and lun, this adventure took 3500 million years Ihe (irsi time it WW 

|3| .:;' f ,. !! 'Xyiii played Can you do il qutcker? . . . — |usi £5.95 

, . : .■ ■:.:■;'■: .=.-? '- -'..'i. ' : ' CREVASSE/HOTFOOT (Any Spectrum! Can you makeil across Ihe \ce- cap 

: % \^'^\i^\\f** J ' whilst chasms open and close all around you or help a hungry rabbit in a 

;"^,'--\: 1 :' l .', l : ^;"'- ' hostile worfd . 2 original games on one cassette - only £4.95 

,-. , v TH E THAI N GAM E (Any Spec tru m( The ga me lhal s tarts where model railways left 

off Full graphics leaturmg passenger, goods & express trains, tun n&ls.stal ions, lurntable 

'■ '-■, " bonus games: irale passengers, collisions; derailments, and everything etefl you expect 

from a major railway* — Superb valm' £5.95 



72 



SINCLAIR ISJ-R Annuai 1984 



Futurology 




A speech by Sir Clive Sinclair to the British 

Mensa Society on the expectation of a new 

Golden Era being caused by the growth of 

computer use began a series on what people 

believe will be the result of the increase in 

computer ownership. 



5IN( ] UK VSl-K Annual Sfrf 



71 



fii 




Computers bring 
new Golden Age 

Sir Clive Sinclair sees a bright future 



A S WELL as being head of Sinclair 

I-\ Research, Sir Clive Sinclair is 

X A chairman of British Mensa, an 

exclusive club whose members have IQs 

which reach the genius level. 

In a speech at the Mensa Golden 
Ages symposium at Cambridge, Sir 
Clive outlined his ideas for the furure, 
not of his range of personal computers 
but of the Western civilised world. He 
said: "I intend arguing that the most 
Golden Age of man's history may well 
lie before us, if we can only move in the 
right direction." 

The new age would need to be trig- 
gered by an event which will startle 
society. The trigger, he explained, 
would be something similar to the in- 
vention of writing or moving type. He 
said: "Both of those developments re- 
duced the cost of data transmission by a 
factor of 100" 

He saw leisure) or periods of time not 
occupied by formal work, as an oppor- 



tunity to broaden the mind. If the trig- 
ger occurs at the proper time and the 
Golden Age arrives "the body of men 
arises which can turn its attention to 
matters other than necessities. Thus 
wealthy patrons produce the great 
flowerings of arts which are a feature oT 
the Golden Ages. 

"Equally, the Golden Ages are often 
marked by one great individual, a type 
of philosopher-prince, e.g., Pericles, 
Augustus, Lorenzo de Medici, Eliiia- 
beth I and Louis XIV." 

In business operations, Sir Clive 
seems to regard the personal approach 
best — one man at the head of a com- 
pany. He has stressed that approach 
many times through Sinclair Research, 
so that now he is as famous as his 
machines, whereas other manufacturers 
remain masked by their company exter- 
iors. 

During his speech he referred his 
ideas to the present day. He saw the 



Golden Age as being very close. Some 
of the features which marked the Gold* 
en Ages of the past could be identified 
within our time. That could place us on 
the threshold of a new Golden Age. To 
demonstrate it, Sir Clive returned to the 
idea of a trigger. 

"Is there a trigger? It SO happens that 
another hundred-fold reduction in the 
cost of data publication and transmis- 
sion is about to occur. A single I2in. 
diameter optical disc, being developed 
for use with TV tan, remarkably 
enough, contain the information of 
10,000 books and lhat disc will cost not 
much more than a few books — almost, 
in fact, a thousand-fold reduction in 
costs." 

The reduction in costs and the inno- 
vations in mass marketing are compared 
to what Sir Clive calls "the potential of 
the individual". Until now, society has 
accepted that people will work together 
in large groups. People work in large 
companies, they commute into towns 
and cities every working day. That 
massing of the working population is 
the motive force behind the present 
state of the economy. 

Sir Clive said: "We have for some 
time been passing through a great in- 
dustrial age in which the economic basis 
of society has demanded the bringing 
together or people in great numbers, 
many thousands per factory, many mil- 
lions per city. I believe that our move 
away from this type of organisation will 
restore the potential of the individual." 

Individual human potential is some- 
thing he seems largely to favour. While 
Sinclair Research is a company, like 
many others, where everyone pulls 
together, it is still mostly a one-man 
operation. Sir Clive is the man who 
defines what he wants and lays-out the 
timetable for its development. 

That style of operation has so far 
proved successful, first with the ZX-80 
and ZX-81 and then with the Spectrum 
The hundreds of firms which give sup- 
port 10 Sinclair microcomputers would 
also seem ro prove his point to be 
correct . 

He sees the new Golden Age as being 
a time of the mind^ with less stress put 
on the body and building culture rather 
than labouring. He feels that another 
Golden Age requirement is an abundant 
supply of patrons, people who can ap- 
preciate, as well as create, art. 

"We have a well-educated popu- 
lation, a society which reveres the arts, 
and have become a world centre for 
music and for the written word." 

The reason for the swing towards 



SINCLAIR USER Awaa fJSi 






cultural pursuits is marked with the 
stigma of a current curse on society. 

Sir Clive said; "We have potential 
artists, partly for the sad reason that we 
have three million unemployed; this is 
not a passing phase of recession hut a 
trend which will last until the end of the 
century j during which I expect the 
manufacturing industry to shed a fur- 
ther seven million jobs and for the 
proportion employed in manufacturing 
to decline from some 42 percent of the 
population to less than 10 percent. This 
will occur as automated systems are 
now radically cheaper than manual 
costs." 

The resulting factors of unemploy- 
ment due to technological innovation 
and automation will leave the popu- 
lation with a great deal of spare time if 
present trends continue. If the number 
of unemployed rises to more than 90 
percent it may be necessary to re-define 
the term altogether, 

"Many, if not all, of today's young 
people will always work for small or- 
ganisations and indeed must found 
them. We must encourage people to 
follow this route if we are to create 
future employment— whether in high 
technology, in a revival of a class, or in 
service industries." 

Sir Clive foresees a new "creative 
endeavour". People are experiencing 
new technology, seeing what it can do 
for them. It can relieve them of manual 
tasks so that they can use their minds 
more fully. 

Young people were just beginning to 
learn about new technology. According 
to Sir Clive, the learning process would 
be only the beginning. 

Learning about new technology 
through machines such as the ZX-S1 
and the Spectrum which, because of low 
prices, were within the reach of nearly 
everybody., was the beginning of a 
process which may lead to what he 
believes is a new Golden Age. 

"Because we no longer need to 
devote the bulk of our time to the 
production of objects, I can see the 
plateau of a Golden Age before us. 
Certainly we may need inspiration and 
leadership, great building, a bridge over 
rather than a tunnel under the Channel. 
"Early in the next century we will 
have made intelligent machines ending 
for all time the pattern of drudgery- It 
may be th^t Western civilisation, seeded 
in seventh-century Ireland, is only just 
about to flower." 

To some, his ideas may stem like 
science fiction but some cynics said that 
a machine like the Spectrum was not 
possible only a short time previously. 



Less work, more 
computer play 

Future leisure activities surveyed 



MORE THAN 2,000 years ago, 
Aristotle made the comment 
. that we work to have leisure. 
For him, leisure was a reality, since all 
the toiling and much of the producing 
was done by human slaves. For most 
other people then, and since, work has 
been the essential part of human life as 
people have struggled just to survive. 
Leisure has been, at the best, a residual 
and generally meagre amount of time. 

Today, because of the introduction of 
computers and microprocessors, we are 
developing a new type of slave, in the 
form of electronic robots of all kinds. 
That represents a major change in our 
lives, which will give new meanings and 
new dimensions to work and leisure. 

Perhaps, most of all, new technology 
means a growth in the amount of leisure 
time. That is not an unmixed blessing. 
Although people will need to work less, 
they will also have to learn how to 
develop their lives in the way Aristotle 
meant when he talked about leisure. 

In some measure, we have already 
entered an age of leisure, with a mile- 
stone at the beginning of the 1970s 
when the amount of time the average 
full-time worker spent at work during a 
year fell below the amount of time 
available for leisure. 

Since then, a typical worker's leisure 
time has increased by some seven per- 
cent to more than 2,500 hours a year, 
while the number of working hours has 
fallen to 1,950, including travel to and 
from work. 

Less positively, we now have the 
large amount of enforced and mal- 
distributed free time represented by 
more than three million unemployed. 

With the expansion of free time and 
the need to find ways of occupying it in 
a satisfying manner, the development of 
the microcomputer, with its time- inten- 
sive quality in use, seems to be particu- 
larly fortuitous. Certainly home 
computers will become increasingly im- 
portant in people's lives but we need to 
be realistic about just how fast private 
ownership of computers will develop 
and also about exactly how the 
machines will be used. 

Without becoming involved too 



deeply in the psychology of leisure, it 
helps when thinking of the possible 
roles microcomputers might play in our 
leisure lives to consider for what we use 
our leisure. It is possible to identify 
three functions of leisure which form 
something of a hierarchy— rest and re- 
cuperation from work, entertainment 
and the relief of boredom and, finally, 
personal and social development. 

In the era of leisure we are entering 
the function of leisure as rest and recu- 
peration declines in importance as the 
amount of work lessens and the effort 
involved decreases. That puts the em- 
phasis in leisure time use on the two 
other functions of entertainment and 
self-development, both areas where we 
expect to see the microcomputer play an 
increasingly large part. 

An obvious role microcomputers play 
in the area of entertainment is of being 
virtually an infinite compendium of 
games. They can provide an unending 
source of pastimes for those who wish to 
occupy their leisure in this way. 

It could be argued that people could 
use a chess set or a pack of cards instead 
of a microcomputer for those simpler 
activities. The answer lies probably in 
the basic attraction of using new tech- 
nology, as well as in the perpetual self- 
challenging quality of computer games 
and the wide variety of pastimes avail- 
able from the one machine. 

Once attracted to the computer, the 
games player is likely to look progres- 
sively for more complex games to play 
and may eventually take the step to- 
wards developing improved or original 
programs. At that stage, the computer 
moves from being a source of entertain- 
ment to potentially a very time-consum- 
ing hobby, offering great opportunities 
for individual learning and develop- 
ment. 

Many people have turned to micro- 
computers without any particular em 
phasis on games playing. Either way, 
and whether interest lies primarily in 
the hardware or software, all computer 
hobbyists have found a leisure occupa- 
tion of absorbing interest. In the future, 
when there may be considerably more 
free time but possibly not so much extra 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1BS4 



75 



— 





money to spend on leisure, the time- 
absorbing nature of computing is a valu- 
able characteristic. 

In addition, as members of computer 
groups know, there can be a strong 
social element in the hobby., producing 
new friendships as well as a useful 
exchange oT experience and ideas. 

There are other aspects of what we 
have termed self- development in which 
we believe the microcomputer poten- 
tially has an important leisure role to 
play. By self-developments we mean the 
whole process of learning and enlarging 
one*s menial and physical capabilities 
with the aim of leading a fuller and 
richer life. 

Naturally the microcomputer cannot 
take the place of weight lifting, jogging 
or other sports in improving physical 
capabilities but, as a provider of aid to 
educational and cultural development, 
it could have a vital part to play. Pre- 
viously it was often people of leisure 
who went to university to enjoy rhe 
benefit of learning, often for its own 
sake; in the futures the micro will help 
to take learning to the homes of all who 
want it. 

How quickly will all this happen? 
How soon can we expect to see a micro 
in every home, as some commentators 
envisage? How many people will, in 
practice, be encouraged to use this new 
gadget to educate themselves and their 
families? 

Our forecasts appear to be somewhat 
more conservative than those of many 
others. We expect that, by the end of 
the decade, something like one-fifth of 
ali households, some four million 
homes, will have a micro bought for 
personal use; others, as now, will have 



machines used both for the business and 
family. 

Behind that view lies the assumption 
that microcomputer prices will fall to 
around one-third of what they are at 
present. An even sharper fall in price 
obviously would boost demand. We do 
not think a very high proportion of the 
33 percent of households where the 
head of the household is over 60 years 
of age will be buying a microcom- 
puter, even if it costs only £10. 

Despite the growing amount of free 
time, the majority of people are likely to 
be fairly slow to recognise what the 
microcomputer can offer them. The 
attraction of games-playing is obvious 
but for many people the idea of leisure 
as a period of education is a novel one 
and, during the 1980s, most of the 
demand for educational use is likely to 
be stimulated by children's needs. 

It will probably not be until the 
1990s, when the first generation of chil- 
dren to whom computers are a part of 
everyday life become adults, that a real 
widespread educational use of home 
computers will develop. 

Since many people, not least the un- 
employed, will be having a leisure prob- 
lem well before then, we hope that 
those already keen on computing will 
do all they can to try to make our 
forecasts seem too pessimistic. 

Aristotle probably would have en- 
joyed the challenge of microcomputing 
but even he might have needed some 
encouragement to take the first steps in 
this new leisure direction. 
• Bill Marriti and Sandra Mason of 
Leisure Consultants, Sudbury, Suffolk 
have published a report on leisure in the 
1990s. 



Micro 
junkies 

Chris Reynolds 



M4NY YOUNGSTERS have 
home computers because 
they, or their parents, feel 
that owning such a computer will help 
them in their careers. As a universnv 
lecturer responsible for training future 
computer professionals, I have my 
doubts. Let me explain. 

In the last 3D years the uses of com- 
puters as part of practical working in- 
formation systems have mushroomed- 
For most of that time there has been a 
desperate shortage of suitably-exper- 
ienced staff. Salaries rocketed as com- 
panies bid to obtain employees with the 
greatest length of experience, apparent- 
ly regardless oT quality. The whole was 
surrounded with the prestige of being at 
the forefront of modern technology, at 
least in the eyes of one's neighbours. 

Much of the gloss has now been shed. 
There is, of course, still a shortage or 
good computer professionals but the 
incompetent now find it almost imposs- 
ible to climb on the bandwagon, and 
salaries are no longer so wildly our of 
line with other occupations. One no 
longer hears people boasting that they 
know someone who knows someone 
who works with computers. In fact, it 
seems likely that in five years having a 
computer in the house will be socially as 
significant as is owning a digital watch 
today. When acne-embarrassed school- 
boys with home computers are ten-a- 
penny the simple ability to program will 
have no value in the job market. 

Those changes will have a major 
effect on the structure of the computer 
profession. The need for highly-skilkd 
people to work on research and develop- 
ment projects in the computer industry 
will continue. The majority of existing 
professionals work for companies which 
use computers as tools to help the com- 
pany business and it is in that area that 
the biggest changes will rake place. The 
pressure will be for more flexible and 
easier-louse systems with the minimum 
of fuss. 

A prime requirement will be for staff 
able to communicate with other people, 
verbally and in writing, with the mini- 
mum of jargon. Knowledge of manage- 
ment, economics and psychology, and 



76 



SINCLAIR USER Annual IM-t 



the design of systems are next on the 
list, A good understanding of what a 
computer can reasonably be expected to 
do is of far greater importance than the 
ability to PEEK and POKE on a par- 
ticular make of microcomputer. 

Universities already have moved in 
that direction and introduced courses 
which anticipate that future need, For 
instance, Brunei University has a Sys- 
tems and Information Management 
course which has been running for five 
years and which attracted 28 good stu- 
dents this year, compared to 22 on its 
more conventional course. Because it is 
felt that breadth of experience is im- 
portant, students who do not have A 
levels in computer science and math- 
ematics are preferred to those who have 
already specialised narrowly with 
double mathematics and computer sci- 
ence. 

Many of the leading 21st century 
computer professionals are now at 
school and in the light of the foregoing 
comments., it is useful to speculate what 
they are doing now. We can be certain 
that they will be well-acquainted with 
modern electronics technology. Digital 
watches and pocket calculators will be 
taken for granted. Their parents will 
have television sets with teletext and a 
variety of electronic games. As soon as 
they are old enough they will use auto- 
banks and credit cards to buy things 
such as electronic organs. Even if they 
never saw a general-purpose computer 
they would take for granted keys to be 
pressed) video displays, and automatic 
information processing. 

While at school they will almost cer- 
tainly have been given a computer ap- 
preciation course and may have had 
computer-aided instruction. Most will 
have taken O and A level computer 
science. That will not be because this is 
necessary for their careers but because 

'The pressure will be 

on for more flexible 

and easier-to-use 

systems' 

the education system encourages early 
specialisation. 

Sociallyj most of them will be good 
mixers. They are therefore likely to be 
found in the Boy Scouts, the school 
band or the local cricket team. 

One thing not mentioned is owner- 
ship of a home computer. The reason is 
that the evidence at Brunei suggests 



that in many cases a private micro can 
have an adverse effect on student 
studies and sometimes on employment 
prospects. 

There are a number of reasons. The 
first is that to understand and use a 
language well, you have to be able to 
think in that language, be it French, 
Arabic, Pascal or Cobol. Students who 
have written a large number of pro- 
grams in a single language, often on a 
single machine, have difficulty in trans- 
ferring to other languages. 

Gerald Weinberg, in his book The 
Psychology of Computer Programming, 
showed how easy it was to guess a 
student's former language by the stylis- 
tic errors he makes in learning a new 
language. Ten years later the problem is 
much the same. Most novice students 
learn rapidly the essentials of modern 



puter is bought by enthusiastic parents 
to encourage him in what is certain to 
be a wonderful career in this marvellous 
technology. He is delighted to be al- 
lowed to spend many hours every even- 
ing enjoying himself in the privacy of 
his room. Socially, he finds he can boast 
about his wdnderful programs which 
look most impressive, with flashing 
screens and perhaps even sound effects. 

Because of all this praise and the 
absence of anyone who can assess the 
quality of his work properly, he soon 
becomes convinced that he is a com- 
puter genius and spends even more time 
at the keyboard, He has become a code 
junkie who craves for his two-hours-a- 
day session at the keyboard. 

In fact, the idea of code junkies is not 
new. In the last decade wc have had 
several who have become addicted to 



'The big danger seems to be the bright but 
socially-gauche adolescent. He finds the 
school computer more friendly than his 
school-mates and develops an interest rapidly' 



programming concepts, such as block, 
structuring and recursion 

Students who have extensive experi- 
ence in old-fashioned languages which 
lack those features often insist on using 
more powerful high-level languages as if 
the newer features did not exist. That is 
apparently because they find it easier to 
write longer, inelegant programs than 
to learn something new. 

The second problem is that writing 
programs and playing games on a home 
computer is most entertaining. The 
ability to use a home computer is, how- 
ever, of little relevance to any but the 
most junior jobs in the computer field. 
Most adults would discourage a child 
from wanting to become a television 
news reader simply because he had built 
a crystal radio at the age of eleven. 
Unfortunately computers are so new, 
and so mysterious to many adults, that 
most teachers and parents are not suffi- 
ciently knowledgeable to recognise a 
fun hobby as just that and, as a result, 
they encourage children to attempt to 
follow a career path for which they may 
be almost totally unsuited. 

The big danger seems to be the 
bright but socially-gauche adolescent. 
He finds the school computer more 
friendly than his school-mates and de- 
velops an interest rapidly. A home com- 



the university computer, From experi- 
ence we know that almost all such 
students fail the course. They prove to 
be almost unemployable because of 
their inability to get on well with 
people, and because of a marked reluc- 
tance to work with, rather than play 
with, computers. 

In 1981, for the first time, we had the 
problem of new undergraduates who 
were already code junkies before they 
arrived. This year the number of stu- 
dents who have home computers on 
arrival has more than doubled and it is 
suspected that many of them will prove 
to be junkies. 

Ii has heen said that home computers 
and computer games will help to keep 
the future unemployed occupied in an 
enjoyable manner. That may well be 
true in the long term, when society has 
become adjusted to the new technology. 
In the short term there is a danger that 
the majority of the unemployed who 
play such games will be code junkies 
who caught the bug during a vulnerable 
period of adolescence. 
• Dr Chris Reynolds is reader in com- 
puter science at Brunei University, fie 
organises (he computer science teaching for 
fir st -year mathematics computer science 
students. He also researches improved sys- 
tems for the man-computer interface, 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



77 



Doric Computer Services 



t 




i 



AN AMAZING NEW 
ADVENTURE GAME 
WITH ANIMATED 
GRAPHICS 
FEATURING:- 

• A completely new cave layout, 
monster position and event 
sequence generated for every 
game. 



r 



A time limit of 5 days' on 
every adventure. 

Continuously displayed high 
resolution graphics and text 



■V El 





All monsters, articles and 
locations depicted to a level of 
detail that pushes SPECTRUM 
graphics to the limit, 

"The closest yet to a true 
animated graphic adventure, 
.excellent value for money," 
POPULAR COMPUTING WEEKLY. 





>m 



M . 



■1 ■■ 



I 



I 



I.* J 






l -sir ^Kl 



i^^e*. 



iP^ A v- 



FOR THE 

48K SPECTRUM 



^^sb^^ ^ 












(b 




1NCLAIR USER Annua! !M4 



79 



Hooked on 
arrogance 

J R Bird supports micro training 



COMPUTING is much more 
than programming. It is con- 
cerned with the flexible use 
and application of ideas. The ideas are 
structured logically by means of a lan- 
guage. 

Thar is one of the reasons why many 
of the conclusions of Dr Chris Reynolds 
are incorrect. Although much of what 
he says is valid, the tone was prejudiced 
and negative- 
All the problems of vocational com- 
puter training were blamed on owners 
of the home computer. The only slight 
comment in favour of the powerful little 
machines appeared in the last paragraph 
but even then they were dismissed as 
little more than games machines. 

To condemn home microcomputer 
owners as potential code junkies- 
people with an addictive, perverse inter- 
est in computers— probably as failures 
in academic life and as unemployable is 
a form of professional arrogance. Most 
people who have an interest in comput- 
ing also have other interests. 

It is the same arrogance which leads 
many people to claim exclusive rights to 
comment on particular branches of 
knowledge, especially how those 
branches will develop in the future. 

There are likely to be many problems 
associated with the future in areas such 
as jobs or careers, leisure and education. 
None of those can be answered by any 
one group , be they teachers, employers, 
lecturers or workers, claiming they have 
the exclusive right to comment and 
decision-making. 

Neither should Reynolds be advocat- 
ing novice students in computing. That 
kind of logic is rather like a professor 
French insisting on novice speakers— 
thaw who do not spt.::ik yet— if he is to 
produce good speakers of French, 

A teacher of a foreign language must 
take account not only the students' own 
language but also their development 
within that language. 

If a student has had experience of a 
computer language it is reasonable to 
expect lecturers to take it into account. 
If specific languages cause problems, 
the lecturer must identify the problem 
and work out ways of overcoming them. 



A lecturer should not advocate novice 
students; it is no solution. 

There is a clear and unfortunate rift 
between academics and non-academics, 
professionals and amateurs. Academics 
tend to be more concerned with protect- 
ing their access to knowledge rather 
than sharing it. Professionals seem robe 
more concerned with keeping their 
right to knowledge rather than sharing 
it with amateurs. 

Computing at a high level is for a 
small number of highly-qualified stu- 
dents and to suggest that the needs of 
those few are best served by denying the 
vast majority of home micro owners use 
of their leisure time activities is wrong. 
Academics appear to see things in one 
of two ways. Either they are shut in 
ivory towers researching and learning 

'To condemn micro 
owners as failures is 
a form of arrogance' 

for pure knowledge, or are selling their 
ability to industry. 

While 1 should not subscribe wholly 
to that view, 1 wish the apparent rift 
which contributes to it did not exist. 

With the introduction of new tech- 
nology, people will find vast changes in 
their life-style; work may never be the 
same again. The concept of five to 16 
education being sufficient may disap- 
pear: re-training several times may be- 
come the norm. 

Most people with home microcom- 
puters would not suggest that their 
work with the computer would change 
the world but they would not suggest 
that those with computer PQX were 
inferior to them or that all mainframe 
work was necessarily superior. 

The assumption common to many 
vocation-minded computer studies/com- 
puter science lecturers, that their work 
was import ant j simply because they 
train professional workers, is to misread 
the future. Before long., the day of the 
large "brain" will be over and the day 
of the small, powerful computer will 
begin. 



It is also clear that plain language or 
even interactive voice computers are on 
the way. When the man in the street can 
talk to a computer and ask it questions, 
the mystery of the languages probably 
will disappear. Before that day arrives, 
however, we have the problem of many 
computer languages, but it is surely not 
beyond the understanding oT profes- 
sionals in the computer field to struc- 
ture courses to take that fact into 
account. 

I notice that the Open University is 
to use a further form of Basic in its 
course Computing and Computers. I 
am not condemning ihe intellectual lev- 
el of the OU course but rather regret- 
ting the introduction of yet another 
dialect. 

Even with the limitation of the new 
OU SEA SIC, the Open University is 
showing the way to other universities 
and polytechnics. The course has been 
designed to introduce beginners to skills 
and techniques of computing. Most mi- 
cro owners would concede that their 
programs and computing would be im- 
proved for a better knowledge of struc- 
ture and logic, not to mention better 
techniques. 

So, in effect, what we have is a 
university or polytechnic department 
with the skills and resources to teach 
both the structure and techniques to 
improve the standard of home micro 
owners. Alongside that pool of skill we 
have a large number, perhaps some half- 
million at the moment, who would no 
doubt welcome some of that skill being 
taughr to them. 

What better way of bridging the aca- 
demic, professional and non-academic 
amateur rift than bringing the two 
together? 

That would create a new area of non- 
vocational studies for the institutes of 
higher education. As a spin-off, it would 
also retain in those institutions some of 
the reaching jobs which are disappear- 
ing under the present retrenchment in 
the higher education sector. 

Clearly there would be advantages lor 
the students of such courses. They 
would learn better techniques, they 
would learn better ways of using com- 
puters, they would karn other com- 
puter languages, not to compete with 
the professionals but to use in their 
private studies. 

The interaction between micro 
owners and the professionals, both at 
the formal teaching and informal social 
levels, could only benefit both. Experi- 
ence from both sides could stimulate 
more courses and lead to a leisure time 
education industrv. 



ao 



.!R I SF.K Annual! 984 



Books 




Publications of varying quality and quantity 

have gone on sale during the year. John 

Gilbert looks at the growing bookshelf and 

selects some typical examples of recent 

developments. 



SrHCLAIR USER Amtml 1984 



HI 







h^L 
*. *■*« 







• sasss&- 







John Gilbert assesses publishing 

Young authors 
get opportunity 



THE COMPUTER publishing 
market has developed so quickly 
this year thai publishers have 
been desperate to lay their hands on 
anyone who knows something interest- 
ing about Sinclair computers, program- 
ruing techniques, or who has some 
programs they want to sell, 

Some publishers have even asked 
teenagers to write books because insuffi- 
cient adult writers have been able to get 
to grips with the subject. That kind of 
move sets a precedent in the publishing 
industry. No other sector has ever 
sought young writers with such vigour. 
If you can write and you have an above- 
average knowledge of computers there 
is a good chance that a publisher will 
contract you for at least one book. The 
problem is, and has always been, that 
young writers know little about the 
publishing industry and, through no 
conscious fault of the signing company 
or the young author, writers do not 
obtain everything they should. Fortu- 
nately that does not happen often but it 
is a side-effect of the market growth and 
the urgency with which publishers seek 



titles. The youngest writer of the year 
must be Patrick Hossert, author of the 
Penguin You Can Do The Cube, In 
August j Penguin released one of its first 
micro-computer books by the 14-year- 
old. Unfortunately Micro Games was 
little more than a book of listings, a 
stage though which many companies 
such as Shiva Publishing, Interface and 
Melbourne House passed earlier in the 
year. 

Penguin seems to have relied on Bos- 
sert's fame with the Rubik Cube and 
that the puzzle and computers share the 
same intellectual image in the public 
mind. Just because Bossert can do the 
cube, however, does not make him an 
automatic genius at computer program- 
ming. 

The concepts for most of the pro- 
grams in his book existed earlier in the 
year when all you could buy in terms of 
the Spectrum were books of Listings, 
There is little that is new in the title — a 
pity, since it is from Penguin, a publish- 
er renowned for its quality of output. 

Books of listings were popular at the 
beginning of the year when the ZX-81 



had more of the limelight than the 
Spectrum. Authors such as Tim Hart- 
nell were having at least one book pub- 
lished a month. Most of those books 
were for the ZX-81, as most publishers 
had not yet advanced to the Spectrum, 
although it was launched in April, 
1982, 

Before the beginning of 1983 the 
only publishers to try for something 
extra from the ZX-81 were Interface, 
Melbourne House and Shiva, All were 
still small but it is a mark of their 
innovation which shows their success 
and expansion to date. Now all three 
have a large share of the publishing 
market where Sinclair machines are 
concerned. 

By May all three companies had done 
something different for the Spectrum 
market. Machine code programming for 
the Spectrum was a subject which 
would sell books and the big three 
publishers knew it* 

Shiva produced Spectrum Machine 
Code, by Ian Stewart and Robin Jones. 
It was launched as part or the Friendly 
Micro series and, although it did not 
cover the area in as much depth as some 
of the American books about the Z-80 
processor, it provided an excellent 
grounding in machine and assembly 
language. It also added a humorous 
element missing from many other books 
with 'bug' cartoons spread throughout 
the pages. 

The other publisher renowned for its 
stock of titles on machine code is Mel- 
bourne House, It has two machine code 
titles which cover the ZX-8 1 and Spec- 
trum. Both are similar in approach and 
it seems as if the Spectrum version was 
edited from that of the ZX-81, with 
extra examples showing colour and 
sound added. 

The other range of machine code 
books from Melbourne House is by Dr 
Ian Logan and, in the case of The 
Complete ROM Disassembly, written 
with Dr Frank Q'Hara. The books are 
excellent value and contain a good deal 
of necessary information for the ma- 
chine code programmer. 

Because of his knowledge of the Spec- 
trum ROMj Logan was asked by Sin- 
clair Research to write the routines for 
the Microdrive ROM. As a result, and 
with the blessing of Sinclair Research, 
he wrote the Spectrum Microdrive Book. 
It includes much information about the 
drives, Interface One and the possibility 
of adding or patching-in extra com- 
mands to the Basic. 

The emergence of the book resulted 
in a rash of similar texts from publishers 
trying to keep in the race for the most 



82 



SINCLAIR I'SkR Annual 1984 






up-to-date information. In most cases 
the follow-up texts represented a re- 
arrangement of the original but, unfor- 
tunately, that is not so with the new 
Microdrive texts from Interface and 
Sunshine Books. 

When first exhibited at the Personal 
Computer World Show in September, 
the Interface book was little more than a 
slim cardboard-bound photo-copy. It 
was planned to use it as the basis for a 
'proper' publication. The Sunshine ef- 
fort, however, was better-presented. 

The author of the Sunshine Master 
Your 2X Microdrive is Andrew Pennel, 
a friend of Logan. His book contained 
information which Logan's could not. 
One reason was that he was not limited 
by what he could say. Although Logan 
speaks with an authority which is diffi- 
cult to match, Pennel's book is slightly 
better as it contains information which 
Sinclair Research did not want used in 
Logan's book. 

Even with the restrictions, however, 
the Logan book is good value so far as 
money and information are concerned. 

The release of the Microdrive texts 
has introduced a new area to the com- 
puter publishing market. We have had 
books on machines, books of listings, 
and books showing software techniques 
but there had, until then, been no books 
on one specific peripheral for a ma- 
chine. 

The Microdrive seems to have 
opened an area which could soon in- 
clude how to get the best from your 
sound generator or using a disc drive 
with a Spectrum, Book titles such as 
that may seem absurd now but with the 
way books are becoming so machine- 
dependent, and with the search for new 
areas to write about, such titles may 
become available. 

The information in the Melbourne 



House book on the Microdrive contains 
a good deal of machine code. The pub- 
lisher is Still determined to introduce 
machine language anywhere it can and 
the release of another machine code 
book for the Spectrum was inevitable 
before too long. The new book is Super- 
charge Your Spectrum and many pages 
are occupied by machine code listings. 
They include routines to search for 
strings in programs, re-number lines, 
and delete blocks of lines. It has proved 



The new book improved that situ- 
ation, however i and showed the reader 
how to write graphics adventures. Little 
is said about decoding player responses 
or generating textual adventures but the 
book still marks a new area for publish- 
ers to exploit. 

While the areas which belong to the 
games and utility sector have developed 
by leaps and bounds, the business and 
education markets are still nothing 
more than a mess. Little has been done 



'While the areas which belong to the games 

and utility sector have developed by leaps and 

bounds, the business and education markets 

are still nothing more than a mess' 



extremely useful to Spectrum owners 
who know nothing about machine code 
but who want toolkit routines without 
having to buy several cassette-based 
programs. 

It is useful in another respect. It is 
possible for someone just learning about 
Z-80 machine code to read the program 
listings and get an insight into how 
programs are structured and the way in 
which some statements can work with 
others. It also provides an incentive to 
use some of the routines in your own 
machine code programs. 

Not all publishers are interested in 
machine code and th* market has plenty 
of support from companies with other 
ideas. Yet another new type of book was 
launched for the Spectrum by Sun- 
shine, Until the release of Spectrum 
Adventures, by Roy Carnell and Tony 
Bridge, computer owners interested in 
adventure games-playing or writing had 
to rely solely on magazines. 



****** 



te*l 




in book form to aid this ailing though 
very important part of the industry. 
There have been a few general books on 
business applications, such as Databases 
for Fun and Profit from Granada, but 
little business-orientated work has been 
done. 

The same is true of the education 
market, although some publishers, such 
as Granada and Longmans, are starting 
to see the potential. The object seems to 
be to produce as many programmer- 
orientated books as possible. Unfortu- 
nately that leaves the market for the 
computer user who does not want to be 
bogged down by technology as undeve- 
loped as it was early in the year. 

Several new areas in the publishing 
industry include machine code pro- 
gramming and programming tech- 
niques. They are over-developed and 
that is proving expensive to the Olhcr 
users who want to use Spectrums at 
home or at school for accounts or home- 
work. 

In the end that can only do the 
market and, indirectly, computer manu- 
facturers, a good deal of harm. The 
areas in which computers can be used, 
such as education and business, will be 
under-developed. Many children will 
know how to program but very few will 
have ideas on how to use those program- 
ming talents. 

Interface, 44-46 Earls Court Road, London 

WB 6EJ. 

Melbourne House, 131 Trafalgar Hoad, 

Greenwich, London SE10. 

Puffin Books, Penguin Books Ltd. Har- 

m-Qfidsworth, Middlssex. 

Shiva Publishing, 4 Church Lane, Nantwith, 

Cheshire CW5 5RQ. 

Sunshine, 12-13 Little Newport Street, 

London WC2R 3LD. 

Granada, 8 Grafton Street, London W1X 

3LA. 



SINCLAIR USF.R Annual 1984 



83 



Program your favourite tune into your 48K Spectrum 
then sit back and watch the notes appear on screen in 
authentic musical notation as the tune plays. Then 
send a copy to your ZX printer or save it on cassette 
and start composing a masterpiece of your own, 






1 



"Easv 

i 




I 

1 



I 






5.75 
FOR THE 

48K SPECTRUM 



I 



. enterfoinmg and instructive 
good program that is well worth a listen." 

Pergonal Computer News) 



1 



Also available by moil Order from: Bcllflower Software, 6 Rose- i 

§ wood Avenue, Green ford, Middles?*. Enquiries: 01-903 1816. 



m 

| NOW AVAILABLE AT SELECTED BRANCHES I 
OF W.H.SMITH 



New 42 and 51 characters /line 
standards for the Sinclair SPECTRUM 



Every Spectrum can now screen 10 or 19 
more characters onto each display line with 

Micro-print 42/51 ® 

Yes — here's some superbly useful software to 
allow you to print an extra 30% or 60% more 
characters than the 'standard 32' directly onto 
all 24 screen lines. This entirely separate print 
routine comprises just 824 bytes of superfast 
Z80 m/c code, and enormously improves the 
scope of your 16/4Sk Spectrum to display text 
and data. 

"Utterly simple to use with Sinclair BASIC* 
*Gives you two new high-clarity type faces* 
* Adaptable to any BASIC & m/c code program- 
♦Cassette has 16/48k codes + taped 'Guide'* 

Gamesters, adventurers, word- processors, spread- 
sheeters - just imagine the freedom and 'extra' 
space you can no w print with I You can buy 
Micro- print 42/51 ® for just £5.00 from your 
local store, or by direct mail from 

Myrmidon Software 
PO Box 2, Tad worth, Surrey KT20 7LU 



THE STANDARD HAS BEEN RAISED. 
UNCRAMP YOUR STYLE ! 



T 



JME 



Wl 



FOR YOUR SinCLAIR ZX SPECTRIN! 




60 PROGRAMS -£4.95 

(LESS THAN THE PRICE OF A SINGLE CASSETTE!) 

A massive software libra ry : u the price of istngie zass&fte 

Explosive games, dynamic graphics and invaluable utilities, thjs 
specially commissioned collection takes BASIC \o the limits and! beyond 
The most successful software writers ::ave pooled their Talent 
programming cliches and f'xp^il y mf micro's potential lothe full. 

mSTJOTT ARCADE GAMES - £3.95 

(INSTANT INVADERS - INSTANT LASERS 
INSTANT GAMES - INSTANT BASIC!) 

With liTtle or no knowledge i •: BASIC, you can still lake a suiit ton' 

programs and create your own arsenal of dynamic and totally unique 
arcade unu-r. 



INSTANT SPACESHIPS - 



.flRD WHERE YOU CATI GET 



Fmmall good bookshops Ot fill in the coupon below and re'um tt to Pan Books Lid., Freepoa) P O. Box 109. 14-26 Baker St . HiqftWynombe. Bucks HP| [ 3TD 

For immediate 24 hour service "phone 01-200 0200 and use your credit card, 



POST NO W, NO STA MP NEEDED Tb: 

Pan Books Ltd . Fr&epost, P.O. Box 109, 

1 4 2fi Baker Str&el , Hiqh Wycoi 

Bucks HP11 ZTTJ. 

YES, Please send me the following 1>0 

PROGRAMS and/or INSTANT ARCADE 

GAMES at the pnce shown plus 35p for The? Bret 

book ordered pEns ISp for each additional book 

to a maximum charge of £1.25 lo cover postage 

and pack: 



□ 63 PROGRAMS C£4.9S) Q INSTANT ARCADE GAMES (£3.95) 

NametMr/Mrs/Mess.'I^ 

Addism 




,Pi>siCode. 



i encksse my cfowrue/pcwtal «d«f for £_ 
Access/ V IK! card no 



. payable 1o Pan Bonis Lid Wdi 



Sigj. , 



V Allow up la ISdavs ta delivery This offer available wnlhin UK only Pan Bonks Lid Reg Hi England No. 333593 SU I 




84 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! MM 







One of the most popular sections of Sinclair 

User is our program listings. We have 

reprinted some of the best, with two listings 

which have not been published previously. 



SINCLAIR I ISER Annual 1984 



£5 




To help with entering graphics characters we have adopted a 
system of writing the characters for the ZX-81. We indicate 
inverse characters by the letter i and graphics by g, so that an 
inverse letter W is shown as iW and the graphics character on key 
6 ii denoted by g6. Spaces uie shown by sp and inverse spaces are 
isp. If some occur together, for instance a row of sia spaces , they 
are shown by *6sp and where there is a combination of characters 
each one is divided by a colon, thus sp:isp:6*g6 means a space 
followed by an inverse space and then six characters on the 6 key, 
Where whole wurds are written in inverse letters they appear in 
the listings as lower-case letters. 

In the Spectrum listings, letters to be entered in graphics mode 
arc underlined, white other graphics instructions are underlined 
and take the form shown above, with ihe addition that inverse 
graphics characters are represented by the letters "ig". 




KEN RYLETT of Burnage, 
Manchester wrote Solitaire 
for the 16K Spectrum to allow 
people to play the traditional game, 
Move one spot over the next to an 
empty space. The peg which has been 
jumped will then disappear. The aim is 
to finish with only one spot remaining. 
Moves should be entered as number, 
then letter, 

Letters to be entered in graphics 
mode are underlined. 



GO SUB 9000 

BORDER 5; PRPER 5« INK 

CLS 

FOR n«l TO 64 

LET PCtO-l 

PRINT BRIGHT I) INK 2; 

RT VCn>,HCrO; "a" 
NEXT n 

FDR n-20 TO 148 STEP 16 
PLOT 60, TV DRAW 126,8 
NEXT n 

FOR r ( ^69 TO 188 STEP 16 



1915 
1020 

1030 
1040 
1030 

1060 
1070 
1080 
1090 
1100 
1110 
1120 

1130 
1140 
1150 
1160 

H" 
1170 

1180 PRINT AT 4,6U;RT 6,6;2jRT 
8,6;3;RT 10,6j4jRT 12,6j5jRT 14, 
6iSjRT 16,6;7;RT 1B,6jB 
1190 
1200 PRINT RT V<28),H<2S>; " " j RT 

V<29>,HC29>.i tt "jRT V<36),H(36)j 
" H ;flT V<37>jHC37Jj" " 



PLOT ty,£0 
NEXT n 



DRAW 0, 128 



PRINT RT 2,B;"R B C D E F G 



1210 LET PC28)-0 

LET P<36>-0 

1220 LET rftov**-0 

1230 PRINT PRPER 



LET P<29)-0 
LET POD-0 
LET P*9a«60 
1j BRIGHT 1j 



INK 7/RT 0,0 j "MOVES- 
, 25j "PEGS«";P#9»jRT 



»" ; moves j RT 
4,0 > PRPER 





6 



} INK 0; BRIGHT I ) "INPUT 
j "99 TO"/RT 6,8; "QUIT, " 



;RT 3.0 



1240 PRINT PRPER 6; INK 8; BRIGH 
T IjRT 9,0; "ONLY ";RT 18,0; "be d 
*"jRT 11, 8j H 'fQ hi" 
2020 INPUT PRPER 9; INK 7; BRIGH 
T I; "MOVE FROM ? " ; LINE F* 
2025 IF F*-"99" THEN CO TO 3560 
2830 IF F*<1X"1" OR F*<i: i >"8" 
OR F*C2X"B" OR F*<2»"H W 
THEN BEEP 1,1: print PRPER 
2; INK 7t BRIGHT 1; FLASH 1 ; RT 
20 .0; "ONLY NUMBER THEN LETTER 
e.9. 2R": FOR n«l TO 250' NEXT 
TV PRINT RT 20,0; " 

" ' GO TO 2820 

" ' GO TO 2920 
2835 PRINT PRPER 1; BRIGHT 1; 
INK ?} FLRSH 1;RT 10, 25; "FROM "j 
F* 



;v. 



SI N( LAIR USER Annual tW4 









2040 INPUT PRPER 6; INK ?i BRIGH 
T 1 j "HOVE TO ? v > LINE T* 
2045 IF T>»"99" THEN GO TO 3360 
2350 IF T»C 1 X" 1" OP T*'t 1 >>"e»' 
OP Tl^^-fl" OP T*<2>>"H" 
THEN BEEP 1,1= PPINT PAPER 
2j INK 7; BRIGHT 1; FLRSH ijflT 
26, 0j "ONLY NUMBER THEN LETTER 
e.9. Eft"' FOR n-1 TO 236 NEXT 
Tl< PRINT RT 26,6; " 

" : GO TO 2046 

2055 PRINT FRPER I) BRIGHT lJ 

INK 7; FLRSH 1,RT 12,25; M TO 

T» 

2060 

2078 LET r-CCCODE F*< 1 >-49 >*6 )+< 

CODE F*t2>-e4 5 

2060 LET t-aCODE T« 1 >-49 >*B J+< 

CODE T»<2;>-64) 

£690 IF P<f>»6 OR P<t>l THEN 

BEEP 1,1" PRINT PAPER 2; INK 7j 
BRIGHT 1j FLHSH 1 j RT 26, 6; " 
INVALID MOVE "' FOR n»"l TO 256 
NEKT n 1 PRINT RT 26, 6 j" 

"jRT 10,25.'" "J 
_AT 12.25;" " GO TO £020 
2106 

2110 LET diffv-V<f >-v<:t> 

2115 LET diffh-HCf v J-HCt> 

2120 IF rfiffh" 4 AND diffv=© 

THEN GO TCI 3166 

2130 IF dif<ni«-4 AND dlf-Tv=0 

THEN GO TO 3266 

2140 IF diffV" 4 RND diffh-t? 

THEN GO TO 3300 

2156 IF diffv"- 4 AND. diffh*8 

THEN GO TO 3460 



T 1 j RT , 3 1 , " " , RT Ci . k , BOV« ■ RT 

0,3©jp«!as 

3550 IF Pe3t/1 THEN PRINT RT in 
25 }" "jRT L2,25 " 

GO TO 2020 

3560 INFIJT PflPEP 0j INK ?J BFIGH 
T I) FLRSH I /"END OF GAME ■ HNOT 
HER ? "; LINE A* IF n*=" M THEN 
GO TO 35 60 



2160 BEEP 1,1 PR 

INK 7} BRIGHT 1. 
; " INVALID MO 
TO 250' NEWT d 



INT PAPER 2j 
FLRSH 1 RT 20,6 
VE " i FOR n*l 
PRINT FIT 20, € 
RT 10,25 

" i GO TO 



THEN GO TO 4060 
RT V< t >,HX fe>J "a 
" ";RT V P>,H<f 



"jRT 12.25," 
. 2026 

'3120 BEEP I, 1 
3125 IF PK t+1 1= 
3130 PRINT INK 2; 
" .AT VCt),HCt+l >J 
>j" "1 
3146 LET F<t>-1' LET P< t+l>"0 

let p.-f >=3 
3150 GO TO 3506 
3220 BEEP 1 1 
3225 IF PC t-l >■« 
3B36 PRINT INK 2; 
%RT V<t> J H< t-l >i 
>J " "' 
3246 LET P<t>-1 

LET P<f>0 
3256 GO TO 3580 
3320 BEEP 1 , 1 
3325 IF P<t+6Js0 
"3330 PRINT INK 2i 
"j AT V<t+S> J HCt>> 
>j " " i 
3346 LET P<t>-1' LET F<t+8)*«' 

LET P<f >-0 
3350 CO TO 3500 
3420 BEEP 1 - 1 

3425 IF P<t~S>-8 THEN GO TO 4600 
3430 PRINT INK 2 1 RT V< t >, H< t > ■ " S 
"jRT V<t-a>,HCt^" ".RT VCf'.H'f 
>; " " i 
3440 LET P<t>l' LET P<t-R}-0' 

LET P<:f>-0 
3520 LET rnovea.™'**cives + l 
3530 LET Pe9i- Prf«-I 
3540 PRINT PAPER I J INK ?i BRIGH 



THEN GO TO 4000 
RT V<t><HKt) ' i 
" " f RT V< f J . H'. f 

LET PC t-l ;-=0 



THEN GO TO 4060 
RT Y<t'>*HC't>/"-l 

" " i RT V< f > , N< f 



3365 

:':-rn 

35©e 

4000 

4010 

4020 
T |; 
OVE 
PINT 
10... 25; 
11 ■■ CO 

4636 

9600 REM 

9610 

9020 

9030 

9635 



IF R*=- i, 'i'" THEN GO TO 1020 
STOP 



REM 

PRIMT 

FLRSH 
' i FOP 
RT 20, 



TO 



INVRLID MOVE 



PAPER 2; 
1 j AT 20 G 

n=l TO T50' 
& . " 

■ PT 12,25; 
2026 



INK 7 f tfRIGH 



INVALID m 

NEWT n i P 
" .RT 



SET UP 



DIM 

DIM 
DIM 



P< 64 > 

■.-■: i: 4 ■ 
Ff. 2 ) 



DIM 
DIM 



H< S4 ) 

T*<2> 



9050 
9060 

3676 
90B6 
, 126. 

9100 

9110 
9120 

9130 
9140 
9150 
91^0 
917-0 

91B6 
9190' 
9210 
9220 
9230 
9246 

9250 
9266 
V?.7Q 
92A6 
9290 
9300 
9320 
9346 
9356 
9360 
9370 
9380 
9390 
9406 
9410 
9428 
9430 



USR "R"+ri,a 



FOR n»6 TO 7 

READ * POKE 
NEXT n 

DRTR £0,126,255,2^5.255,25: 
CO 
FOR n-1 TO 6 

LET V<n> =4 

LET V<fl+0> -e 

LET V<n+16>«9 

LET v;n+24 >^1C 

LET V<n+32>"12 

LET V(fi+46 >-14 

LET 'Atl+48>16 

LET yCn+56>*18 
NEXT n _p- 

FOR n-1 TO 57 STEP 8 

LET H<r>) -6 

LET W n+1 '=10 

LET H<;r»+2>-l2 



LET 
LET 

LET 

LET 

LET 

NEXT 

POKE 

FOR 



HY n+3 > 
Hf ri+4 )i 

h<: ^+5 )■ 

H<; n+6 > 



■14 
■16 
■19 

■20 



H<r.+7>22 

23650,6 

1-1*0 TO 7 



READ 
PERD 
REI» 
READ 
READ 
HEAD 
REAL- 
NEXT i 



POKE 
POKE 
POKE 
POKE 
PC* F 
PUKE 
POt E 
POKE 



USR 

IJSF 

urp 

USR 
USR 
USR 
USR 

\y r 



"C"+T1,C 
"D-+ri,d 
"E lK +ti,e 

■■F"+n,f 
"C'+ri.-U 
"H" + r..h" 
"I M +n, i 



9440 LjATR 9,0, 6,0, 127,-54, 1 .. Ub. 
0,0, 1, 128,43, l?., l , i£#.8-G,'J< 192, 
24,24. 1 ,123,0,6, 7.-24.0.0,5, 160, 
0,0,5, I £8^0*0,7*224, 24,24, 1-120, 
8,0,3, 19^, 4tf, 1^, ] , 1L-S, 0,0,1, 12R, 
i.'7,L'54, 1, 1^0,0,0, 1,0 
945^ 
94€6 RETURN 







Sinclair usr:R im«/ raw 



87 



m 



THRTY 



WHEN START? is displayed 
enter M if you wish to play 
first or Y if you would prefer 
the computer to start. A set of counters 
will then be displayed, four of each 
number from one to six. You and the 
computer take turns in removing a 
number to add to the total. The winner 
is the player who brings the total to 31. 

Written for the 16K ZX-S1 by J H 
Entwistle of Cheltenham, Gloucester- 
shire. 




3 

5* 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

lb 

13 

29 

30 

35 

40 

130 

110 

ill 

112 

110 
113 
120 
130 
140 
14b 
150 
160 
164 
165 
166 
167 



CLS 

PRINT 

INPUT 

LET 

LET 

DIM 

LET 

CLS 

FOR N-i TO 6 

PRINT N*11U 

NB<T H 

PRINT FIT 9,0; 

IF fl*< 1 >-"V 



"START?" 

A* 
R«31 
M*7 

LK6,4> 
T*0 



"TARGET-* 31" 
THEN GOTO 220 



PRINT AT 
INPUT N 
LET N-INT 
IF NOT N UR 



18,0; "NUMBER? 1 



RBS 



N 
N>M-1 



THEN GOTO 



PRINT m 16,0;" 

FOR R»l TO 4 

IF [><N,fl>=0 THEN GOTO 145 

NEXT ft 

PRINT AT N-l.fl-1; 

LET DtN.fi^l 

LET R*R-N 

PRINT AT 9, 0; "TARGET* 31" 

PRINT AT 10,0; "TOTAL"" ; 31 -R 

IF R«*0 THEN GOTO 340 

IF R<0 THEN GOTO 350 



170 FOR N»l TO 4 

190 IF DCM-l.N)*© THEN GOTO 220 
190 NEXT N 
200 LET H-M-l 
210 GOTO 170 
220 LET G~R-M*INT < R^M > 
23Q IF R^M^INT < R/tl y THEN LET G 
-14-INT (RND*<M-1 >:> 
240 FOR N«l TO 4 
2S0 IF tXG,N^0 THEN GOTO 300 
260 NEXT H 

270 LET Ol + INT CRND*<M-1>) 
290 GOTO 249 
300 PRINT AT G-l.N-1;"." 
310 LET R*R-G 

315 PRINT AT Ifch 0; "TOTAL *="> 31-R 

316 IF R™0 THEN GOTO 3^0 

317 IF R<0 THEN GOTO 340 
320 LET D<G,N>*1 

330 GOTO 100 

340 LET T^J. 

350 IF T-l THEN PRINT AT 12,0;" 
YOfJ WIN. " 

360 IF T=0 THEN PRINT AT 12,0.:". 
I WIN. " 

378 PRINT "AGAIN?" 

380 INPUT A* 

390 IF A*K I :^"Y" THEN RUN 

400 STOP 



as 



SfNCLAlR USER Annual !Ml 




SHFLOW 

KAREN CRUICKSHANK of 
Guildford, Surrey has sent a pro- 
gram for the Spectrum, based on 
the workings of the Stock Exchange, 
You are given a working week in which 
to make as much money as possible by 
buying and selling stocks and shares. 
Each day you must decide eight times 
whether to buy or selJ bonds. 

Decisions you can make are based on 
the information given, including how 
much cash you have in hand and the 
market forecast. Beware — your boss 
could arrive at any minute and decide to 
alter your cashflow situation. It is an 
original game calling for planning and 
skill. Can you make sufficient money to 
be appointed manager at the end of the 
week? 



LET 



1 LET HS=0 

-3 LET 5 = 10: LET CFI=lO0fl 

5 PAPER 0: INK PUKUEH S3- O 

6 F OR iJ=l TO S IF U=l THEN P 
RXNT 

7 IF U»=2 THEN PRINT 

8 IF U=r3 THEN PRINT 



3' 



9 IF U=* THEN PRINT 



10 IF U=5 THEN PRINT 
1* PRINT FLASH 1 * "fl HEW UDRKIN 
G DHY" 

15 POKE 23658,8 

20 FOP = 1 TO IS: DEEP 0.05,0; 
NEXT O 

120 FOR D=l TO 8 
122 LET RN=INT IRNO*10J 
GO SUB £080 
PRINT * * 



IF P(0 THEN LET P=0 
LET Q^INT mNI>*5> 
PRINT PAPER 6; INK 0, 



123 
225 

r> 

127 
135 
136 
QRT : " * 

137 IF Cfl ? =0 

T HAND £";cn 

139 IF CR<0 
- CFJ 

PRINT B; 



"REP 



FT £ 
14.0 

1*5 



THEN PRINT "CASH R 
TH^H PRINT "OUERDHft 
BONDS AT £";P; " E 



'OUERflLL flSSETb £ J1 , IP 



HA RK ET FORCfl ST 



PRINT 

iS) + CR 

150 PRINT 

IF D=S THEN PRINT -STEADY" : 
P=P+-fINT fRNi>*3J -2J 
IF Q=l THEN PRINT "CHRNGEfiE 
LET P=P> J INT (RMD#23.' -10.' 
IF = 2 THEN PRINT "PLUHhETT 

LET P=Pt (INT (RMD*50J -i0J 
IF 0=3 THEN PRINT "RI5IHG": 
P=P+ (INT (RND*50)-15> 
IF Q=A THEN PRINT "UNCERTfll 

LET P=P+tINT IRHD*60) -3D> 



160 
LET 

LE" : 
160 
IN©" 

LET 
195 

N! > " 
200 
210 
220 
230 
2*0 

QND5 
24.3 
2*5 
P; ' 
=50 
255 
25 



BUY? 



vR* 

TO 50© 
TO 200 

*-25 



AT £"■ 



INPUT "SELL OR 

PEEP 0.05 .,50 

IF R$s"SELL" THEN GD 

IF HSO'^SUy" THEN GO 

LET NS=INT fRND*10S> 

PRINT ' ' 'THERE ARE 

AVAILABLE" 

IF Pw=0 THEN LET P=l 

PRINT "HOU MANY BONDS 

EPCM 1 ' 

INPUT X 

BEEP 0.08,50 
7 IF X>NS THEN PRINT *"I 5BID 
,HS, " BONDS NOT ",X," BDNDS 1 ': 
LET NSsN£-l; GO TO 2*2 

260 IF CA<CA-P*X THEN PRINT "ND 
T ENOUGH MONEY": GO TO B4B 
279 LET CA=CR-P*X 
290 LET B=B+X 
295 PRINT ' ' 
30* NEXT D 

30B GO TO 700 ___ 

5IB LET BU=INT (RNO*2«0) *50 
515 IF P{s» THEN LET P=l 



PRINT '"MARKET PRICE £. ' ; P 
PRINT BU; " BUYERS WANTING B 

PRINT "HOU MANY BONDS TO SE 

INPUT S 

BEEP 0.09,50 

IF 5>BU THEN PRINT ' * *' I SRI 
BU;" BUYERS": LET OU=BU-l G 

525 

IF S)B THEN PRINT "YOU HAL'E 
THAT MANY BONDS": GO TO 530 

IF 5<0 THEN GO TO 525 

LET CR=P*StCR 

LET B=B-S 

PRINT ' ' : NEXT D 

FOR O=-30 TO 30 

PEEP 0.005,0 

NEXT O 

IF U < >5 THEN PRINT ' THE 

OF THE DRY 1 

IF U=5 THE N PRINT 

"J Cfl 

PRINT B; " BONDS AT £",P 
PRINT 'TOTAL ASSETS £*' ; LE 
IP*BJ +CA: PRINT O 
IF U=5 THEN GO TO 7*9 
IF 1NKEV*="" THEN GO TO 7*5 
CL5 NEXT * 

XF O<0 THEN PRINT " YOU'RE 
* I t i i ■* 



520 

525 
ONDTb 

530 
LL?" 

5*0 

54.5 

5*6 

D "; 

O TO 

550 
N'T 

555 

560 
595 

700 
705 
7©5 
710 
END 
7 IE 

720 

730 

7*0 

T O- 

?4S 
747 

FIRED 

750 IF O>0 AND 0<^^f»^ THEN PRIN 
T "YOU DO NOT USE ENOUGH INIT1AT 
IUE" 

765 IF O>9000 AND Of 25000 THEN 
PRINT "PROMOTION TO HERD CASHIER 
t i ■* 



D>25P00 AND D(45000 THEN 
PROMOTION TO CHIEF SUPER 



770 IF 

PRINT 
UISOR" 

775 IF 0>HS THEN LET HS=0 

780 IF O?*5000 THEN PRINT 
rlRNAGERS SEAT AUATTS YOU" 

785 PRINT '"HIGH SCORE £" 



'THE 
HS 



PRE S S ANY 



-90 PRINT * * * " 

KEY" 

S00 IF INKEYS-" " THEN GO TO B00 

510 CLS GO TO 2 
2010 IF RN=1 THEN PRINT ' ' "SUDDE 
N DEVALUATION MRS MEANT": PRINT 
"THHT TWO BONDS ARE BEING MERGED 
" : PRINT "INTO ONE - IE I CUT IN MA 
LF" 

2020 IF RN=1 THEN LET B = INT tB^2 
i 

2025 LET C=INT (RND*3) 
2030 IF RN=2 THEN PRINT ''"BOSS 
15 COMING AROUND CHECKING.": PAU 
SE 100 : XF C-0 THEN PRINT "HAD Y 
DU WORRIED i ! " 
20*0 IF RN=2 AND C=l THEN PRINT 

HE CUTS OFF YOUR CRSH SUPPLY BY 
" : PRINT "HALF. tHR # HA,HBJ" LET 

CR=Cfl/2 
3350 IF RN=2 AND C=2 THEN PRINT 
"GIVES YOU EXTRR 10* BONDS."': LE 
T B=B+100 
2100 RETURN 



; AIR USER Annuel 1984 



10 

30 
35 
40 
43 
50 
<S0 
65 
70 
75 
80 
95 
90 
91 
ERGY" 
95 LET 



GOSUa 1000 

CLS 

LET U-0 

LET SH*1 

LET T*30 

LET S-0 

LET 2-3 

LET R-25G 

FAST 

PRINT AT 1, 

FOR L«2 TO 

PRINT "C is 30*sf ^is > M 

NEXT L 

PRINT AT 20, 0j u <32*ls>" 

PRINT FIT 0,0j " EN 



0j M <32*is>" 
20 



100 LET 
105 FOR 
110 LET 
115 LET 
120 
125 
127 
130 
135 
l-»7" 
140 

145 PRINT 



O10 
S-10 
n*i TO T 

tf^INT <RNC-*18H2 

Y-INT <RND*29H1 

X,YjCHR* 23 



PRINT RT 

NEXT R 

SLOW 

PRINT RT CBj "(flh> ( 

LET C-C-K INKEYf^S 1 

) 

LET 6»*B+t INKEY**"e")-( INKEY 



)-< INKEY 



150 
PEEK 
155 
16© 
166 



RT r B ■ 

LET P-PEEK CREEK 16398+256* 
16399) 

IF P*23 THEN GOTO 200 
P=128 THEN GOTO 220 



IF 

IF 



P^CODE ,, C9h>" THEN PRINT 



RT @,Wj m m 

167 IF P-CODE "C9h>" THEN LET U 
■41+1 

168 

170 

160 

185 

190 
M UUU" 

195 GOTO 



IF W-10 THEN GOTO 
IF P-5S THEN GOTO 
PRINT RT C*9i "0" 
LET S-S+l 
IF S>R THEN PRINT 



230 
500 

RT 20, 10; 



X 



"GRME OVER",iTR 



"YOU RRN OUT 
SCORE-" jS 



130 



200 LET 2-2-1 

205 PRUSE .3 

210 IF Z*0 THEN GOTO 220 

213 GOTO 130 

220 PRINT RT 2, 1 
B 20 r "SCORE-" ;S 

225 STOP 

230 PRINT RT 2, 1 
OF ENERGY"; TAB 15 

235 STOP 

500 CLS 

510 PRINT "YOU COMPLETED SHEET 
"jSHjTRB 20i "SCORE-" tS 

513 PRINT "LIVES-"; 2 

520 PRINT "MORE OBSTACLES WILL 
NOW RPPERR" 

525 PRUSE 200 

530 CLS 

535 LET W-0 

540 LET T-T+30 

345 LET R-R+175 

547 IF SH>*3 THEN LET R-R+125 

550 LET SH-SH+1 

560 GOTO 65 

570 STOP 
1000 PRINT " MOLE" 
1010 PRINT RT 2,0; "YOU STEER YOU 
R TUNNELING MOLE, RVOIDING THE" 
"*""ftND YOUR OWN TUNNELS" "< G 
hp"".IF YOU HIT ONE OF THE" ,t U" ,T S 

YOU CRN GO ONTO RNOTHER SCRE 
EN. " 

1023 PRINT RT 7,0; "IF YOU HIT R" 
"••"YOU WILL LOOSE R LIFE." 
1030 PRINT RT 9,0;" IF YOU HIT TH 
E BORDER YOU LOOSE RLL YOUR LIVE 
S. w 

1040 PRINT RT 11,0; "IF YOU HIT Y 
OUR OWN TUNNEL YOU LOOSE SOME 
F YOUR ENERGY. THE SRME IF 
YOU STAY STILL. " 
1050 PRINT RT 15.0; "CURSOR KEYS 
TO MOVE. "jTRB 10; "PRESS fl KEY." 
1060 PRUSE 4E4 
1O70 RETURN 



STEER your tunneling Mole 
through the ground. Hitting a 
stone will cause you to lose a life 
and hitting the border will kill you. If 
you remain still, or hit your tunnelj you 
will lose some energy. Eating a worm 
"V" will move you to another screen. 

The program was written for the 1 6K 
ZX-81 by Simon Reeve of Chess in gton, 
Surrey. 

Graphics instructions are given in 
lower-case letters within brackets. A 
space is represented by *sp*, a graphic 
character by *g', and an inverse charac- 
ter by V. Thus 'gh' represents graphic \ 



n Jh. 




90 



SINCLAIR USER. Attmtai J9S4 




SINCLAIR USER Annual 19S4 




a 






[ J; ■ 



l «-->• 



."■**-•- 



r* .v-:3 



?> 







10 GOTO 40 

28 LET S=«S+C-<E*4> 

30 GOTO 60 

40 LET fi-CODE "C92>" 

30 LET S«CDDE "COS " 

60 LET E^PT-PI 

70 LET OE 

80 PRINT AT 0,0j "CREDIT »";S;" 

H ;fiT 1,0j "MINED *"iCj" %"DEP 
TH "jE;" " 

90 IF S<0 THEN GOTO VRL "300" 
100 IF E>20 THEN LET fl-8 
110 IF INKEY*- 1 '?" THEN GOTO 20 
120 IF IMKEY*=»"6" THEN GOTO VRL 
"IS©" 

130 IF INKEY**"S" THEN GOTO VRL 

"400" 

140 GOTO VRL "90" 

130 LET E*E+PI^PI 

160 IF INT <RND*C0DE "-" >>R THE 
N GOTO VRL "200" 
( 170 PRINT RT CODE "< 93 >" , 0j "GQL 

180 LET OC+1NT < RND*CODE "C9s) 
" )+CODE "C9s> Nt 

190 GOTO 90 

200 IF INT <RND*160/RK>CODE "? 
" THEN GOTO VRL "240" 

210 PRINT RT CODE "< 93 >" , 0j "EXP 
ip 

220 LET OC-CDDE "COS M 
230 GOTO 80 

240 IF INT <RND*10>O5 THEN GOT 
VRL "160" 
( 230 PRINT RT CODE u <«5 V , 8j "COR 

260 LET C=*C+INT <RND*3>+1 

270 GOTO 80 

300 PRINT "BANKRUPT" 

310 STOP 

400 IF EO0 THEN GOTO VRL "90" 

410 PRINT "PROFIT**"; S-2Q0 



■ ■ i «< 




*m\\ * 




J J 



/ 



/ 



\> 






OU STAR J with S200 in the 
bank and your aim is to make as 
much profit as possible from 
your mine, h costs you S4 to dig one- 
metre and each time you return to the 
surface your Funds are altered to take 
account of your profit and expenditure. 
You may find coal (coa) or gold (goJ), 
or you may be unlucky and be involved 
in an explosion, which will cost you 
$200, Key 6 moves you down the mine 
and key 7 returns you to the surface. 

Mark Evans of Welling, Kent wrote 
Miner for the IK ZX-81. 




92 



SINCLAIR USER Annual im 




p ■ ■.,■ 




p 



HIUP HARPER, aged nine, df 
Benfleet, Essex sent Ski-Run for 
the 16K. Spectrum. Manipulate 
your skier round the flags using cursor 
keys 6 and 7. You have 10 lives in 
which to complete the ski run as many 
times as possible. 

It is an ideal game Tor people who 
find that manipulation of characters by 
the use of four or eight keys is, as yet, 
beyond them. 

4 Graphic S, graphic F 

5 Graphic L 






— //5- 



X • 


REM 'SHi": CL5 








/\ 2 


LET S I 


= 10. PRINT 


FLH5H 1, 


IN 


4 K\ 2 J 


PftPER' 


6 ; AT 1 , 5 ; 


PLEASE STOP 


THE 


TAPE" : 


PR INT RT 


2 , 


3;. "'Press 


any 


Key \o 


con l inue" 


: PAUSE 




3 


CLS . 


GO SUB 1000 






4 


PRINT 


AT 1,13," 


SKI 


" , "SK i 


i S 


a ga*e o F 


skill and 


i t 


is* 1 ; " 


3 IS 


■3 very addictive. 






/ 


Jse 


Keys 6 


St 7 to steer 


your 




" ; "s 


(iier, iJiJ ,round the 


f lass , 


-J« 


» * 


YOU 


hawe got 


10 


I i ves ! 


* k _ 


INK 


1: PRINT ; PRINT 


i 


PRINT 


M 



Press any Key to continue": prus 
E 

5 CLS PRINT RT 10,0; "SKiers 
Left"; : FOR f-S TO STEP -1: P 

RINT INK l; "_fc "; : NEXT f: IP s = - 
1 THEN GO TO 5000 

6 LET a = 1 : BORDER 5 : PAPER 7 : 
INK 2 

7 PRINT BRIGHT 1; PAPER 7; IN 
K 2,HT 1,0; - fK '^ 

C ^.i,"/*"" a ' ( ; BRIGHT 1; 
7; INK 2; ' 



°APER 



B PRINT RT 3,0; INK 0. PAPER 



RT 



*,0; 



PAPER 7, 
0,0. INK 



-■ 



0J PAPFR fi 



— 



9 PLOT 0,0 



DRAU 



255,0: 
DRRU 



DRAU 
-175 



PRPER 7; IN 



BEEP 

PAUSE 



0,175: DRRU -255,0 
10 FOR f=l TO 31 

30 PRINT BRIGHT 1; 

K I;BT a , f; "i" 

31 IF <a=u RND [ (f=6) OR if-1 
3) OR If =273) THEN GO TO 3000 

22 IF 13=2) AND t i f =4-X OR <f=A 

3) OR if=22) OP (f=31)J THEN GO 

rO 2i eEEP . 002 , r - print rt a , f ; 

^iiTBT'a^^NKEV*:^- AND a ,2 

}-IINKEY* = "7" AND a>D 
30 NEXT f 

35 LET g^-g+1 _ . _-.„ 

4.0 PRINT FLASH l; PAPER Xi INK 

50 BEEP .1-5: PAUSE 5 
,6: PAU5E 5: BEEP -i,S ; 

BEEP .1,6: BEEP . 3>B 
&0 GO TO S 
1000 LET g=0i FOR f =0 TO 7 

I: POKE USR "S"'+F,Z: NEXT 
1010 FOR F-0 TO 7: RERD Z: 
USR '*f" + f,Z: NEXT f 
1020 FOR f *0 TO 7 : RERD z : 
USR "l" + f t Z: NEXT f 
1040 FOR f =0 TO 7: RERD Z: 
USR "e-J-f.Z: NEXT F 
1090 RETURN 

3000 DRTR BIN 0001 1000- BIN 00011 
000, BIN 00010000 ,B IN 00011111,61 
N 06011010, BIN 00011010, BIN 0001 
0001, BIN 11111111 

2010 DATA BIN 10000000 .BIN 11101 
111, BIN 11111110, BIN 11111100,61 
N 111H110 J BIN 11111111, BIN 1000 

0000, BIN 10000000 

2020 DATA 255 ,0 . j . ,0 .0 ,£55 
204.0 DRTR 0,0,0, BIN 01001001, BIN 
00101010,0, BIN 00101010, BIN 010 
01001 

3000 FOR q=0 TO 7: PRINT 
1; PRPER 7; FLASH 1; INK 
P*7 3 ; RT 



RERD 
f 

POKE 

POKE 
POKE 



f; 

,3 

=s 
= g 

E 

0, 
U 

B, 

cy 

5S55 PRINT RT 1,1, "You 
«i th "; y; " runs" 

5078 IF INKEfY**"'y " THEN 

T S=10: GO TO 5 

50S0 IF INKE^fs"n" THEN CLS 

TD 4000 
S090 GO TO 5070 



BRIGHT 
INT (RN 



3010 


BEEP 


- 1 , -4.5 : NEXT Q 




3015 


LET S 


=s -1 






3016 


LET 9 


=g +1 






3020 


GO TO 


B0 






■1000 


STOP 








S0&0 


PLOT 


0,0: DRAU 


255,0: 


DRAU 


0,175: DRRU -355,0: 


DRRU 0, 


-175: 


PRINT RT 


6, 7; "uan t 


another 


SO?" 


,RT 7 


7 , 13; '■ 


Cy sn ) " 







( i ni shed 



CLS 



LE 
GO 






n 



SINCLAIR USBR Annual I9S4 



n 








AIRLINE A *«ig and a praynr •■ 
not be enougm to turn your F3 
m*cn to £33 million in ihe dms 

a*j-*j. tut you* ri;\arVMi wizardry 

mM enable you Id lake over Bndsr. 
Airways. or w# <? Bur* en 2X&t 

16K - £5 and Speclrum T6K/4BK 
re 




CORN CROPPER 
drougHte ars two of the problems 
laang ine tarrner Planting tartih/mu 
and harvesting must all be done 
aconomicaJly if you are to reap the 
rewards onared im corn copper 
Runs or. ZXftl 16K — £6anxJ 
Spectrun- 'QK J9K — £6 




AUTOCH6F I u lavs a milkjn *n 
capital end need lo increase Ihts to 
C25 mien in ih« shortest Nn^ 
potable Inflation s1n*.e?, sluggish 
markelB ars only some ol !hc 
hazards lo overcome Runs on 
ZXB1 -6K - C5 andSjMCtfum 




SMUGGLER ■'■ -«tterof a ' - 

century vessel you plough between 
England and tne confcnent vi&liriy 
noris to buy and sen your cargo. 
CM beware tf* customs men. 
pirates and safe force winds can all 
run you aground Hun* on 
Speclrum 4BK - £6 



DALLAS j 


t 


: 




Q£ rjTrnTcnif qamo 



3u amass enou_ 
petro drtlara lo' lake over Ir* l' jiug 
rjniEiire Oil throat buensss and an 
eye lov ihe maui chance may gfl< 
you Ihere but you II need nerves d' 
steel lo become Itw cul lung ol 
Dalto Runs on ZX81 16K - £& 
and Specif i. rr- 1SK.4HK re 




PAINT SHOP In t-' nl shop ere 

■ Hasng and 
quoting wthin 1h»s'lime limit wiM lesl 
your business aCumtKi lo the luf 
and weekly balance sneets wiH 
pfOvB Ihe quality U* yuui dscison 
making Runs on ZXS1 lflK - £S 
and SpeCtriirw 1SK.'4SK - £0 




PLUNDER i, i- ,-.:. ':ioe the King 
ol Spain's beard Engage I hfi 
Spanish thlpt ::r- \tm tugh seat 
survive lhe>i broadsides and 
ptuntfer the gold destined frx tJia 
Armada and you might get yuut 
Kmghrnrxxl before francis Dra*e 
Runs on Speclrum 4SK - £fi 




GANGSTE H Are you cold nea/led 
and caftan?, enough ki wci'iani ihe 
1iMe 01 Don Yov need lo be rl you 
are lo rise lo the loo or |tw mlf* A 
Quick luftyar tMipjer and a/i even 
quicker brain are needed 'O control 
1tve mofcs and their rackets Runs 
on SpectrL.' , ■■ .t- J .H. Ffi 




BRITISH LOWLAND You are »y*n 
a racing sun im yOuf sinai spoHs 

, pul you nave an 
owerdralt to repay and a workforce Id 
*jw kept happy Sleer yout way to 

BUOOWS *tlh CStoTi.iI management 
and indusi'iJ relations Runs on 
Spaetrv 4HK ffi 




awaiting tne toothartfy and caratess 
•OVamuror There are many bndgea 
and many monsters W* youba the 
on* to mafia the Abyss safe to ocas 

again Runs on Spectrum *8K f ■'. 




STTE Comptetfi Ihe tan ovcuM you 

need lo txnid your computer system 
than raium home Easy Byte haa 
senl rilt AkK.ii one inonslers lo herry 
you through' 1t>^ tiree ctmanacn#l 
maze of circu<r¥.. it any of Ihem 
Catch you Runs on Specli urn 
■flflK EE 




Camelot 


h* baniBnscl *nnu< 


Pandragon you 


must fmd seven 







wagwaans mar utrv m your way 
undmaktt a tnumpriant return lo 
Camatot 1o be crovmeO King I 
On 2X81 16*! - £5 and Speclrum 

Available from W H Smith. Boots, Rumbelows and all good computer shops or 
Cases Computer Simulations Ltd., 14 Langton Way, London SE3 7TL. 



<x 



Strategy Games. 



're no pushover 





AIRPLANE simulates an aero- 
plane flight from London to one 
of 10 airports round the world. 
The screen displays your control pant I, 
complete with information about speed 
and course. 



You are given the opportunity to 
change your speed, height and course. 
If you choose not to alter any of them, 
enter ''0", Keep your changes within 
the defined limits and look carefully at 
the readings displayed before making a 



change. You have no second chances 
and a slight mistake will lead to a crash. 

The program was written for the 16K 
Spectrum by David Court ier-Dution of 
Bradfield, Berkshire. 



1 LET s-=0 LET x-0- LET *-B 


100 130 


2V® 250 300" 


PRTE" 


LET s-B 


24B PLOT 99, 


L6 DRAW 0, 15&; PLO 


318 PLOT &9,95' DRAW 166,0- PLO 


IB GO SUB 1020 


T 0, 144 DRRW 


233,0 


T 0,160' DRAW ee,0: PLOT 89, 112 


11 GO SUB 9508 


550 PRINT 


AT 


1 4 . 1 i 


INK Ij'OLTIT 


DRAW 166,0 


15 LET m-l LET tr=w BORDER $ 


UPE" 








340 FOR t=32 TO 126 STEP 16 PL 


PAPER 7< INK 2 


251 PRINT 


AT 


18, 3j 


INK I j "RANGE 


OT 0,t- DRHW S6,0' NEXT t 


20 PLOT 89.143 E'RRiJ INK 3j?,« 


■ a 








350 PRINT AT 21,4 " 


PLOT (99+INT l/tft>«14S' DRAW I 


232 PRINT 


RT 


2,2; 


INK 1 J" 1 SPEED" 


" ' ovep ' co sue 


HK 3; INT w^50,0 


253 PRINT 


AT 


e, ij 


INK If "TIM. F 


700 


30 PRINT 0T 17M5j "DESTINATION 


LAP" 








528 IF s<150 AND *>0 THEN CO TO 


" 


254 PRINT 


AT 


0,0, 


INK :?- "INSTR'J 


3000 


100 LET a*0 LET ft-0 LET d-0 


ME NTS" 








540 PRINT AT 3, 13 ; " Intr«*s* 'Oec 


LET r-0 LET c-0' LET f-29 LET 


255 PR TNT 


FIT 


12,0, 


INK 1j"RUNWP 


reus*"'; AT 6* 13 j "thru at +7TV-73T" 


n-0 


V LEFT" 








368 INPUT * IF *>73 THEN LET N 


200 OVEP 1 INK 2 PLOT 0,0 DP 


236 PRINT 


RT 


18,0, 


INK l.;"FLRP 


-73 


AN £55,8 DRAW 0,175' DRflW -253, 


ANGLE" 








563 IF x<-75 THEN LET x*-7*3 


0: DRAW B, -175 


25^* PRINT 


RT 


0,1; 


INK If'&BBm 


570 LET s-&+* LET c-* LET x-0 


210 PLOT 0,16 DRAW £55*0- PPIN 


INC" 








IF a>600 THEM LET *-68B 


T AT 20,0; INK 1, "FUEL" 
220 PLOT 32; 0- DRAW 0,16' PLOT 


233 PRINT 

ROTE " 


HT 


4.0. 


INK ii"'ACCELE 


372 LET s-*-3 IF *<0 THEN LET 
**0 


32, S DRAW 223,0 










573 LET l-t-INT < 1 .25*< **C l-d^l 


230 PRI.NT AT 20, 4; INK 3, "0 50 


;■*:■? PRINT 


RT 


le, i. 


INK I J "DROP 


00 > > > 



SINCLAIR USER /Imrua/ /0M 



9? 



I 




575 GO SUB 700 

579 IF *<130 FIND *>8 THEN CO TO 

5O&0 

560 LET x-0: PRINT AT 5,13;"Cha 

n9* f 1 *P amB I •? " .► AT 6 , 1 3 j ji 50^-50 
" INPUT »' LET n»n+v 
IF t>>50 THEN LET n-50 
301 IF n<-50 THEN LET n— 50 
582 LET a-*+INT C3.06*-n> ; IF a< 

-5 THEN GO TO 5020 
363 IF a>^500 THEN LET *-508 
505 IF *<4 RND 1>10B THEN LET * 

-0 

590 LET r-INT C 3. 06*n > ■ LET *-m 
*-ti 
595 IF a<0 RND »>— S THEN LET * 

-0 
6.80 GO SUB 700 
605 LET ZK"1 

610 PRINT AT 3, 1 3 j" Alter tail f 
laP? "jRT 6j 13 J ■+45^-43" INPUT 

■*< LET d-d+T' IF Pe>179 THEN LE 
T Pm- 179 

Sl2 IF P*<-1?9 THEN LET Pe-179 

620 LET Pe*Pe-d 

630 IF l<-0 THEN LET U"W-» 

635 IF f<-0 THEN GO TO 5040 

640 IF *<0 FIND 1>0 THEN GO TO 3 
BOS 

643 IF *<-0 RND P*O0 RND K-25 
THEN GO TO 5100 

660 LET f-f-INT C< iVl0+s^20 V < 
r-'ZSV IF f<-0 THEN GO TO 3040 

678 IF l>408 RND H300 RND *>5 
RND a<30 THEN LET a- 100 

673 IF i>230 AND *<-0 THEN LET 
a-50 

eae if u<-0 then go to 3060 

700 PRINT RT 3v1j INK 0j»j" 
RT 13. 1)*) " '" >RT lM-li" "JRT 

?,l>di» "jflT 19,1**1" "JHT 3, 
lio" "jAT iTtltri* "jflT 9,liP 
■j" "jRT 13>ljyj " " 

810 FOR t-16 TO 144 STEP 16' PL 



OT 0,t- DRAW B6,0 NEMT t 
060 PRINT RT 8, IE, INK 4j M - 

R^BERRING +" 
800 PRINT RT 9, 12* H 

II 

090 PRINT RT 9»*iJ"0*< PRINT RT 

9j21-INT CRe'Sfe^ "•*•" 

092 IF X*O0 THEN GO TO 900 

093 RETURN 

900 PLOT INK SjINT CCn-lV30)+8 
S. INT */ie+146 

905 LET 2W*0 

910 PRINT RT 21 ,ft" " 

920 IF aOQ RND i<t>-0 RND f>0 AN 
D P0-0 RND U0 RND s<-0 RND S>-- 
1 THEH GO TO 6000 

933 IF a<-40 THEH PRINT RT 16 , 1 
3J INK 2j PAPER 7; FLRSH !,"RLTI 
TUDE" 

940 IF *<165 THEN PRINT RT 
3; INK 2 J PAPER 7) FLf 
D" 

945 IF K100 THEN PRINT RT 
5 J INK 2> PAPER 7, FLf 
E" 

930 IF 1OO0 RND P*<>0 THEN PR I 
NT RT 13-15; INK 2; PRPER 7> FLR 
SH J j "R^BERPING" 

953 IF u<208 THEN PRINT RT 12,1 
3 J INK 2; PAPER 7 J FLASH 1j"RUNW 
RY LETT" 

960 FOR 1-1 TO 10O : SEEP .007,- 
22: NEXT <! ■ FLASH 0' PRINT RT 12 
,13r "iAT 13, 15J" 

"jflT 14,13>" 
";AT 15.15j" "i 

RT 16., 15 j" 
1000 GO TO 500 
1020 PRPER 8' INK 3^ BORDER 2 C 



3.. 

,e,-3 

3,3 BEEP .3,3 
0' —2 

'-7 TO 5 SEEP . 1 -m M 
EHT pi PAUSE 20 BEEP . 17", 15 PR 
USE 15 BEEP .4,-23 



.3,0- BEEP 

1050 BEET . 

.3,3' BEEP 

1060 FOR m 



I4j1 

I "SPEE 

12 1 

1 j "RANG 



1070 PRINT RT 10,12, INK 2j ,| RIRP 
LANE" PAUSE 130' CLS 
1000 PRINT " HIPPLRNE simulate* 
■sin. a i roP t aircef 1 1 9ht from London * 

irPort to one of ten other air 

Port* *rouridth* world, th* choice 
of which liMotirj,Hokwv»r- flwiiro 
* Plan* is not as easy ** *ou * 

asi think, so read these instruct* 

oti* carefully" 

1100 PRINT ' " > " ", FLRSH 1 , " 

PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE" 
1120 IF INKEY*-"" THEH GO TO 1 12 


1130 CLS PRINT i FLRSH 1 , "BERP 
IN MIND" j FLRSH B> ' "You ulU *t 
all at under 130 KMH io do Tiot t 
ak* off b*fo^* t^l* sP##d H at 
tained" 



'To chanfl* lltitudtf 
< up 5 or ne 9 a 1 1 we ( d 
Mu.it b* applied to 
m our a 1 1 i tu <2* uill 
thr#e tines, th* f 1 1 

'To altar court* u*e 
FLRP^iJhe'rt th* runi»ia 

CR.--BEAPINC;l 14 -<0 



LS 

1O30 PRINT RT 10, IBj "INSTRUCTION 

I033 IF INKEY*-"n" THEH RETURN 
1036 IT INKEy*^"" THEN GO TO 103 
5 



1140 PRINT 
a Positive 

QUft'J V.l 1114- 
th* nap*; 
chaioQv b« 
p ana I » " 
1150 PRINT 
vour TRIL 

W b€- ? r- 1 ri'S 

v will be on" 

U55 PRINT "course. 1ft the R^BERP 
ING dlsPlau vQvr d«-atinaticin is 

represented b^ 'o' and vo'jr netti 
al course b¥" 

1159 PRINT ■"-*";whe-n the 'o J dis 
UPPears aouwill be on course" 



96 



SINCLAIR USKR Annual 1$S4 




/TV 



" . FLHSH 1 
CONTINUE" 
■ "■ THEN GO TO 



"PR 
117 



lies PRINT ' i " 

ESS ANY KEY TO 

1170 IF INKEY*' 



lie© CLS : PRINT "Your speed wil 

1 decrease 19 you cllnb and iner 

hu n aou decendOue tc *ir res 

l stance It tfill decrease bu 5 

KflH cftar ever* set of ins true 

tions" 

t 1 90 PR I NT '" The RUNWAY LEFT ref 

ers. to *ou.r destination and if 

this value- tsl*** thsn you -uil 

1 -ra»h. " 

1200 PRINT '"Your Position rel*t 

ive to Londonand your de*tir>atio 

n- is P toted at tr.* to* of the * 

cee/i to thou your Fas it ion at a 

9lanee.Th*> distance sou are fr 

O^i «■ destination is *hou' 

n in the RANGE readout" 



PRINT I ' "' 
ANY KEV TO 
IF IKHCEY*" 1 "' 



" - FLASH 1 ; "P 
CONTINUE" 

THEN GO TO 123 



1220 

ffESS 

1230 

I 

1235 CLS : PRINT H To I ar.d suctes 

•■fultu your speed must elual 0^ 

our altitude mutt **lual 0, and s#o 

'UST be on the riinwaa" 
12*0 PRINT '"Flashin* imstructiO 
ns uil I half »OU to f"l* the Plan 
« safely. GOOD LUC 

Kl" 

1230 PRINT ^ TNK 6, j ' ' "TO REPEAT 
INSTRUCTIONS PRESS 'R J PRESS fl 
NY OTHER KEY TO BEGIN" 
1270 IF INKEYl-'^r-" THEN CLS ' GO 

to 1000 

1580 if inkey»-"" then go to 127 

8 

4000 RETURN 

5000 PAUSE 40 CLS ■ PRINT "You 
stalled at "imt* VSWH and c 
cashed -USELESS" GO TO 13200 



5020 PHU8S 40 CLS i PRINT "Your 
altitude is "j|<" meters so you 
have crashed -USELESS"' TO TO 5 

2M 

5B40 PAUSE 40- CLS ' PRINT "You 

ran out of fuel so uou have era 

shed-USELESS" > GO TO 3200 

5060 PAUSE 40- CLS ■ PRINT "You 

over shot the run wan by "jRSS vt 

" meter 1 * so aou have crashed -U 

"5ELES3" ' GO TO 3200 

5080 PAUSE 40 CLS PRINT "You 

tri#d to land "il," wiles short 

of the runway so mod have cr 

Jtshed-USELESS"^ CD TO T20P 

5100 PAUSE 40 CLS : PRINT "You 

h*ve Missed the runway conPlft^l 

w bu "ip»." decrees and have era 

*hed -USELESS" GO TO 5200 

3200 PAUSE 300 CLS i PRINT "ftno 

the-r f liatitTCu^-n)" ' IF INKEY«-"s 

" THEN CO TO 1 STOP 

5300 GO TO t 

CO00 LET k-lNT ?s3 

6092 Ltf-K». INT < 1 1 0*< w^ y tr } >■ LE 

T k"<2*v -'+sc 

6100 PAUSE 100' CLS PRINT "Wei 

1 done'Ynij. icorifcl "'TNT fe;" Poln 

ts out of * Possible iOB" ■ STOP 

0100 "TOP 

9500 INK 7 BORDER 2' PAPER 0' C 

LC PRINT "WHICH AIRPORT?" ■■ PRI 

NT "0 5Istanbur , '"l >Chica*o"" "2 >M 

i I an "' " 3 JMos c ow n ' ■ 4 >Ne-,« York 5 

)Fort Stanley 6 X)slo" J "7>Tei A 

wfev >Delhi 9 Toronto" 

9583 TMK 3 PAPER 7 

9310 IF INKEY*-"1" THEN CO TO 96 

00 

9528 IF lNKEY**-'2" THEN GO TO 96 

20 

9338 IF INKEY<~"3 ,> THEN GO TO 96 

40 

?540 IF INKEY*-"4" THEN GO TO 96 

60 



9350 IF INKFY*=="5" THEM GO T 96 

00 

9360 TF lNKEY*-"e" THEN GO TO 57 

00 

9565 IF IWKEY»-"8" THEN GO TO 97 

20 

9570 IF rNKEY*-"7» THEN GO TO 97 

40 

9375 IF IHKEY#»"«* THEN GO TO 97 

60 

95« IF INKEY*-"3" THEN CO TO 97 

@@ 

9583 GO TO 95I0 

9600 CLS LET l-<235 LET e-19 
LET u«700 LCT Pr-=170 PRINT AT 
lij. 16> "CHICAGO" PETijF'i 

9620 CLE ' LET 1-381 LET *=4 L 

ET u-700 LET Pe=S3 PRINT AT iS 

, 16 -MILAN" RETURN 

9640 CLS LET 1=154?- LET *-9 

LET ij-640 LET P«— 10 PPINT AT 
IS 16 "MO ■SCON 1 ' RETURN 
?660 CL^ LET 1-3508 LET e-13 
LET ( ,i=730 LET Pe-J70 PRINT r 
T 13, 16. i" NEW YORK"- RETURN 

9690 CLS ' LET 1-74 OS LET e-24 

■ LET w-440 LET r.:-'110' PRINT R 
T 10, 1.6j "PORT STANLEY" ■ PET UP' J 
9700 CLS LET 1-732 LET e-5 ■ 
LET u-300^ LET {>#— 3P PR I « IT AT 
10, 16 "OSLO" RETURN 

9720 CLS 1 LET 1-1362 LET e-9 
LET w-4B0' LET Fe-35 PRINT AT 
19, 16. " I STANBUL " : RETURN 

9740 CLS ' LET 1»2230 LET e-1 1 

■ LET w-650 LET Pe-40 PRINT AT 
IS. 16 i "TEL AVIV" PETURN 

9760 CLS LET 1-3203 ' LET e-1 8 

LET w-310 LET Pe-34 PRINT AT 
10, 16j "DELHI" RETURN 
?7i30 CLS LET I =.3720 ■ LET e-1 4 

LET tj=«35g LET Pe— 150 PRINT 
AT 10, 16; "TORONTO"- RETURN 



m 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! !9S4 



97 



Everyone wants to 
hands onThe Fuller 




*~«>? 






<s0@> 



The Fuller gilt pack has got to be the 
computer bargain of the decade, no wonder 
everyone wants to get their hands on one 

This super girl pack contains the fantastic 
Fuller Master Unit, the ultimate unit thai 
provides all the requirements for the serious 
games enthusiast The Fuller Master Unit 
incorporates both the Fuller Box and Orator, IB 
anwing features include a speech synthesiser, 
an independent sound synthesiser, a joystick 
interface an amplifier for standard Spectrum 
sound, a cassette interface and a in h socket 
The pack will also include a Master Unit demo 
tape and full documentation 

As well as the Master unit this Gift Pack also 
contains a de luxe Joystick, with suction 
adhesion, a firm smooth action and a moulded 
hand grip incorporating twin firing buttons 

once your ipectrum has been added to the 



computer system that is second to none. 

Now you can pit your mind against the four 
unique, exciting computer games included in 
the pack. These games have been especially 
adapted for thts superb system and have ad' 
arcade sound effects and speech to bring out 
the very best in your Spectrum 

The Fuller Gift Pack saves 
you L20 on the purchase P #fl fl 

price of buying these items T / U V 
separately. aVf 17* v 



Power to 




All kry* i>n 
ihv ms keyboard 
ntntrtin all The 
GiaphK i ha i deters 
ol Ihv IX Spectrum 





f 



SKLL 



MICRO 

SYSTFMS 



et 



Fuller Micro Systems 

The ZX Centre. 71 Dale Street, 

Liverpool 2. Tel: 051 236 6109 



■111 Full" 

*lk in Syslrmv 

wf itnw !□ 

in fini I din Ihc 

hi(|hcs(qudlilv 

in both rfwdrrh MM 

(IrwIlil^rl^Til irh^inmij 

tiui pradurl!h Air Ih* vm 

ttrii UY hnnv iin* hull! ii 

til. Hill I II* IL.1'1 111 lift 

df pdrtnwnl In cfisuif chip MNh I 

iidtmlhir wiylh'tl Omitnik 

include rf tiill larwv nl mnnHinrnu 

:iin| kilt rh,n will iTiithf thr mini <»t hiui 



f«dlrnl irpul«linii ffii n'luthiliTv nisi 
i iinv ,t world wide iw vi.n igudtdnlri' 



Transform your Spectrum with the FDS 
Keyboard and Feel the newly acquired power 
flow from your fingertips as you enter data 
lightning fast accuracy. 

The Fuller TDS Keyboard has been especially 
designed for the professional user This etega ~ 
slimline, desk top system has a keyboard that 
inclines toward you and contains ail the grapt 
characters of the IX Spectrum, plus, additional 
function keys, shift keys on either side and a 
space bar With all the entry keys double sue, 
lightni ng 1 asl . accui a I e da I a e n I ry is now made 
easy. Other amazing features of the FDS 
include - 

Cold plated key switch contacts, guaranteed to 
to 6 operations 4 cursor control keys. 2 hinctioi. 
tor direct entry into F mode - ■ 

Based on the popular FD42 system, the Fuller 
f[)S is simple to install it requres no soldering 
or technical knowledge For the user who is 
reluctant io install his computer circuit board 
inside the FDS. a butfeT is available i£ft 7S + 
sup&pt which simply plugs 
into the expansion pon P/ffl f|E 
and connects directly w LLU -M ■ 

to the, keyboard fc IJrJi/ 




Hinndtivr mlnlMC I 
t iiiiy dddpTCd 
rci til imn1r 
the (&w 



WHHflim ■ ■ ■ 



Please supply me with TDS Keyboardist 

I enclose a cheque po FuMr Qin PdrkpV 

payable to 

Fuller Micro Systems tor ...._ or debit my credit card, 

Card No I I I I I I 



HUD Q Barclaycard 



Signature „.„J3.* CC ™ 



Card 



Name .... 
Address 



Fuller Micro Systems, The ZX Centre, 

71 Dale Streel. Liverpool 2 Tel: 051 -236 6109 




1 REM ** RODOT HUNT ** 

i LET bscr'Q ■ 

4 LET hit--a 

5 LET «*n*=3 LET «*-"ics^t^ 

10 LET K-13' LET ¥-10 < LET a-1 
5 LET b»lQ 

11 LET ftCT-ti LET nw-0 
15 SUfttCR t 

17 CLS 

20 PR INI AT B,e; "cceec ROBOT 

hunt ftcr - mem- 

2B FUR |-1 TO 20' BEEP . 1,RNM 

ae 

31 LET t¥-KNt-#2Q+i ■ LET tx-RML> 
*3l IF RTTfi < ta - tx ?< >36 THEN GO 

TO 31 

JS PRINT FIT tu,tx; INK 4j;X'" 



NEKT i 
- 'J's 00 TO b5 

30 FUR i-l TO £1' BEEP .l.fiNOt 
30 

31 LET t-< «RN&*2Q+ 1- LET tx-RND 
Jfcil IF RTTR <t*,tx><>36 THEM GO 

TO Si 
52 PRINT flT Uotxi INK 4 , " i * ■ 
NEXT i 

33 LET t3tv»0 

CO LET h-INT <RNt»t£0>+l' LET I 
■INT CRNW30' ir RTTR <h,U<>&6 
then .(j tu 00 

: L LIT hi-*v LET li-L' LET m&- 
02 PRSNT FIT h, U M "SRT hl,lu ' 



IftO LET x-x+<INKEY*""k" )*(*«t > 
<; INKEY»-"J* .>*tx-u 

no let M=w+"irsKEY*--M->*c*tai> 

11 a IF RTTR t*,x>™5@ THEN LET h 
it*3S LET w*« LET »4b< UO TO 5 
33 

IIS IF RTTR <y,H)OM THEN LET 
K"#. LET w ^b 

l£g PRINT HIT w,x, "e" 

123 IF x<* THEN PRINT RT b,*j" 
"/AT *-w; ri ^l BEEP .03,23 PRINT 

RT H,Xi*j? BEER .OS, 10 

12:5 IF K^i THEN PRINT RT b,*j" 
">RT »,xj"fc"< BEEP .83,23 PRINT 

RT B.xj'f' SEEP .63- 10 

130 IF t{>» THEN PRINT RT b,*j" 

M ;RT a^x;^"' BEEP ,05,23 PRIN 
T RT »,xi"_*"' BEEP .03,10 

1^3 LET 4*x LET b-¥ 

14C LET ji*-INKEY* IF *•-"«" Oft 

**.-"*'> or **■"*■' OR ■•""•«■ THEN 

GO TO 130 

143 00 SUB 400 

145 00 TO 1Q0 

130 IF i*-"A" THEN LU TO 200 

iiffl IF «#— S a THLN UJ TO &■ 

ice rr 4«"**#" then co to 300 

1G3 IF a*'-";" THEN tfJ TO 3*0 



170 L^T **»" 
1399 REM shoot 



(j£i TO His© 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



99 



y&y bZJEP ,©1,-5. r^R 1-1. to we 

IF ATTR <h,*-i>-^ THEM T-R1NT AT 

*#x-jj"-" ME^T i FUR i^l TU x 

1 rRINT FIT v,m-i," "• NLKT !■ (.& 
TO l&o 

,:_T hifc-ilTTC <v,y_-i_. 
205 FOR Yi-1 TO i-l PRINT AT w, 
K-u>- " NEXT n 

LET h1-x-1 ■ LET y I -<j 

ate go to 500 

£50 BEEP -01 ,-5 FUR 1-1 TQ 31- 

x IF flTTR t*UX+t>>SJ£ THEN PRINT 

AT B,x+ij"-"' NEKT i FOR i-t T 

31-3! PRINT AT *,x+i;" " NEXT 

i Cu TO 100 

._': LiT i-.it-flTTR <u,k+i ? 

KS FOR n-1 TQ i-l PRINT RT if, 
te*n;» "' NEMT r> 

25tf LET *f-y< LET Kl**»-1 
^JiCe GC TQ 100 

300 BEEP ,01,-5 FOR i*l TU »-t 
IF ATTR t«-i,y>-56 THEN PRINT 
AT »■!,)(;"!"■ NEXT l FOR i-l TU 

w-t< PRINT HTj-i,.>," "■ NEMT i 
• LO TO 100 

LET hit-RTTR <*-i,x> 

JOS PUR .-."1 TO i-l PRINT AT w- 
n,» " " ! EXT ri 

JO* LZT yl-y-i LET k1»x 
C£l TO 500 

300 SEEP ,01,-5 FOR iwl TO Si- 
ll IF ATTR <y + i,*}*56 THEN PRJNT 

FIT W+1„X;T NEXT i FUR i-l T 
21-v PRINT AT »+j«xj" "• NEXT 

1 00 TQ 10Q 

353 LET hit-RTTR C*+i,yj 

3S5 PCJR n«l TO i-l ' PRINT RT w+ 
*#»u" " NEXT n 

3S8 LET ^1-w+i LET xl-x 

ace co to 5©e 

39$ REX pjcmj.rv 



436 LET h-M-<h<w J+INT < RND»2 >-< 
h>*WNT <RND*2> IF h>21 THEN L 

ET hHrt 
433 IF h<l THEN LET h-hi 
435 IF ATTR ( h, 1 )< >b£ THEN LET 

H-hi 
440'LET l*l*C Kx>+INT CRND*2)-t 

l>x>-INT <RNMf2>' IF t>31 THEN L 

ET i-u 

445 IF ATTR th, I X>56 THEN LET 
l-li 

456 IF h-M RHD 1-x THEN GO TO 1 
000 

4Cb RETURN 

4$$ REX *Kf>losiQn 

500 PRINT AT vtiHlj OVER u " < ia 
PV' 6ECP .2,-20 PRINT OVER IjA 
TvttXli •■ i.-3l >" DEEP . 1 , JfO ■ PRIM 
T OVER 1j.1T *l,xt<"C9g>*' ■ BEEP . 
1,4 PRINT OVER 1 ; ftT~JT", *1 i H < i?7 
>" BEEP ,1,45 PRINT AT wl/inT" 
CfljV 1 SEEP ,1,15- PRINT AT m!,x 

"" 50'-. IF l-,it-57 THEN LET $c»«sci-+ 
20 GO TQ GO 
31G LET ^tr-icr+i 
511 LET t3tto-tf?U+l IT t9fc«>l9 

the:n go to io 

5^0 FljR m»l TO 4 

522 LET t* -RNt'*2Q+l ■ LET tx"RND 
till IF ftTTR <t«,tM?-60 THEN GO 
TO 5S2 

51-4 PRINT PT tw,t*j INK 2j"j". 
NEXT n — 



FLASH 1; '^ BEEP £,-25 PajNT A 
,^T h, I j FLASH 0, INK 8;" " 
1010 L1,'T nan'MAn— 1 

iG2._- print rt a,aj "i5«i«p j'jat 

,<$*'<,& 1 TO i*utn+2? 

Ifl25 tF hit-5Q AHO mif,^ THEN LE 

t hit'iae lcj to so 

1020 IF n*nX] THEN 00 TO 00 

^eoo r?En end ^r 94m* 

202G FOR !-» 10 TO 20- FOR n-5 TQ 

i B6ET ,02, n NEXT n NEXT i 

2021 IF icr^fcr THEN LET h»cr-» 

Cr 

£930 CL5 PRINT PT 10,6; FLft&H 

lJ "** CAXE OVER **" 

204G PJ^INT AT 0,21, "»cefr-*- w i«r; 

AT 0,Q; M hiGh icort"" jh»ct- 

20C0 PRINT RT 21,2, PAPER £j"PRE 

ES ANV KEV TO PLn**- At^AIN" 

ZB7Q P;TOS£ D 

20C0 LL^ GO TQ 4 

M£0 RESTORE 9B70- FUR n-l TO lfl 
*"903G REPO P* 

3040 FDR n-0 TU 7 

9IW0 READ i POKE USft P»+n,* 
n NEXT m CO TQ 1 
"a", 24, 24,0,^0, 10,24,3 



530 IF htt-50 THEN PRINT AT v,x 

* OVER L^iiP)"' BEEP , 2,-20 P 

HINT OVER TTnT" m.Xi "(fllV 1 BEEF- 

.1,30 PRINT CfVER l,RfT,«/'(fl2 3 

" DEEP .1.4 PRINT OVER 1,AT *, 

>CJ" <1Q7> - BEEP ,i,43' PRINT AT 

IP.xr^Si" BEEP -i.lS. -EBIKT AT 

tit xi" * BEEP .4,-15- 00 TO 101 

420 PRINT INK I; AT h,l;"h"jAT h. | 

i, IiJ INK 9. " " • 

422 BEEP .01,0 



9BC0 NEXT 

907Q t-ATA 

*,32 

9800 OATR 

■ 

905Q DATA 



91 BO DATA 

100-4 

91 IE DATA "*■ 

16,16 

9120 OAT A T* 

4 

9120 OflTR "O- 1 

i£ 

914B Ii.'lin "h" 



425 LET hi»*v 



LET ti-1 



540 GO TQ JO 

99* REM sofabU flobbl* 



1000 PRINT AT M, It, 



;AT h,\> 



12£, 90,219 

9152 OlTp ■ 

0,9C,24 

91 £0 DnTTi ' 

,1£,16 



L,", 24, 24, 0,24,44,0,0, 

c' 1 ,e,B,8,2B,42,e,2B,2 

d", 24,24, 1£, €0,60,24, 

ff",2*,24, 16,24,52, l£, 

0,0,0,20,40,24,20. 

e,e,B,£0, 10, 12,20, 

24,12£, 153.25S, SO, 

l"S,a4,4l, 170,93, 17 

lC,40,B4,5G,B4.l7a 



Y 



'OU ARE the ravenous road-eat- 
ing crocodile at the bottom of 
the screen. Press T' to fire a 
venom blast which will gulp down one 
of those tasty toads passing overhead . 
The Society for the Protection of 
Toads, which objects to the wholesale 



slaughter, has erected a forcefield. 
Firing while a toad is behind it will 
result in all the frogs escaping, thus 
ending the game. 

Tasty Toads was written for the IK 
ZX-8J by Andrew Brewster of Roches- 
ter, Kent. 





1 REM -'T" 

2 LET C-0 

3 LET fl-0 

4 RANE> 

3 FOR R-l TO 5 
6 CLS 

10 LET M-1B 

20 LET F-2*C INT <RND*9>> 

30 FOR 8*0 TO 2B 

35 PRINT AT 6, 0, "******#WFORC 
E* F I ELD*###*#* #****" 

40 PRJNT AT 19, 15, "t 1 . e£ i . >■• 
,flT IS, 14j "<9si'3*»|>.flt >",RT F,Bj 
"<i. 'Qfi-i, J"jAT F+l,Bi"(Bt l-9si 



50 IF n<F THEN LET MMS 

ea if inkev*-"P" or mma then 

PRTNT AT M, 16j".» 

65 IF B-J5 AND (1-F THEN GOTO 1 
30 

?P IF INKEYS-'-p 1 ' OR M<10 THEN 
GOSOB 120 

00 PRINT AT F,BJ " " 

90 NEXT B 
10Q NEXT A 

120 PRINT RT M, 16;" ■ 
125 LET M-M^2 
130 RETURN 

150 PRINT RT M^B, " 9ul& " j AT M+ 
1,Bj" " 
160 PAUSE 30 
170 NEXT A 






100 



SINCLAIR I'SER Annual SUM 



V 



PENTALPHA 








PhNTx\LPHA is a version of an 
ancient Egyptian solitaire game 
which L Gabb of Nonhficld, Bir- 
mingham has converted for use on the 
16K ZX-SI. The aim is to enter the 
nine counters on the 10 points of a 
pentagram. A piece may be entered on 
anv unoccupied point and must then be 
moved two points in a straight line to 
another unoccupied point. 

The intervening point may be occu- 
pied or unoccupied. If no more moves 
aTe possible before all the counters have 
been placed, the game is lost. Moves 
should be entered by pressing the letter 
corresponding to the point where you 
wish to enter your counter, followed by 
the letter corresponding to the point to 
which you wish to move it. 



10 LiIM FX1Q> 

20 LET J*-" H-EHBfJFftE.lt " 

100 PRINT FIT 0,Q; "*p#nt*lPha*" * 
TAB 15.. "*">TFIB 14;". , " iTHB 13j" 



RB £ t "b, . ,c. . .d. 

■ ■ 
■ ■ 

,0" 



130 PRINT TAB 9i". , 

140 PRINT TAB 19; "F. 

150 PRINT THB 9>". 

160 PRINT TAB 0^". 



170 PRINT TflB ? f '\ 

m 

100 PRINT TfflB 6;"i.";Tffi 23j".j 

190 PRINT 

200 PRINT TfiB 6t"m&** *ntmr p»v 
* to - 

500 FOR (1-1 TO 9 

505 FDR I-E TO LEN J*-l 

510 if not mcate j*<n-37) cm 

< PC CODE Jtt. I-i >-37 > RND K CODE 

JKI + 1 >-37 > i i THEM LOT0 590 
5£0 NEXT I 

530 PRINT AT 12-H1,Bj"Y0U CflNNCJT 
MOVE fTNfJ HAVE FOILED" 
540 GOTO 510 
600 LET fl*-" M 

eie let e*-" M 

£20 PRINT RT 12+PL11)" 

630 PRINT AT l£+H,7>rijTfle ISj'T 

£4iS LET fl»-INK£Y* 

650 IF RtK'-fl" QR RtV'jr THEN GO 
TO 640 

666 PRINT RT 12+P1, l3;fl» 

670 IF P<LUt'E fl*-37> THEN GOTO 
1001 

660 GCJSUfi 1500 

605 LET fMA 

606 LET B-Y 

690 PRINT RT R,B*"U" 

720 PRINT RT l£+M,20>"?" 

730 LET B»-INKEY» 

740 IF Ef»<"fl" OR B*VJ" THEN C£ 
TO 730 

750 PRINT RT 12+M,£0;B* 

7S0 IF PtttX'E 0*-y7 3 THEN GOTO 
1051 

77Q FOR I"£ TO 11 

760 IF Rt«J* I > nUt' 0*< >J« 1-1 J 

t=jHf B*<>J*tI+l> THEM L03UB 1000 

730 NEXT I 

795 LET PC LODE B«-37)-l 

000 C.QSUB 1530 

010 PRINT RT R,B;LHR» < LODE R*+ 
ISOjAT X,Yi "0™ 

820 NEXT Pi 

900 PRINT RT li0j" >UELL WJNE< H 

j*lO PRIRT RT 0-13;"Pr**s* r to r 
UTi";Tt"(E" la;"ar £ to fttcP " 

920 LET 0»-INKEY* 

9^0 IF fl**"R" THEN RUN 

940 IF B*""'i" THEM STOP 

930 OCJTO 920 

1000 LET P<C,UOE FW-37>-6 

1001 PRINT AT li+n, 11 ; "INVALID H 
OVE" ,*T A,Ei;LHR* < LODE R»+120J R 
MO B*0"" 

JUOJ! FOR 1-1 TO 50 

1005 NEXT I 

1010 fJOTG 565 

1500 I* B*»"" THEM LET T«-fl« 

1510 IF B9<>"« 

1520 IF T*-"R" 

1530 IF T*>"R" 

ET X*3 

1540 IF T*-"F" 

T K*9 

15^0 IF T*-"H" 

15£0 IF T*«"I" 

T X*9 

1570 IF T*-"fl" 

T YM5 

1500 IF T«'"0" OR T**T' 



THEN LET T0-0f 

THEN LET X-B 

RND T*<"F M THEN L 

CM T»-"G" THEN LE 

THEN LET X-7 

OR T*-"J" THEN LE 

CM T*- J, H" THEN LE 



T V-6 

1590 IF T«-"C" 

160-0 IF T*-"V 

1610 IF T**"E M 

T Y-£4 

L62fl JF T^-F" 

L630 IF T*»"C" 

1640 RETIJPM 



THEN LE 



THEN LET Y-12 
THEN LET Y-10 

OR T*-"J" THEN LE 



THEN LET 
THEN LET 



t-10 
Y-20 



H 



i Ml' USER .Umual im 



101 




^-^^-^-i-l-l-lT 



- r 
111 







»**■ " T "■ 






■ ■ r ■ 
• 1 ■ « ■ 

I ■ ■ 



i **#*■ '■ • 
■ ■ » « ii-ii ■■ 

+ "■■ !*■"»'"■ " ». ." *■"■"- 

■ *#■■■ ■ - j j m 

»*■■•*■ * « fe a a 



■ ■ ■ 




YOUR QUEST begins as you find 
yourself in the dark on the first 
floor of a fifteen-level tower. 
Your ultimate goal is to climb the tower 
and find the Great Jewel of Light. On 
the way you must find keys, armour and 
many other objects which are essential 
to your progress. 

Opposition is in the form of weird 
and wonderful creatures which appear 
from the gloom and which must be 
destroyed. With luck you will climb the 
tower, find the jewel and find the ring 
which tells you how to leave (he tower. 
You may even be helped by the Great 
Wizard. 

Enter *'1NF0'* to obtain a complete 
vocabulary list, including the code 
numbers of certain vital objects, Com- 
mands should be entered when 
'NEXT?" is displayed. To u&e an ob- 
ject, enter its code number. 

The program was written for the 16K 
ZX-81 by Colin Hunniford of Berk- 
hamsted, Herts, and is the first adven 
ture game to be published in Sinclair 
Uier. We hope that, as well as providing 
enjoyment, it will also provide hints and 
inspiration for those interested in writ- 
ing adventure games. 



- - 

- ■ 

- - 



1 REM MMMIWMMMMMMMMMMMMr-FMrinr-l.M 
tfMMMMMMMMl 46 ch.araefc#r*rinril"|l"IMMMM 
M M MUMMMMMMM MMMMMnrirrn MMMMttllttMMMMH 1 
MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMHMMMMMMM 
tl MMMMMMMnflMMMMMMKMMMMHnMriM M 

2 LET fl*-"2RBC401 1B6021?0620T" 
EC6B07723 1 0F92R0C43 1121001 SED3B0 
C4001DE02EDB0" 

3 LET A*»R*+ ,l 2l2f032235)402RGC 
40 1 1 B602 1 9220E 4 0C 3 " 

4 LET R»-A»+"2A0C40e615C30620 
237EC6007710F923C1 10F2C9" 

3 LET A*-R"+"2A0C400613C30e20 
2336S0 J OFB23C 1 1 0F4C9 " 

6 LET R»-fl*+^2R0C40Il0E0BI33e 
00233634 1 120001 93603233636233603 
1 120001 93680 1 1 2000 1 93606232 336BS 

m 

7 LET A*-AR+ "2R0C40110E001936 
96 1 1 2 100 1 93600C3D940" 

B LET C- 1631 3 
9 FAST 

10 FOR 1-1 TO LEW A* STEP 2 

11 LET C-C+I 

12 POKE C16*<CGOf R«<I>-2G5+C 

DOE R«<i*i:-2e 

14 NEKT I 

dim R^cis.e.ej 

SLOW 
PR WD 

LET D«-CHR« 
DIM E< 145 
LET E« 1 >-9999 
LET C-16314 
LET T-B 
GOTO 130 



13 
16 
20 
23 

30 
40 
50 
SB 
00 
90 
100 
110 



LET r-iwt ?rnd*£)+i 

LET 0-INT CRND*6>+1 
IF A«( N , A , B >OCHP» THEM G 
0T0 90 

120 RETURN 

130 IF LISP 163930USP THEM PR 
TNT "WELCOME TO ' " j TAB USP Cj"MIJ 
RKY ADVENTURE 2'PHOENIM TOWER" J T 
AB USR CjTRB UER Cj"YOU RPE RBOU 
T TO ENTER THE TOWER" ;TRS USR C 
"IN WHICH YOU MUST FIND fl KEY,"* 
TRB USR C*"A JEWEL, A TORCH RNO M 
RNY OTHER 1- 'TRB USR C> "THINGS Tn 
SUfiV I VE . '■ > TRB USP C 'LJOULD YOU L 
IKE 1NSTUCTI0NS*"« 

140 INPUT B» 

130 PR TNT " "jBBiTRB USP CiTRB 
USR Cj 

160 IF B0-" " THEH GOTO 130 

170 TF B»C1>-"Y" THEN GOSUB 189 

IBB GOTO 220 

IBS PRINT "YOUP TRSK IS TO GET 
THE GREAT" ,i TRB USR d " JEWEL FROM 

THE PHOENIX THAT "i TAB USR C> "LI 
VES OH THE 13TH FLOOR" I TRB USR C 
j "UHEH rttr.t ! I? DTSPLRYEO. ENT 
ER"iTRB USP C'THE WORD DR Nf.'MBE 
R YOU WANT TO " i TRB USR Cj H U8C.Y 
OU WILL LERRN THE RULES OF". TRB 
USR Ci-'THE GAME A? VOU ;PLRY. " : TR 
B USR C P " 9ood I ucf* " 

190 PRINT TAB USR C ■ TAB USR C ; " 
WORDS ■ MOVE, HELP , BASH, UP DOWN . " i T 
RB USR C: "TAKE. DROP. INFO SAVE. S.N 
eE2£.";TAB USR CjTAR USP Ci"l"ST 
RENGH" "2-TRERSUPE" 

IW PRINT TRB US* Cj "3- JEWEL" ■ ■ 
4-SPFLL BOOK".: TRR USR C ■ "^-ifEY", 
"e-SWOPD" ;TRB USR Cj w 7«R TNG" . "S* 
LIGHT"; TAB MSP C: "?-SH tELD 1 " . "IB* 
URTER M J TAB LISP C ■ " 1 1 -WANP" Tfl3 M 

SP Cj ,h 13-RPrirjup" . " i4-n_u&" i trp i 
sp CjTAB usp c 
196 ppiht "press r k'ey and writ 



,-nn 
210 
?13 

240 

230 
?60 
2^0 
290 



ir ikhf'---'*-"" tmeh cfim 299 

RETURN 

RFM Jr-rc th' 4 '\r.w\* i r t -™t 

THST 

FHP N-1 Tf> 1^ 

FOR t=2 TO S 

COSUB 90 

LET A*.'N,R.e > -"«'" 

GOSUF' 'in 

LET flrn.(i,E!'i- l, G" 



I "J 



SINCLAIR USER Attmol im 



300 NEXT T 90* IF PN0>„6 THEN GOTO 1620 

3l« GOSUB *0 919 GOTO £71? 

- !4 n TF N-M THEN I FT ftKN,B»BK 911 P.EM m^** 

H p$ g 915 IF T~>0 THEN GOTO 1153 

350 IF N-2 THEN LET A*'N.fl.B*-C 920 PRINT "WHICH WAV? <N,E,W.-3> 

HP* 14 '"J 

36G IF N-3 THEM LET fl*< N . P . R * 930 INPUT E* 

HP* "lJ 935 PPINT 6* 

370 IF N*£ THEN LET H«<N,R.B?-C Q40 j F P.*-"" THEN Gnyn 4g06 

HP* 13 950 LET ft*fl*< &*< 1 >="?" >-< D*< 1 >■ 

?ee jp M-7 THEN LET R*<N,R,B>*C "n"*, 

HP* 10 9G0 FOP I»9 TO 14 

390 IF N-8 THEN LET |WK,flJK gfyg LET £{ 1 >*E< 1 >-€< I 1 

HP* 9 9#0 NEXT T 

400 IF N-9 THEN LET fl*< N , R j B >^C 993 LET R"B+f B*': 1 >«"E" >-< B*< 1 )™ 

MP* £ "ir\ 

410 IF N»10 THEN LET R*(N,R,B>- f ncin ir rnvt THEN mm 14443 

CHP* 7 1P06 IF R>£ nr fK1 OP B"-', np ' 1 

420 IF N-il THE" LET R*<N,fl,6>- T HFN GOTO 11 10 

CHP* 6 IOOQ LFT M-R*M. . R > 

430 IF N-13 THEN LET fWN.R'B)" 5010 IF D*-"' ■"' THFH GOTO 11 10 

THP* 4 10?B IF Yl'-R AND Y2-B THEH GHTrt 

450 IF N-M3 THEN LET fl*< N R,B> | ?0 p 

CHP* 3 1030 LET Yl-fl 

460 GOSUB 90 1040 LET Y£»B 

470 IF N-13. THEN LET R*CN ; R.B>- \t^.U IF f.*-CHR* 10 THEN GOTO 10] 

rwPi IB 

490 GOSUB 90 J0K0 if D*>-r:HP* 1* THFH GOTO M ' 

490 LET A*'N,R,BV""S" 

500 FOP 1-1 TO 5 1063 IF Dl-CWP* 17 THEN GOTO 176 

510 GOSU0 90 

^0 LET fi*<N,A,B WTHP* 17 10 ?e GOSUB 3220 

350 GOSUB 90 10<30 IF D*-CHP* 3 OB D*-CHR* IS 

560 LET R*VH J R,B^-CHP* 15 TWEN LET t-1 

570 NEKT I H00 COTO £70 

590 NEXT w 1110 IF USP C+USP 1 6593< >USR C T 

■spO LET N-l HEN PPINT "BONK. YOU HRVE HIT R U 

600 LET L-l RLL"jTRB USP G 

610 GOSUB Q & till LET R-Yl 

615 LET Yl-fl ux2 LET B-Y2 

620 LET Y2-8 U£0 GOTO 913 

630 SLOW Jt 23 REM l*Ofl*t*r* 

£40 FOP I"»0 TO 5 1130 LET X-IMT (8ND*7)S0+] 

£50 NEXT I U40 PPINT TAB HSR Cj"MEPE TS A" 

.-_- rt PPINT TRB USR C;TAB USP C:T , „ UC , LF M EAGLE TPTCOPD MUSHM 

m irf- C' H, YOH RPF nM TOP GROUND HH TP oc NUMPir GROn "<M TO 

-LOOP OF";TOP USP. '" " T Hr f«W( Tn k+7>jTRB USP Ci 

JEP H 1 150 GOTO 1090 

fi*3 PPINT TRB inp Ci H YOU ENTFP 1155 PRINT "WHRT RBOUT THE MDNST 

IHPOUGH RN OPEN DOOP" 1 TRB USR C 1 F p T " 

"THE DOOP ?LRMS SHUT REHTNr. YfN" tlM cnT ,r, €7Pt 

TRB USR C 1?0O PPIHT TAB LISP C ' " PflPPON'?" , 1 T 

^66 PFM itiPUrt cNfittt'Iirte ^r ijrp n 

670 IF USP C-0 THFN CPTO 4900 t ? 10 nfiTn <st^ 

673 IF E< 1X200 THEN PPINT "YOU 1215 pp^ s t«iF» 

RPF FFFLTNG TlpEO"iTRB USP CJ ^20 IF m THEN GOTO 1155 

C80 PPINT "NEWT ? '*.( l22 ^ IF R*< 1 ,fl,BWV^" THEN GOTO 

690 INPUT B* !33d 

700 PPINT B* T riR USR C: i^-^n IF Ei"i^"'t THFH GOTO 1330 

70S IF 0*^-"" THEN GOTO 600 ^^ jp l-^ THrH ,- nTn 44^^ 

710 IF W<1>- ,, H"' THEN GOTO 913 .^ 4rt LFT , H +1 

720 IF B^i)-"'^ THEN GOTO 1B40 .^ PPTMT -./nil HRVE GONE 1 IP THE 

73B IF B«13- ,, U" THEN GOTO 1220 gtEpg- 

730 IF B*C1^"B" THEN GOTO 1490 |g ^ ^ CTa ce5 

734 LET B*-B»+" " t^Tfl IF T^0 THEN GOTO 1133 
733 IF 9*< TO 2 5- "DO" THEN GOTO 

1270 .■ . ,..•:■.. X*'*' .-.■.' 

7*0 IF BKD-'T 1 THEN GOTO 1660 ■* ,W m *l'*y '. .%* v 

750 IF B*< TO S>-"DP" THEN GOTO ,vX\.>V>* •.■*'" . S.\ 

753 IF B*-"SR^E " THEN GOTO 443 ,v» *" " ,■.**.■"*'".. 

760 IP B•<l>- ,l ^■ THEN GOTO 2100 .% *' v .'vft-A^ " 

770 if b*c to 2?-"sn" thew goto •'•*5;¥a*"" j< " *" ' 

3 bo . ,*;■*-.*■* ■* *'■",■* 

790 fpp 1-1 to 14 .-.-:■;•;■■■■ 

790 IF 8TM I+CHPt 0-B» THEN GO , <->:■* >" y 

to 030 •:■■*■ 

9P0 NEXT I 
SIB GOSUB 190 

020 GOTO 670 . .■ 
830 IF fCVJBL B*-?>0 THEN GOTO Vfl 
L 0**100+3800 
040 PPINT "SOPPV, CANNOT DO THRT 

030 GOTO 670 

860 If T>0 THEN GOTO 1153 
805 PRINT "YOU HRVE JUST SNEEZE .;.*,.; 
D" 
090 LET E< 1 >-E< 1 >-l 



4 h 

■ h ■ - 




SINCLAIR USER -4™W ;«W^ 



103 



i 273 IP p*f |_ . A . B v ^ "«; ■■ thfn GOTO 
(398 

1280 IF FC5X1 THEM GOTO 1330 

1290 LET L-L-l 

1308 PPTNT "YOU HAVE WNE DOWN T 

HE STEPS" 

131* TF L-^0 THEN GOTO 137fl 

1320 GOTO 665 

1330 PRINT "NO STAIRS HERE" 

1340 GOTO 670 

1330 PRINT "YOU NEED R KEY" 

1368 GOTO 670 

1363 REM esc*P#d 

1370 PRINT TRB USR CjTAB USP C " 

UELOOME m jTRB USR Ci<"YOU GOT THE 
JEWEL AND ■' AND EC 3 »8 > ] TRB USR 
Cj"£"jEC2>j' ! WORTH OF TREASURE 
AND VOU'JTRS USR Cj'GOT AWRY WIT 
H "' j EC 1 >i M SP»" 

1388 PRINT TAB USR C ) TAB USR C;" 
WOULD VOU LIKE ANOTHER GAME' "j 

1330 INPUT B* 

14R0 PRINT B»;TAB USR C; 

1410 TF B*-"" THEN GOTO 1380 

1420 IF BKn-'-V THEN J?UN 

1433 CLS 

t430 RAND USP 1SS0T 

1433 REM di*d 

1-##B PR TNT TAB USP C"WHAT A PTT 
v, VOU HAVE DJEE>";TAB USP C;f"BUT 

OTJ STTLL GOT TNE lEUEL AND '■ R 
ND EO^e^TRB USP Cj "VOU GOT f 

teCS>;" WORTH OF TPFHSUPE 1 ' 

1430 FOR 1-0 TO 9 

1468 IF USR 16563 THEN NEHT I 

1483 GOTO 13B0 

1486 REM fiOht 

1490 IF T<1 THEM GOTO 4700 

1493 LET MS- 1 NT < RND*2000 > 

J 300 LET PI*! NT CRND*MS> 

1303 IF E<13»0 THEN LET M-M-INT 

<RND*i00> 
1310 LET Y-INT <RND*E<i>J 
1313 IF E(9J>0 THEN LET Y-Y+INT 
CRND*E< 1 >J 

1520 LET K-INT <RND*6>*£+1 
1330 PRINT Tfli USR Cl "OUCH KICK 
KNOCK BRTTERBBSH PUNCH "< X TO 

X+3> 
1340 LET E<1>-EC1 )-M 
1330 IF EM XI THEN GOTO 1440 
1360 LET MS-MS-Y 
1370 IF WS<1 THEN GOTO 1390 
13B0 GOTO 1300 

1130 PR TNT TRB USR Cj"'YOU KNOCICF 
D THAT MONSTER R MILE" 
1600 LET T-0 

1603 IF A8C L * A , 8 )-CHR* 13 THEN L 
ET RKL,R,B>-CHP0 
1610 GOTO 670 
1620 PRINT TRB USR Cj" AND DRRWN 

ATTENTION TO YOURSELF" 
1633 LET T-l 
1630 GOTO 1130 
1640 REM tik* 

1660 IF T>0 THEN GOTO 1133 
1670 LET DB»A*<L,R B 1 ^ 
1673 IF D**CHR> 1? OP 0--"B" OP 
D»-CHR1 OR D*-"S" OP D«-CHP» 1 
7 OR Di-CHR8 IS THEN GOTO 1740 
1676 PRINT "BK" 
1690 IF D»-"G" THEN GOTO 1720 
1690 LET EC CODE D« 5 -EC COM D«>*1 
1700 LET ft*<L,fl,B>-CHR* 
1710 GOTO 678 
1720 LET EC 2 5-EC2X-INT <RND*1B08 

1730 GOTO 1780 

1740 PRINT "NOTHING HERE TO TAKE 

H 

1730 GOTO 670 

1760 PRINT TRB USP C;"¥OU HAVE F 
ALLEN INTO MUSH" 

1770 LET EC1>-E< iVlNT CPND*100> 
17S0 IF EC 1X1 THEN GOTO 1440 
17B0 PRINT TRB USR C;"BUT YOU RP 
E RLL RIGHT" 
1BO0 GOTO S70 

1B10 PRINT -HERE IS R WIZARD RND 

HE GIVES" j TAB USP Cj"YOU AN OBJ 

ET RND HE SRYS ' " 



TF 



1920 LET 

DY11 >+4^ 

1823 LET 

1S30 



1933 

1836 

1940 

1930 

i960 



A»C L,fl.pi>-CHR* < INT ■'PN 



0»-A«KL.R, 

D*-CHpi 12 



B^ 

THEN 



GOTO 18? 



1978 

1980 
LS9Q 
2000 
2004 

2003 

P010 



GOTO !0?0 

REM hi- IP 

IF PND>.7 THEN GOTO I9$8 

PR TNT "5OPPY.W0 HELP HEPE" 

LET ECl>-ECl>-ie 

IF £(1K1 THEN GOTO 1440 

GOTO 670 

GOTO 1820 

GOSUB 193 

REM drop 

IF T>0 THEN 



PRINT 



GOTO 1440 



WHTCH NUMBER WTLL YO 
U DROP? "j 
2020 INPUT Bt 
2023 PRINT 9-jTAB USP Cj 
2030 FOR 1-3 TO 14 
2840 IF STR» I-B* THEN GOTO 2008 
2030 NEXT I 
2068 GOSUB 193 
2870 GOTO 2818 
2080 IF ECVRL BIX] THEN GOTO 43 



2083 
2098 
2093 

2100 



LET ECVRL 

GOTO 670 
REM iflf-o 
PRINT TRB 



B«>-E<VRL B»W 



USR C> "YOU HAVE 




'jE<2>j" OF TREASUPE" ' TAB USR Dj 
1 RND " j EC 1 >j ■' SP« AND YOU ARE O 



N"jTAB USR Ci "LEVEL ' 
2118 GOTO 818 

SAVE "PHOENIm" 

RUN 

PRINT "YOU HAVE 



2128 
2130 
3180 

*" 

3110 

3200 



/L 



m jEC1>j" SP 



GOTO 670 

PRINT "YOU HRVE £"iEC2>j" 1 
F GOLD" 
3210 GOTO 670 
3215 REM object* 

3220 PRINT TAB USP Cj "HERE IS fl" 
'TRB USP CjC-PIT OF MUSH" AND D8 
-CHR" I7>K"MI9E UJZAPD" AND D»- 
3228 PRINT TAB USR Ci "HERE T* H" 
iTRB USR CjC'PIT OF MUSH" AND O* 
-CHP* 17?iC"WISE WI?ARD" RND 0*- 
CNR« 19 5; < 'SOLID WRLL" AND €>**"* 
">^"SrLVER SWORD" RND r-a-CHP* 6 
>t< m SOU> PING" AND M-CHP* 7>jC" 
TORCH" RND D*-CMR* 8?iC"P0SH SHT 
ELD" RND f*-CHP* =i v ■'" BUCKET OF 
WATER" AND DS-CHP* 10^ i C "SILVEP 
WRND M AND D»-CHR* lt>K"SUIT OF 
HEAVY ARMOUR" AND M-CHR* 13>iC" 
WOODEN CLUB' 1 AND D*~CNPi f4>;i" lc ; 
TAIP CASE" AND D*-'"S" ■>.' "GPRND P 
HOEHIH GUARDING A JEWEL" AND D** 



i"HP* 3>jC"MRSTY 
AND D*-CHP* \ w , 
SURE" RND D*-"G 
I 9* AND 0*-CHR* 
THING" AND D»^rnP* 
EY" AND D*-CHP* 55 
3230 RETURN 
3248 REM Ti^ht 
3380 PRINT TAB USR 
LIGHT? I IP"; TAP USR 
3303 PRINT TAR I r.r- 

r 

LET r>«-0"'L . A-.' A 

GOSUB 3220 

PRINT TAB i|pp r, »q 

r 

I FT D**ftf I 

r,nn in i^r'rt 

FPU IT TRfl 



I OOKING MONSTER" 

'' "HOARD OF TppH 
5 < "BOOK OR '3PEL 
4 : C " LORD OF NO 

0> | '"GOLDEN Y 

TAB USR 



C 

C "NORTH" TAP 



1 



1 I TRB 



0+^0^6 \.Bi 



1 I Cl "FAST" :TAP 



C "WEST"* TRB 



USR 
3310 

ir^p 

'i inn 
3^53 
USR C 

3340 LET r*-Atn .n.B+^R^^^ 
3343 GOSUB 3220 
338B PRINT TAB )i^p 
lr=:p c 

3333 LET D*-R§< U , R , B-< QM > ) 
3368 GOSUB 3220 
3363 GOSUB %9G 
3370 GOTO 670 
3400 IF T>0 THEN GOTO 1135 
3403 PRINT TRB USR C "THE SPELL 
BOOK MAKES SOMETHING" : TAB USR Tj 
" FOR YOU" 
3410 
> 

3428 
3380 
3600 
3610 



LET EC 1 >-EC 1 J-INT <RND*E< I f 



GOTO 1020 

GOTO 3188 

IF T<1 THEN GOTO 

PRINT TAB USP Ci ' 



4700 

YOUR SWORD 



KILLED THE MONSTER' 
3620 GOTO 1608 
3700 PRINT TRB USR Cl"TO GET OUT 

OF THE TOWER -YOU MUST" j TRB USP 
Cl-GO DOWN THE STEPS ON THE BOTT 
OM-jTRB USP Cj "FLOOR" 
3710 GOTO 670 
3888 PRINT TRB USR Cj "YOU SWITCH 

ON THE LIGHT AND SEE'" 
3810 GOTO 3383 
3988 GOTO 3188 
4000 IF A»C L , R > B J-CHP* 3 AND T>0 

THEN GOTO 4028 
4810 GOTO 3100 

4020 PRINT TRB USR C i "WATER HRS 
PUT OUT THE PHOENIH" 
403O GOTO 1600 

4100 PRINT TAB USR Cj-'UITH A WAV 
E OF YOUR WAND, YOU ARE"; TAB USP 
Cj' h DN THE NEHT LEVEL" 
4110 IF L<13 THEN LET L-L+l 
4120 GOTO 1600 
4300 GOTO 3100 
4400 IF TO THEN GOTO 4?00 
4403 PRINT TAB U5P CWOU SURE 8 
ASHED THAT MONSTER" 



4410 
4430 

UP 

4448 

4443 

4430 

INT 

SS'-jTRB 

Y. "j TAB 



GOTO 1600 
PR TNT "THESE 



STEPS DO NOT G 



GOTO 670 

REM M<« a*v* 

IF USR 163S30USR C THEN PP 

TRRT TARE RECORDER RND PRE 

USR Cj"NEWLINE WHEN RERD 

USR CjTRB USP C;"r*n lo« 

C; 



TO DROP" 



d 1 x k I " j TAB USP 

4460 INPUT B* 

4470 SRVE "Hh" 

4480 GOTO 678 

4300 PRINT "NOTHING 

4310 GOTO 670 

4608 PRINT TRB USP Cj 

4618 GOTO ?20 

4780 PRINT "NOTHING HERE TO BRSH 

n 

4710 GOTO 670 

4880 REM aer*oll off last <,<^rds 

4988 PRINT TAB USR C; 

30O0 IF PEEK CPEEK 163 < 36+P£EI' 16 

397*236+1 XM2B THEN GOTO A "00 

3010 GOTO 673 

5108 PRINT "YES, YOU HAVE fT* 

31 10 GOTO 670 



104 



SINC1JUR USER Axmtat W4 



Helpline 




Our resident expert, Andrew Hewson, has 

again been busy answering queries. In this 

section he has collected all his advice on 

particular subjects to give you the best help 

in making the ownership of a Sinclair 

machine more fulfilling. 



984 



SINCLAIR USER Annuti! I<t84 



105 



PEEK, POKE 

are explained 



mm 



EVERY MONTH a selection of 
queries from reader s on (he 
difficulties they experience are 
answered in Sinclair User. Here is a 
selection of those which offer advice 
which will be of universal interest. 

David Anthes of Bridgport writes: 
My ZX-81 has a bug. When I POKE 
57 into various addresses as per 
page 163 of the manual, I get weird 
effects. Sometimes the machine 
crashes but Sinclair claims there is 
nothing wrong with it. 

When you enter PRINT PEEK ad- 
dress* your computer PRINTs a posi- 
tive integer number between and 255 
inclusive. That is the number which 
your machine holds in the byte at loca- 
tion "address". The value of "address" 
must be a positive integer between 
and 32767 on the 16K ZX-81 or Spec- 
trum. 

POKE is the complementary com- 
mand to PEEK. It puts a number into a 
location. The form of the command is; 

POKE address, number 

Where address is a positive integer in 
the range to 32767 — 16K machines 
— and number is a positive integer in 




• Please address problems and quenes to Andrew 
Heuwn, Helpline, Graham Close, Htewbury, 

Oxfordshire. 

the range to 255 it is a dangerous 
command because POKEing the wrong 
location can cause the machine to crash 
for any one of a hundred reasons. 
PHEKing ta i menu of looking gt what 
your computer is doing, whereas PO- 
KEing is a way of putting a spanner in 
the w T orks; if you put the spanner in the 
wrong place or the wrong spanner in 




the right place you can cause havoc. 
John Hawes of Glamorgan wants tn 
PEEK the ZX-81 display file. He asks: 
Is it possible to discover whether a 
given character is at a given posi» 
tion in the display of the 16K ZX- 
81? 

There are two golden rules to remem- 
ber when manipulating the ZX-81 dis- 
play. They are: 

The ZX-81 display file must always 
contain at least 25 bytes filled with the 
NEWLINE character, decimal 118. 

The IK ZX-81 display file contains 
only the characters which have been 
PRINTed or PLOTted, plus sufficient 
spaces to fill any gap between the left- 
hand side of the screen and the charac- 
ter in question. The 16K ZX-81 display 
file contains 25 lines of 32 characters 
unless SCROLL has been used since 
the last CLS. The following routine 
PRINTs the character at row R, col- 
umn C of the 16K ZX-81 display file; 
10 FOR 1 = to 5 
20 PRINT "ABCDEFGHIJKI M 

NOFQRSTUVWXYZ ; 
30 NEXT 1 
100 LET D = PEEK 16396 + 256* 

PEEK 16397 
110 INPUT R 
120 INPUT C 

130 PRINT AT 21,0; CHRS PEEK 
(D + 33*R + C) 

Peter Bankes of Debenham asks: Is it 
possible to poke the Spectrum to 
get caps lock? 

The caps lock condition is stored in 
bit 4 of FLAGS2 at address 23658 in 
the system variables area. When bit 4 is 
set, all entries will appear in capitals. 
Hence a program can determine 
whether caps lock is set by checking the 
status of that bit and altering it if 
required. 

The condition of bit 4 may be 
checked from Bask in a somewhat cum- 
bersome fashion as illustrated by: 
10 IF INTfPEEK 23658/8)= 2MM 
(INT(PEEK 23658/8)/2) THEN 
PRrNT "CAPS LOCK NOT SET": 
GOTO 30 
20 PRINT "CAPS LOCK SET" 
30 STOP 

To set bit 4 from Basic and hence 
turn on the caps lock enter 

POKE 23658, PEEK 23658 + S 
To turn if off again, enter 
POKE 23658, PEEK 23658 8 

Alternatively you may wish to use the 
ROM routine which "toggles" the caps 
lock. The routine is located at address 
4317 (I ODD hexadecimal) and succes- 
sive calls of the form 
RAND USR 4317 
turn the caps lock on and off. 



J 



106 



SJMCLAIR USER Annual IWtt 



5 



Machine 
speak 



MANY PEOPLE have had 
problems with machine code. 
Ljohn Stevens of Hammer- 
smith, London writes: I am trying to 
learn how to write machine code 
programs but I am finding it diffi- 
cult to understand the meaning of 
some of the words, which are used. 
Can you explain as fully as possible 
what is the difference between a bit 
and a byte, and between a register 
and a variable? 

A bit is the fundamental building 
block of computer memory and can 
exist in only one of two states. The two 
states ean be thought of as representing 
ON or OFF; TRUE or FALSE; YES or 
NO; UP or DOWN; MALE or FE- 
MALE or any other pair of logically 
opposite conditions. The mechanism by 
which a computer memory works is not 
really important to us but in the Sinclair 
computers the state of a bit is memor- 
ised by setting a microscopic solid state 
switch either ON or OFF as appropri- 
ate. 

The usual notation is to think of one 
state as the ZERO state and the other as 
the ONE state. A bit is considered to he 
set when it is in the state representing 
ONE and to be re-set otherwise. That 
notation allows us to speak of a given 
pattern of bits in terms of its binary 
equivalent and by converting the binary 
number to a decimal each bit pattern 
can be given an exceptional positive 
integer number. 

For example, consider eight bits of 
which the right -most four are set and 
the left -most four are re-set as illustrat- 
ed in table one. The binary pattern of 
the eight bits can be converted to a 
decimal if it is remembered that, in a 
binary number, the right -most column 
is the units column; the next column to 
the left again is the fours column and so 
on, doubling at each move to the left. 
The decimal equivalent of 00001 1 1 1 is 
therefore: 

0*128 + 0*64 + 0*32 + 0*16 + 
1*8+1*4+ 1*2+ 1*1 = 15 
Obviously it is inconvenient to refer to 
bits as the right -most or the third from 
the right and so the convention is adopt- 
ed of numbering the bits from the right, 
starting at zero as shown in table one. 



When that convention is used the num- 
ber of each bit is also the power to 
which 2 must be raised to give the value 
of the column. That is: 

2 bit number = column value 
Bit 3, for example, is in the eights 
column because 2' = 8. 

I chose to consider a group oT eight 
bits together because of the Z-80A mi- 
croprocessor at the heart of the Sinclair 
computers is designed to operate on 
eights bits at a time. The term 'operate' 
covers all the types of task which the Z- 
80 A can perform directly, such as addi- 
tion, subtraction, rotation, logical 




AND, and the like. Thus although a bit 
is the fundamental unit of computer 
memory* bits are usually manipulated 
together in groups of eight, so a group 
of eight bits is called a byte — pro- 
nounced bite. 

There are 256 ways of arranging the 
contents of a group of eight bits. The 
first is 00000000, the second is 
00000001, the third is 00000010. Thus 
each of the bytes in RAM can be used to 
hold a single positive whole number 
lying between and 255 inclusive by 
setting or re-setting the eight bits in the 
byte according to the binary equivalent 
of the number. 

The Z-S0A does not alter the con- 
tents of memory directly when u is 



executing a program; rather it copies 
the contents of a location in memory 
into one of several special locations in 
the microprocessor called a register and 
then operates on the contents of the 
register. The Z-80A is a powerful mi- 
croprocessor because it has many regis- 
ters and so it can hold several numbers 
at once, thereby reducing the need to 
make time-consuming transfers between 
the processor and memory. 

Most of the registers have one or 
more special features. The most import- 
ant one is the 'a' register or accumula- 
tor, so-called because the results of most 
arithmetic or logical instructions are 
accumulated in the 'a' register Some 
instructions use a second register as a 
second source of data together with the 
'a* register. 

For example the instruction; 
add a,b 
means add the contents of the V regis- 
ter to the contents of the *b' register and 
leave the result in *a\ 

Thus a register is a dedicated location 
in the microprocessor which has 
specific attributes and functions, A vari- 
able is a location or group of locations in 
RAM which are used by a particular 
program. If the program is written in 
Basic or another high-level language, 
the variable is given a name and all 
references to the variable are made 
using the name. 

The next question, from Alan Ber- 
mingham of London , follows from the 
previous one. He asks: 

What do the following programs 
do — an assembler, a disas- 
sembler, an interpreter, a compil- 
er? 

A machine code routine consists of a 
sequence of instructions which the Z- 
80A understands directly with no need 
for prior interpretation. The simpler 



Switch 




Off 


Oil 


Off 


Off 


On 




On 


On 


On 


setting 

State 

Binary 

pattern 
Bil 

number 




Re-aet 

• 

7 


Re-set 


6 


Re-set 


5 


Re-set 


A 


Set 
1 

3 




Set 
1 

2 


Set 
1 

I 


Set 
1 




Table I. Three waya of representing a group of cighi 
and the four rlghi-mosl are set. The hit number is 


bits of which the four 
shuwn on the bottom 


left-ntoBl arc re-*ci 
tine. 



10 FOR 1-232% TO 23)25 

2Q INPUT '£% 

30 IF Z$ = '*S" THEN STOP 

40 PRINT ZS;" "l 

SO LET Z$(l)-CHRS<OODE Z$4IW"(<X)DE Z*(l) 57)> 

60 LET ZS<2) =■ CH RS{CODE ZS{2)-1 *{CODE Zt(2) 57)) 

70 POKE U 6 'CODE Z|(l)+CODB Z*(2)-816 

SO NEXT I 

Table 3- A Spectrum program to load 30 two-character hexadecimal codes into- the printer 
buffer. 



SINCLAIR t'SfcR Annual IW4 



107 



instructions are held in one byte of 
memory but the more complicated 
instructions can occupy as many as four 
bytes. 

Generally, the instructions are ex- 
ecuted in the order in which they are 
encountered, although there are excep- 
tions. The Z-80A keeps a note of from 
where the next instruction is to come by 
means of a special register pair called 
the program counter. Thus if the loca- 
tion pointed to by the program counter 
contains the number 128 in decimal — 
80 in hexadecimal — the Z-80A will add 
the contents of the 'a* register to the 
contents of the 'b ! register and leave the 
result in the accumulator, because 128 
is the decimal machine code instruction 
for 

add a,b 

The decimal or hexadecimal codes 



C A disassembler is of 

use when analysing 

code written by 

somebody else' 



for all the 600 or so instructions in the 
Z-80A instruction set are difficult to 
remember and so for that and other 
reasons machine code programs are 
almost always written using an assem- 
bler program. An assembler converts 
instructions like add a,b to the correct 
code. It also allows the programmer to 
name variables, add comments and give 
labels to various points in the program 
and to call subroutines using the labels. 
A good assembler will have other facili- 
ties as well, all aimed at making the 



programmer's job as straightforward as 
possible. 

A disassembler performs the opposite 
function to an assembler; it converts a 
sequence of numbers into a sequence of 
mnemonics which are easier to under- 
stand than i he original code. A list of 
the more important mnemonics is given 
in the Sinclair manuals in Appendix A. 
A disassembler is of use when analysing 
code written by somebody else to dis- 
cover how it works. 

The output from an assembler is a 
program which the microprocessor can 
understand directly because it consists 
of machine code instructions. In con- 
trast, a program written using an inter- 
preter, such as Sinclair Basic, is held in 
RAM in more or less the form in which 
it was entered by the programmer. 

Interpreters are high-level languages 
which bear little or no relationship to 
the instruction set of the processor on 
which they are run. Every time the 
program is executed;, however., each line 
must be analysed by the processor be- 
fore the required action can be taken. 
The principal disadvantage of the sys- 
tem is that the programs can be slow to 
executCj because the processor spends 
most of its time determining what each 
program line means. 

A compiler circumvents the problem 
by analysing each program line once 
only and then storing a sequence of 
machine code instructions which are 
equivalent to the original program. 
Thus the speed of a machine code 
program is obtained without losing the 
convenience of a high-level language. 
The machine code produced by a com- 
piler can be somewhat tortuous and 
inflexible and so when efficiency is 
essential an assembler is used instead. 



Hex code 

2A 65 SC 

44 

4D 

3E OO 

77 

7E 

FE OO 

CO 

3EFF 

77 

7E 

FEFF 

CO 

A 7 

23 

ED 72 

GB 

A7 

ED 7A 

03 

Lfl 17 

Table 1. A Spec 
beginning of the 
the stack. 



Assembler code 

LD HL/23653) 

LDB\H 

1.1) C>L 

[,D A,0 

LD (HL),A 

LD A^HL) 

CP 

RETNZ 

LD A,255 

LD{H1.},A 

LD A N (HL> 

CF25S 

RET N2 

AND A 

INC HL 

SBC HL,SP 

RETZ 

AND A 

ADC HL,5F 

fNC BC 

JR- 25 



Comment 

Set HI. in address ofipare space 

Copy HL 

Eo BC 

Set A to 

Copy A to memory 

Copy memory back u» A 

Compare i-lmiIi 

Return it error 

Set A To 255 

Copy A to memory 

Copy memory back to A 

Compare result 

Return if error 

Clear carry flag 

Incrernenr III, 

Subiract slack poimer from HL 

Return if finished 

CEear carry flag 

Add stack pointer to HL 

lncremem BC 

Repeat Ibr neat memory local ion 



trui n machine code program io test each memory location between the 
spare space— marked by the STKEND system variable — and the bottom of 



Memory 
growth 



NICHOLAS KENNEDY of Bel- 
fast., Geoffrey Hulme of Stoke, 
and Gareth Rieiey of Notting- 
ham, are interested in adding RAM to 
their ZX-81s or Spectrums. They ask 
questions like: What are the advan- 
tages and problems of using a 64K 
RAM on the ZX-8I? Can 16K Spec- 
trum programs be loaded into the 
48K machine? Can 16K ZX-81 
RAMs be used on the Spectrum? 
Why is there a difference in price 
between add-on RAMs for the Mod- 
el One and Model Two Spectrum*? 

In the face of such a barrage I con- 
tacted Stephen AdaitiS) who specialises 
in dismantling Sinclair computers for 
fun, for the latest information. Most 
people know that 64K of total memory 
— i.e., ROM and RAM — is the most 
which can be used with the 2-80 micro- 
processor without special paging facili- 
ties. In the ZX-81 the bottom 8K of 
memory is reserved for the ROM — the 
set of machine code instructions which 
give the machine its character. In the 
un expanded machine the next 8K is 
absent and then there is JK of RAAl at 
addresses 16K to 17K. 

When a 16K RAM pack is added it 
displaces the IK of RAM to occupy 
addresses l6Kto 32K, The implication 
of that design is that Sinclair intended 
originally to release a new ROM with 
enhanced facilities to occupy addresses 
to 16K. 

In fact, it has never done so but other 
manufacturers have stepped in to fill 
the gap with graphics units and assem- 
blers; 16K and 32K memories are also 
available which occupy addresses 16K 
to 32K and 16K to 48K respectively, 

In either case, all the extra memory is 
available directly to the Basic system; 
64K RAMs are available of which 4SK 
lies between addresses I6K and 64K 
and is available for normal use. Another 
8K replaces the "missing" 8K of ROM 
but that part of memory can be 
FEEKed and FOR Ed only from Basic. 
The final 8K is present but unused, 
which means presumably that the man- 
ufacturer also has some future appli- 
cation in mind. 

The memory situation for the Spec- 
trum is equally complicated but for 
rather different reasons. In this machine 
the ROM occupies to 1GK and the 

ContmucJ on fwgr 110 



108 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



BOOK A TEST FIGHT TODAY! 



mission impoMBL* 



ARfllfi&€DOOn 



MI M l 






1 



€MT<RfflnflTOft 




n 



« 




BRAm df-togc 



i rrrm 




: yj 




^Z 















»■ 



i^W 




i 



ra 

■^H 









"tekxfL 

: Flri]l 



■■■Ml laWf" 5 MBLHMLI awSE Li 

v ,; ' : ^- ■' : ■ ■ ■■ Hi 



You'U h^ve 4 REAL fight on your hands when you tackle our new gams*. 



HI 



^^H 



LUM 



They're ill-action games designed to push your 
senses to new Ifmits. Take "Brain Damage"; 
trapped in your computer's micro- circuits you'S 
need all your resources re- defeat trie CPU's electron 
panzers . . . end rf they don't gel vow, the Rogue 
Programs will. 

When you get your breath back you'll he running 
for your life again in "Exierminaior" . Transported 
■ho the future you'tf find that Berth Is a very 
different place. Robots rule the world and Ihe 
human, race is almost extinct, there's only on* 
'family left . You have io save them , , . but hurry you 
don't have much time. 



Sitting in defense command, your hands poised at 
the controls, you scan the sky for activity knowing 
that it will shortly erupt. "Armageddon" is about to 
begin . . . only YOU can save the last six cities, 

If you're still in control of your senses you can try 
vou 1 hand at rescuing the miners trapped on Titan 
, , , easy you think! Ride your ship through the mini- 
meteor siorm end pick up i he men, Bui you dido' l 
reckon on ihe corporation spaceships marking this 
"Mission Impossible", 

Book your test flight today- Buy any of 
Silvenjoft's new games and find out if you're really 

in Control. 



To: SitwWft Ird London Hou*s, 271/273 Kino Si, 
London Vffl 



Ptoses lend me 



I snckxws cheque/postal cwder for 

PlMH **il toy ACCESS Ho 

Nsme 



All gomes run on any ZX-SPECTRUM and cost £S.9S, write today for full details of our complete range of software.. 

Selected title* ere available at W.H. SMITHS, BOOTS, JOHN MENZIES. and at all good computer store*. 



CvnliMi/d .from pdgr 'S3 

standard I6K RAM occupies the re- 
maining area up to 32K. The easiest 
way to add more memory is to return 
the machine to Sinclair with a suitable 
cheque and it will do the job, but that 
means doing without your machine for 
a time 

Add-on memory is available from 
other manufacturers but Sinclair has re- 
designed the circuit board completely 
since its original launch and so it is 
necessary to determine whether your 
machine is an early version — model 
one — or a re-designed version — model 
two. 

Most model one machines have grey 
keys, whereas model two has light blue 
keys. To be certain which model you 
have you should look into the machine 
through the slot in the rear where the 
edge connector is situated, 

If you have a I6K model one you will 
see a vacant 16-pin socket on the printed 
circuit board lying to the left of the slot 
and about two centimetres from the rear 
of the machine. 

If your machine is a 48K model one 
the 16-pin socket will not be vacant but 
will act as the connector between the 
main printed circuit board and a subsid- 
iary board on which the extra memory 
and decoding chips are mounted. 

In that case you will also see seven 
circular capacitors, each rather smaller 
than a halfpenny piece, mounted on the 
subsidiary board in a line facing the rear 
of the machine. 

The 16-pin socket is not present on 
the model two because there is space 
available on the re-designed main print- 
ed circuit board for the extra memory 
and decoding chips- Instead s the very 
large Z-80 microprocessor chip is 
clearly visible through the slot, lying 
approximately below the 9 key on the 
keyboard. 

The reason for the price difference 



for add-on memory between model one 
and model two machines is apparent. 
To extend a model one the necessary 
chips must be mounted on a suitable 
board to be located above the main 
board. To extend a model two the 
necessary chips need only to be inserted 
in the sockets already provided on the 
main board. 

It is not possible to plug a ZX-81 
RAM pack directly into a Spectrum, 
although at least one company now 
markets a small adaptor to allow you to 
do so, thus giving 32K of RAM with a 
1 6K ZX-81 RAM pack or 48K of RAM 
with a 64K ZX-81 RAM pack. 

Programs written for a 16K or 32K 
Spectrum should work without modifi- 
cation on the 48K machine and it is safe 
to assume that all 16K programs avail- 
able commercially will run on the larger 
machines. Of course, the converse is not 
true; it is most unlikely that a program 
written for 48 K would function on a 
smaller machine. 

Henry Evan son of Bromborough 
writes: I wish to use the 48K soft- 
ware packs but the first I purchased 
will not load. How can I check that I 
have received a 48K Spectrum and 
not a 16k machine by mistake? 

The answer is to check the high byte 
of the P-RAMT pointer at address 
23733 by entering: 
PRINT INT (PEEK 23733/4)-15; "K M 

The machine sets the contents of 
23733 to 255 - or 127 on the 16K 
Spectrum — when it is plugged-in and 
the line above performs a simple calcu- 
lation and PRINTS 16K or 48 K as 
appropriate. 

At any particular time a user may run 
out of memory, Michael Fawcett has a 
problem with his ZX-81 in that regard. 
He writes: When I get near to the 
end of entering a particular pro- 
gram the cursor disappears and 
whenever a key is pressed sub- 




sequently, a letter disappears. 
What is wrong? 

Many ZX-81 users will recognise in 
Fawcett' s remarks that he is running 
out of memory. The only guaranteed 
solution is to buy an add-on RAM pack, 
although a certain amount of space can 
be saved by deleting REM statements 
and shortening PRINT statements. 
The Spectrum, incidentally, emits a 
low-pitched buzz when memory is 
short. 

A check on the amount of memory 
left can be made at any time by entering 
the following REM at line I: L 

I REM RESERVE SOME SPACE 

and POKEing the following numbers: 

33, 0, 0, 57, 237,91, 28, 64, 

167, 237, 82, 68 3 77, 201 

into locations 16514, 16515 . . . 16527 

(on the ZX-81). 

The equivalent locations on the Spec- 
trum are 23760, 23761 23773 and 

the numbers to be POKEd are the same 
except that 101, 92, should be sub- 
stituted for 28, 64. 

In each case a short machine code 
routine is loaded into the space reserved 
in the REM statement and then the 
amount of memory left can be PR IN Ted 
by entering: 

PRINT USR 16514 - 24; "BYTES" 
or in the case of the Spectrum: 
PRINT USR 23760 - 24; "BYTES" 

Robert King of London asks: I have 
a program which works well on my 
friend's Spectrum but always 
crashes on mine. I suspect a fault in 
the RAM. Have you a program 
which checks each RAM location in 
turn? 

Checking RAM involves setting ev- 
ery bit of every byte, checking that it 
remains set, and then re-setting every 
bit and checking that it then remains re- 
set. Setting every bit in a byte is equiv- 
alent to POKEing 255 into that byte. 
Similarly, re-setting every bit is equiv- 
alent to POKEing in 0. 

Obviously it is not possible to POKE^ 
numbers into every memory location 
while the machine is running, because 
the computer will crash, but a partial 
check can be made by testing every 
location in the spare area of memory. 

The program in table two runs such a 
check. It can be loaded using an assem- 
bler or using the simple hexadecimal 
loader listed in table three. 

The program checks every location 
up to the bottom of the stack and 
returns the address at which it stops — 
about 32575 in the 16K machines and 
65343 in the 48K machine when they 
are working correctly. 



LIU 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! 1984 






Storing data in 
string arrays 



UNDERSTANDING data stor- 
age and arrays is something 
which puzzles many readers. 
Norman Disley of Cheshire has a 
collection of about 50 music cassettes 
which he wishes to catalogue on a Spec- 
trum. He writes: Each tune would 
require six or more entries — title 
name, soloist, and as each cassette 
contains about 30 titles the collec- 
tion would use almost all of the 
9999 lines of the Spectrum, leaving 
little room for later insertions. 
What can I do? 

Several people have written outlining 
the same idea of using the 99°9 pro- 
gram lines available to store up to 9999 
items of information. The technique 
has the merit of simplicity in use but 
there is no possibility of writing a pro- 
gram to search^ sort or PRINT the 
informal ion. 

The conventional technique is to 
store the information in a numeric or 
string array. The length of a numeric 
array is 4 + 2* number of dimensions 
+ 5* total number of elements. 

ThuSj for example, the two-dimen- 
sional array N(2, 5) which contains 10 
elements occupies 4 + 2*2 + 5*10 = 58 
bytes. 

A string array occupies 4+2* num- 
ber of dimensions + total number of 
elements and so Zs (2, 5) uses 
4 + 2*2+10=18 bytes. 

Disley wishes to store string data and 
so allowing 10 characters per entry, six 
entries per tune, 30 tunes per cassette 
and 50 cassettes, he would need to 
declare a string array: 

2^50,30,6, 10) 
This would occupy 

4+2*4 + 50*30*6*10-90,012 bytes 
There are about 10,000 bytes avail- 
able to the user in the 16K Spectrum 
and about 42,000 bytes in the 48K 
machine. Clearly Disley will hot be able 
ro hold all the data in the machine at the 
same time in that manner. The problem 
would still arise even if he were to use 
program lines, as each character in the 
line occupies one byte and there is an 
overhead of six bytes per line. 

Space could be saved by using fewer 
than 10 characters per entry, perhaps by 
using abbreviations. Alternatively, the 



six entries per tune of 10 characters 
each — 60 characters in all — could be 
combined into a single entry of, say, 30 
characters so that less space was wasted 
on trailing blanks. 

A more sophisticated solution would 
be to hold all the information in one 
long string array and to use a second, 
numeric, array to point to the location 
in the string array at which each entry 
began. The slicing technique described 
in ZX Spectrum Bask Programming 
could then be used to select a given 
entry. The following program demon- 
strates the method: 

10 DIM P(I01): REM DECLARE 
POINTER ARRAY 

20 LETPZ-1 

'I want to enlarge 

the array 

in a program' 

30 DIM Z${1000): REM DECLARE 

STRING ARRAY 
40 INPUT "ENTER DATA"; A$ 
50 IF P(PZ) + LEN AS > 1000 GOTO 

100 
60 LET P(PZ+1)=P<PZ + LEN AS) 
70 LET Z$ (TO P(PZ+ l)) = Z$ 

(TO P{PZ)) + AS 
80 LET PZ = PZ+1 
90 IF PZ< 102 THEN GOTO 40 

John Brookes of Bromsgrove writes: 
The books are generally easy to 
read but none of them explains 
arrays sufficiently clearly for us 
wooden-headed types. Can you 
help? 

Most tasks performed by computers 
comprise reading information into 
memory, manipulating the information 
according to a program of stored 
instructions, and writing the infor- 
mation out of memory. 

The information stored in memory 
must be organised in some convenient 
fashion so that the person who writes 
the program of instructions can do his 
job. Most high-level languages allow 
the programmer to declare variables of 
various kinds so that different types of 
information can be stored and treated in 
appropriate ways. 



The ZX-81 and the Spectrum each 
allow six types of variables — numeric 
with a single character name; numeric 
with a multiple character name; control 
for a FOR-NEXT loop; string; string 
array; numeric array. 

The first two types are identical in 
use, as they can each store only a single 
positive or negative number. Most pro- 
grammers try to give a name to a vari- 
able which reminds them of the 
information it holds. For example, a 
bank account program might hold the 
current balance in a variable called 
BALANCE. 

In many programs similar infor- 
mation is to be stored concurrently and 
in that situation the program is also 
likely to become unnecessarily cumber- 
some because the same operation must 
be performed on many variables, each 
with a different name and therefore 
requiring a separate piece of code. 

The bank account program might be 
required to store [he .mmum spent 
using each of 30 cheques in a cheque 
book. The amount spent using the first 
cheque could be stored in a variable 
called CHEQUE. The same variable 
could not be used to store the value of 
the second cheque because only one 
value can be stored in a numeric vari- 
able. 

The act of entering the second value 
over-writes the first value, causing it to 
be lost, hence the programmer must 
think of a new name for the second 
cheque. Most programmers would run 
out of inspiration before they had 
named all 30 cheques. 

One way of naming all 30 which 
would not require too much eflbrt 
would be to call them CHEQUE I 3 
CHEQUE2, CHEQUE3. Thai is the 
idea of an array, Sinclair arrays are 
restricted to single-character names 



10 PRINT AT 0J l;"CHEQUll: m ; 

20 PRINT AT 2,0; 'ENTER CURRENT 
BALANCE" 

30 INPUT BAtANCH 

40 DIM Q30) 

50 PRINT AT 2,Q;"ENTER BACH 
CHEQUE IN TURN" 

60 FOR I = I TO M 

70 PRINT AT 4,0;"CURRi:N I 
BALANCE = "; BALANCE 

80 IK PUT QI) 

90 LET BAIANCE-BALANCE-CCI] 
100 NEXT I 
110 CLS 

120 PRINT 'CHEQUE NO ","V Mil 
1 JO FOR I - 1 TO 30 
140 PRINT 1,Q1> 

150 IF PEEK 16442-3 THEN SCROLL 
160 NEXT! 

Table 1. A simple cheque book 
program. 



SINCLAIR USER Armwl 1984 



\V\ 



only but that is a small price to pay for 
the flexibility they provide. 

Table one shows a simple cheque 
book program which uses an array, C, 
of length 30 to hold the value of each 
cheque as it is entered. The program 
also shows the use of another variable, 
I, to count through the array selecting 
each element of the array in turn. When 
all the cheques have been entered the 
program prints the value of each in 
turn, 

Simon Smith of Battersea, London 
has a more complex question concern- 
ing arrays. He writes: I have a ZX-81 
and recently bought a 64K memory 
to replace the 16K RAM pack I had 
previously. I now want to enlarge 
the array in a program which in- 
dexes my record collection to make 
use of the extra memory space. Is 
there any way of doing so, short of 
copying the data to another array? 

Defining a new array and copying the 
data across using a FOR-NEXT loop 
would certainly be the easiest way of 
dealing with the problem. The disad- 
vantage is that the new array can occupy 
only the space which is not used by the 
old array; hence when the old array is 
deleted — by DLMensioning it to zero 
— the memory space it occupies re- 
mains unused. If the old array was 12K 
bytes long and a further 32K bytes of 
memory was added, the new array could 
occupy only 32K of the total of 44K 
bytes available. 



There is no Basic command to make 
an array grow to fill the remaining 
memory space and so I have written the 
machine code routine listed in table two 
to do the job. The routine can be loaded 
into a REM statement forming the sec- 
ond line in a ZX-81 program using a 
hexadecimal loader. For example: 
10 REM XA$ 
20 REM AT LEAST 10$ 

CHARACTERS 
30 FOR 1=16523 to 16630 
40 INPUT ZS 

50 IF Z$= U S" THEN STOP 
60 PRINT Z$- l < "■ 
70 POKE I,16*CODE Z$ + CODE 

Z$(2)-47G 
80 NEXT I 

To load the machine code routine, 
run the loader and enter each pair of 
hexadecimal codes in turn. Be very 
careful not to make mistakes because 
the program makes no error checks. 

To use the routine to double the size 
of a string array called A3 make the first 
program line a REM statement contain- 
ing an "X" followed by the name of the 
array, i.e., AS as in the loader. Then 
POKE the factor by which you want 
the array to grow into the first byte of 
the REM statement. In that case the 
array is to grow by a factor of two so you 
should enter: 
POKE 16514,2 

Then call the machine code routine by 
entering: 
RAND USR 16523 



Table 2, A ZX'Bl routine to enlarge 


an array dynamically. 






Hex code 


Assembler code 


Comment 


Ht* cad* 


Aiaembler code 


Comment 


un« 


LD AJ165N) 


Return if 


09 


ADD HL n BC 


Set HL to 


FEB] 


CP 1 


parameter 


18 2B 


JH C,0 


new length. 


OS 


RETC 


U itta. 


DI 


POP DE 




21 SJW 


LD HLJ65I5 


So CH-ADD. 


E5 


PUSH HL 




22 mo 


LD<L6-106},H1. 




M 


AND A 




CD 1C II 


CALL LOOKVARS 


Rod amy, 


EDH 


SBC HL.DE 


Set BCro 


D8 


RETC 


ReUirn if 


44 


LD H,H 


irtff*iiae 


1 CO 


RETNZ 


nunicjjL. 


U) 


LDC.L 


in kngia. 


?E 


ID AJlHH 


Return 


El 


POPHL 




FEW 


CP 128 


if 


E) 


EX {SPfcHL 


Set !U i.i 


Dfl 


RETC 


Kring, 


E5 


PUSH HI. 


•ddresi or 


21 


INC HI 


Sci A in 


H 


ADD HL.DE 


end of array. 


21 


INC HI 


number of 


23 


INC HL 




2) 


INCHL 


dimension*. 


CD 9E 09 


CAU MAKE SPACE 


1 i.iipe array. 


7E 


LD A,(HI.| 




El 


POP 111. 




CB27 


SLA,A 


Multiply hi 


[j| 


POP DE 




06W 


LD $£ 


two ind 


73 


LD (HL^E 


Insert new 


CBIO 


KLB 


add one, 


23 


INC HI. 


lengrb. 


3C 


INC A 


tnmfkr 


72 


LD [HL),E> 




4F 


L.li C,A 


ioBC 


23 


INC HL 




39 


DEC HI. 


III. points to 


21 


INC HI. 




56 


LDD,(HL) 


length 


IE 


LDCJHL, 


Set BCio 


3B 


DEC HI. 


DEn 


21 


INC HL 


Hm 


SB 


LD E^HL) 


old length 


W 


LD Bv(HL) 


dimension. 


E? 


PUSH HI 


Save 


IIMOO 


LD DE,0 


Calculate 


□5 


PUSH n£ 




FB 


EX DE.HL 


new filsc 


EB 


'H,HL 


Set DE 


1A 82 40 


LD A,{1^14) 


diffienrion. 


AT 


AND A 


to aid 


0¥ 


ADDHUBC 




ED 42 


SBC Hl„BC 


dou lenph. 


513 


DEC A 




EB 


EX DE.HL 




II- 00 


CP0 




21 IM 00 


1 D BXJJ 


Calculate 


2S FA 


IK NZ,-6 




1AS2 40 


LD AJ16SH) 


new dm 


EB 


1 X NliJtL 




A7 


AND 


length 


72 


LD (Hl.),D 


Store new 


19 


ADD HL,DE 




21 


DEC IIL 


fim 


3913 


iRC„5i 


Jump on overflow 


73 


LD(KL,.E 


dimrnnon 


an 


DEC A 




c* 


RET 




FE0B 


CPC 




El 


POP HL 


If (ivrrfloii- 


IB ] I 


1* MZ,-8 




El 
C9 


POPHL 

US' I 


then return. 



Both the total length of the array and 
the size of the first dimension will grow 
by the factor specified at address 16514. 

The routine makes a number of error 
checks, ft will detect if the named vari- 
able does not exist or is not an array. Ii 
also ensures that there is sufficient room 
in RAM to enlarge the array by the 
factor specified. 

The routine makes use of two ROM 
routines. The first is LOOKVARS 
which is located at 4380 decimal — 
111C hexadecimal. 

That routine finds the local ion in the 
variable area of the variable pointed to 
by CH-ADD and returns the address in 
the HL register pair, The second ROM 
routine, MAKE SPACE, inserts BC 
bytes at the address pointed to by HL, 

The operation of the routine can be 
checked by adding the following lines to 
the hexadecimal loader: 

1000 DIM A$<2,3) 
1010 LET A$<1)= , *ABC" 
1020 LET AS(2)="DEF rt 
1030 GOSUB 2000 
1040 POKE 16514,2 
1050 RAND USR 16523 
1060 GOSUB 2000 
1070 STOP 
2000 LET W = PEEK 

16400 + 256*16401 
2010 FOR I=W TO W + 21 
2020 PRINT LPEEK I 
2030 NEXT I 
2040 PAUSE 32768 
2050 CLS 
2060 RETURN 

Execute the test program by entering: 
RUN 1000 

The program declares an array AS 
and PRINTs the contents of the first 22 
bytes of the variable area where the 
array is held. 

The user can note the contents of the 
display and compare it to the format of 
an array as shown on pages 173 and 174 
of ZX-81 Basic Programming. 

The program then doubles the size of 
the array and displays the first 22 bytes 
again. The user will see that the total 
length of the array has increased appro- 
priately and that the size of the first 
dimension has doubled. 

With a little care the routine can be 
adapted to run on the Spectrum, The 
ROM routines LOOKVARS and 
MAKE SPACE are located at ,10418 
and 5717 respectively, CH-ADD is at 
23645 — 5CSD hexadecimal. 

it is also necessary to alter the 
addresses at which the scale factor and 
the name of the array are stored. 



II-"! 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1984 



FOOTBALL POOLS 
PROGRAM 



• The program lists out, m order of preference, ftie sixteen most 
likely score-draws: also the sixteen most likely homes, draws 

and aways. 



I! picks Out the results on the bookmakers FIXED ODDS 
coupons thai have been given over-generous odds Calcu- 
lates your expected profit 1 



The program will be initialised to the English and Scottish 
league tables. You will be able to update these league ladles 
week, by week 35 results come in — or enter a complete new 
901 of league tables in other words, the program will never 
become 'out oi date"' 



t All programs are recorded ori a top quahly cassette (usually 
Sony} and are accompanied with an instruction leaflet giving a 
bnet explanation of the theory. 



Available for the ZX-81 16K (Price £8.95) and the 
ZX Spectrum 48K (Price £9.95) from: 



HARTLAND SOFTWARE 

(Oept, A), 3 Penzance Place, 
London W11 4PA. 






KERNOW SOFTWARE 
SERVICES LTD 

PRESENTS 

THE KERNOW SOFTWARE 

EXCHANGE CLUB 

Exchange your unwarned commercial SPECTKIIM tapes 
ai low cost wiih no time limits impOMd 

• Membership only £4,00 for 12 months, 

• Exchange only £1.45 inc P&P, 

• No time limits imposed 

• Exchange what you like, when you like. 

• Return of post service. 

Join today by clipping the coupon below or send s.a.e, tor 
further details. 



^} YES, please enrol me as a member of the exchange 
club. I enclose my £4 cheque/postal order. 

I aho enclose |_| tape(s) for exchange, please send rue 
the current availability list and exchange voucher^) 
(£1.45 per exchange). 

Name., 

Address .,....* *.,.... „ ,. 



........ ....Post Code... , 

Send to: 

THE KERNOW SOFTWARE EXCHANGE CLUB 

(DEPT. SA) 

55 ELIOT DRIVE. SI GERMANS, 

SALTASH, CORNWALL PL 12 5NL 



r 



BUSINESS USERS 

SPECTRUM 48K 
ACCOUNTS PREPARATION 

Produces Prime Entry Listings, Nominal Ledger, Trial Balance, 
Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet with supporting 
schedules. 73 nominal ledger accounts and automatic VAT 
calculations, 

Sole Trader/ Partners hip (Up to 41 £25 00 

Limited Company C25-QQ 

Combined Price £35-00) 

SALES AND PURCHASE LEDGERS 

Produces day book, salesi'purchases and VAT analyses, 
debtors/creditors listings and statements. 250 accounts and 
1000 monthly transactions. Automatically calculates 
VAT, £25.00 

ZX-81 16K 

ACCOUNTS PREPARATION 

31 nominal ledger accounts 

Sole Trader £17.50 

Limited Company CI 7 50 

{Combined Price €25,00) 

SALES AND PURCHASE LEDGERS 

Produces day book, sales /purchase and VAT analyses, 

debtors/creditors listings, statements. 

50 accounts and 20O monthly transactions. 



Sales 
Purchases 



£20.00 

£20 00 



(Combined Price £25,001 



AH programs have been professionally developed and are 
being used by practising accountants and small businesses. 
Supplied on cassette with operating instructions. 



P.O. 



Fult derails: 

HESTACREST LIMITED 

Box 1 9, Leighton Buzzard, Beds. LU7 ODG 
Tel. 052-523 785 



SPECTRUM 

DUAL FUNCTION 
JOYSTICK INTERFACE 
£13-95inc 

WHY PAV £35 FOR 2 

INTERFACES WHEN VOU CAN 

SUV OUR DUAL INTERFACF FOR 

JUST £13.95 INC. 

FEATURES 

* Compatible with any software that 
list the Kempsion Joystick 

♦ Compatible with any software that uses Cursor keys 

• Compatible with most Psion/Melbourne House games eg 
Terror Daktil, Horace Goes Skiing etc 

• Allows the use of AtOfi/Le Stick type joystick. 

• Eight directions can be programmed in simple basic. 

♦ Free drqw programme and full instructions supplied 

STANDARD INTERFACE FEATURES 




Same as Dual Interface 
rBut only compatible with any software that 
Kempston Joystick 



ists the 



ZX-81 /SPECTRUM 

LOADING PROBLEMS SOLVED WITH 

The CODER as reviewed in the Sinclair User 
August 'A3 £9.95 INC 



DUAL INTERFACE . £13.95 inc 

STANDARD INTERFACE £ 1 95 ihC 

£1 discount it joystick ordered with any interlace 

eg DualMnt & joystick £19 45 inc 

Send Cheques/P.O to: 

JILES ELECTRONICS 

48 Parkway. Chellaston. Derby DE7 1QZ Tel [0332 703892) 
Overseas orders add £2. DO 



SINt l .UK lM'R rfwiMiJ 1884 



II3 



Number crunch 
on Sinclair 



AQUESTION often posed by 
those writing an educational pro- 
gram who have incorporated a 
number of problems into their program 
and want to p resent , say, half of them in 
one session, is asked by Steven Multby 
of Northampton. How do you tell the 
ZX-81 to think of five random 
whole numbers between 1 and 10 
without the risk of repetition? 

The obvious answer to his question is 
a routine of the form: 
10 DIM A(5) 

20 LET A(I)=I + INT(RNDM0) 
30 PRINT A(l),""; 
40 FOR 1=^2 TO 5 
50 LET R= 1 +INT{RND10) 
60 F0RJ=1 TOM 
70 IF A(J) = R THEN GOTO 50 
80 NEXT J 
40 LET A(I)=R 
100 PRINT A(I); !t "; 
110 NEXT I 

Array A is used to store each selection 
and if a repetition arises it is discarded 
and a fresh random number is drawn. 
The routine works well for small sam- 
ples but becomes progressively slower if 
the number of samples is increased. 

To see the effect, try changing lines 
10, 20, 40 and 50 as follows, to simulate 
the effect of drawing all 52 cards from a 
pack in random order: 
10 DIM A(52) 

20 LET A(1)=I + INT(RND*52) 
40 FOR 1=2 TO 52 
50 LET R=1+INT(RND*52) 

Each selection tends to take longer 
than the previous one because the 
chance of choosing a number which has 
appeared previously increases. In choos- 
ing the final number, the ZX-S1 must 
select the correct number out of 52 



5 LET A- 1 


10 PRINT "BYTE"; TAB 6; 


■CONTENTS"; TAB 16; 


CHARACTER" 


1 5 LET S = FKEK 23635 +256*PEEK 


23636 


20 FORI = STO S+20 


25 PRINT I;TAB S;PEEK I;TAB 


2fr,CHRS PEEK ] 


30 NEXT I 


Table 1. A Spectrum program which 


looks At the first 21 bytes of the program 


are el 



possibilities, which can take a very long 
time. 

A much more elegant solution is to 
use a routine which mimics the act of 
shuffling a pack of cards, i.e., create an 
array containing all 52 possibilities in 
order and then randomise the locations 
of each element of the array in turn. A 
suitable routine of this form for 
Maltby's problem is: 
10 DIM A{10) 
20 FOR I - 1 TO 10 
30 LET A(1) = I 
40 NEXT I 
50 FOR i=l TO 10 
60 LETR = I+INT(RND*I0) 
70 LETS = A(R) 
80 LETA(R) = A(I) 
90 LET A(I) = S 
100 NEXT I 
110 FOR 1=1 TO 5 
120 PRINT A(I) 
130 NEXT I 

Lines 10 to 40 set up the array, lines 
50 to 100 swop each element in turn 
with another element selected at ran- 
dom — the equivalent of shuffling cards 
- and lines 110 to 130 PRINT the first 
five elements of the randomised array. 
Alan Sheldon of Aylesbury asks' It 
would appear that numbers in the 
program area of memory are fol- 
lowed by additional information 
which does not appear in listings. Is 
that so and if so why? 

Sheldon is correct as can be seen by 
entering the Spectrum program listed in 
table one. The program will also work 
on the ZX-81 if line 15 is altered to 
read: 

15 LET S= 16509 
Line 5 is a dummy line, the purpose 
of which is to allow the user to study the 
appearance of numbers in programs. 
When the program is RUN it looks at 
the contents of the first 2 1 bytes in the 
program area and displays them on the 
screen. The results for the Spectrum are 
shown in table two. 

The first two bytes contain the line 
number (5) and the next two bytes 
specify the length of the remainder of 
the line (1 1 bytes). The next four bytes 
hold the character code for the first line 
of the program: 

LETA=l 



The character codes vary slightly be- 
tween the two machines. For example, 
the code of the letter *A* is 65 on the 
Spectrum and 38 on the ZX-81 al- 
though the code for the 'LET* is 241 on 
both machines. The full list of character 
codes is given in appendix A of the 
manual supplied with each computer. 

On the Spectrum the next byte con- 
tains 14, That is not the code for the 
end of a line, as might be expected, but 
instead it is described in appendix A of 
the manual as ''number". In fact, the 
byte acts as a signal to the LIST and 
other commands to ignore the byte and 
the contents of the five locations which 
follow it. Hence there is no indication 
in listings of the program that those 
additional locations are used. The line 
is terminated by the next byte which 
contains 13 — the ENTER character. 

On the XX-fil the character codes are 
different but the effect is the same. The 
location containing the code for T is 
followed by six "hidden" bytes, which 
do not appear in program listings. 

Some clue as to the purpose of those 
hidden bytes can be gained by replacing 
line 5, the dummy line, by another line. 
Try, for example, RUNning the pro- 
gram with 

5 LET A = 2.7 
as the dummy line. The characters Tor 
the number "2.7" occupy three bytes, 
not one as for the number 14 1", but 
again the number is followed by six 
hidden bytes. A few minutes' experi- 
mentation will show that whenever a 
number appears within a program six 
hidden bytes follow. 

The reason for the use of the hidden 
bytes is that the ZX-81 and the Spec- 
trum do not store and manipulate num- 
bers in the character form in which they 
are displayed. They are converted into a 
"calculation" format and all additions, 
multiplications and so on are undertak- 
en on the numbers in this format, when 



Byte 


Contents 


Character 


2 3755 







? 


2 3756 


5 




? 


23757 


11 




? 


23758 







? 


23759 


241 




1 !' 1 


23760 


65 




A 


23761 


61 




- 


23762 


49 




1 


2 3763 


M 




? 


23764 







? 


2 3765 







? 


2 3766 


I 




i 


23767 







} 


23768 







} 


237C* 


13 






Table 2. 


The first 


1.". 


lines of the Krcen 


display 


produced 


w 


lien the Spectrum 


program in Table 


1 is executed. 



114 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 1384 



^^m 



Zooming into touchdown at Wh Smiths, John Menzies and other good newsagents now 

and every fortnight, . . only 40p. 

Order your copy TODAY! 

Bursting with great new comic strips , . . exciting stories . . . astounding facts . . , 

big prizes . . . competitions , , . fascinating quizzes . . . star personalities. 

And that's just the start of Britain's newest brightest most fun-packed comic evert 

LOAD RUWWCR 

its the only comic for the age of the computer - 
it nut * the. re*t h ark with the dinosaurs! 




Hi 



AVAILABLE NOW 

and every fortnight . . . order your copy TODAY. 



the result of a calculation is PRINTed it 
must be converted into characters for 
display on the screen. Similarly^ the 
character form of a number entered by 
the user must be converted to the calcu- 
lation format before a calculation can be 
executed. 

All such conversions take time. To 
accelerate the execution of programs the 
conversion to calculation format is un- 
der taken immediately a number in a 
program line is entered from the key- 
board. The resulting five-byte form is 
stored in the hidden bytes. The use of 
this technique enables a considerable 
saving to be made in the time taken to 
execute a program, particularly if num- 
bers are included within FOR loops, in 
which case the same conversion would 
otherwise be undertaken many times. 
Of course, the time taken to deal with a 
program line entered from the keyboard 
is lengthened but not to an unaccept- 
able extent, 

Hugo Cassidy of Dorchester asks; 
Can you explain the method of en- 
coding numbers on the Spectrum? 
Given that it is necessary to convert 
numbers from decimal to binary, it is 
logical to use a binary format which is 
efficient and therefore fast for the com- 
puter to use. Two separate formats are 
used on the Spectrum, a special format 
for integers, or whole numbers, lying in 
the range -65535 to 65535 and a float- 
ing point format for all other numbers. 
The ZX-S1 uses the floating point for- 
mat only. 

The integer format is the simplest to 
understand and so I shall explain it first. 
A suitable number, N, is converted to 
the five-byte form by setting the first 
and fifth bytes to zero and using the 
second byte to indicate the sign of the 
number, for positive, 255 for nega- 
tive. If the number is positive the value 
is stored in the third and fourth bytes as; 
Third byte = N-256*INT (N/256) 
Fourth byte- INT (NY256) 
If N is negative the two bytes contain: 
Third bvte = 65536— N-256* 



10 INPUT N 

20 PRINT N;' "j 

JO LET A=PEEK 2}fi27 + 256*PEEK 

23426 
40 FORI-A+I TO A+S 
50 PRINT PEEK I;" "; 
M NEXT [ 
70 GOTO 10 

Table 3. A Sprcirum program id inspeel 
the flve-hyit ftirm of number entered by 
the users. 

To run the program on the ZX-81 change 
line 30 to read: 

50 LETA-FEEK 16400+ 2«*PfiEK 
16401 



INT «65536-N)/256) 

Fourth byte = INT ((65536-N)/256 

The principal advantage of the use of 
integer format is that for positive inte- 
gers the third and fourth bytes are in the 
form the Z-80A microprocessor uses 
when addressing locations in memory. 
Commands such as PEEK and POKE 
are executed much faster than they 
would otherwise be if the more complex 
floating point form were used to store 
the addresses to which they refer. The 
format also enables the calculator rou- 
tines in the ROM to execute much more 
quickly when calculations involving in- 
tegers only are performed. 

The program in table one can be used 
to inspect the positive integer form by 
varying the first line. For example, 
entering: 

5 LETA = 47 
will show that 47 is held as 0,0,47,0,0, 
The negative version cannot be inspect- 
ed using this program because all num- 
bers are stored in their positive form in 
the hidden bytes. If a number is preced- 
ed by a negative sign it is negated when 
the line is executed. 

The program in table four gives the 
five-byte form of any number, positive 
or negative, entered from the keyboard. 
The program PRINTS the contents of 
the first item in the variable area, that is 
the number N entered by the user from 
the keyboard, because it is the first 
variable declared in the program. 

Note that the program should be 
initiated by entering RUN rather than 
GOTO 10 because doing so will cause 
the variables area to be C LEA Red, thus 
ensuring that N is the first variable. 

The floating point form is designed 
to provide the computer with a system- 
atic method of retaining as much accu- 
racy as possible in any given 
calculation. Some numbers cannot be 
specified completely in decimal form. 
The fraction one-third in decimal form 
consists of 1,3 followed by an infinite 
number of threes so that expressing it as 
1,3333, for example, is almost, but not 
exactly, correct. The same problem oc- 
curs when binary arithmetic is used. 

The solution is to retain only the 
most significant digits at each stage in a 
calculation. Provided more significant 
digits are retained than are required in 
the answer then in all but the most 
exceptional circumstances the calculat- 
ed result will be accurate enough for 
practical purposes. 

The program listed in table five cal- 
culates and PRrNTs the floating point 
form uf a number entered by the user 
The line numbers have been set so that 
it can be placed in memory at the same 



time as the inspection program in table 
four. By entering the same number into 
both programs the user will see that the 
calculation is correct. 

The program has two parts. The first 
stores the sign, S, of the number, X, 
entered by the user. It then multiplies 
the absolute value of X. successively by 
2 until the result exceeds 2 raised to the 
power 31 or 21474383648, The number 
of multiplications executed is stored in 
N. The new value of X then lies neces- 
sarily between 2 to the power of 3 1 and 
2 to the power 32 and so the integer part 
of the number can be stored exactly in 
31 bits. 

Thus by discarding the fractional 
residue the number can be stored in 
four bytes, each containing eight bits 
with one bit left over to hold the sign of 
the number. The four bytes together are 
called the mantissa. 

The second part of the program cal- 
culates the values held in each of the 
four bytes and stores them in the varia- 
bles A, B a C and D and then PRINTs 
the variables. An adjustment is made to 
the value of A depending on the sign of 
the original number. In eflcct A is less 
than 128 for positive numbers and 
greater or equal to 128 for negative 
numbers. 

The fifth byte of the floating point 
form is used to store the exponent, that 
is the number of times that the mani- 
tissa must be divided or multiplied by 2 
to place the decimal point in the correct 
position in the number. 

The program calculates that number 
using N, the number of multiplications 
made originally. The result is adjusted 
by adding 160 so that numbers greater 
than or equal to 128 and numbers less 
than one have exponents less than 128. 



210 


LETM 


-o 


220 


INPUT X 


230 


LETS* 


= SGN X 


240 


LETX 


"AHS X 


250 


LET X 


■2*X 


260 


1 k f N 


= N+I 


270 IF X<2J474B364S THEN GOTO 




30 




280 


LET A. 


= INT {XI 167 7721 fij 


2TO 


x-x- 


67772 16* A 


300 


LET H = 


= INT (X/65 Stop 


310 LET X 


= X-65536*B 


320 


LETC 


= INT (XJ256) 


330 


LET D 


=X— 25G*C 


344) 


PRINT 


■EXPONENT- "; 160-N 


350 


PRINT 


"MANTISSA -";A- 




I36*(S- 


l)T "jB;" ";i:r ";D 


Table 4. A 


ypivrrum artgnm i<> eatea> 


last 


and PRINT rm: Howling point form of 


a number entered from the keyboard, 



116 



SINCLAIR USER Jtitnual ?984 



User 
of the Month 




During the last 12 months we began a new 

series in which we interviewed interesting 

users. We reprint some of them to indicate 

the wide variety of purposes for which the 

Sinclair machines are used. 



004 



SINCLAIR USER A'tatmi ISM 



117 



Stephen Sowerby is a member of the Olympic pentathlon squad. 
Claudia Cooke discovers how he makes time for training 

Leading athlete's quest for 
gold is boosted by ZX-81 



NTERNATIONAL athlete Ste 
phen Sowerby swears by his ZX- 
81 Without it, he says, finding the 
time to train is much more difficult. At 
28, Stephen hopes to make his Olympic 
debut as one of the four-man modern 
pentathlon squad in the 19S4 Games in 
Los Angeles. 

On top of that, he runs two busin- 
esses near his home in Yorkshire and 
spends what precious spare time he has 
on his hobbies of photography and wine 
and beer making. He says: 

'Tin impressed with the little beast 
— the ZX-81, I bought it last December 
with the idea of upgrading it as soon as I 
had mastered it but I don't see any need 
now. It does everything I want it to do". 
Before buying his computer, 
Sowerby had had no contact with any- 
thing more complicated than a pocket 
calculator but he decided that anything 
which could speed his office workload 
would be invaluable. 

"First, I waded through the book and 
made it to work. Then I wrote my first 
program, a simple one for VAT check- 
ing which has been fantastic. I found 
that it was really easy if you used 
common sense. Of course, there were 
headaches along the way but 1 sat down 
and scratched my head and it ail came 
out right. 

I am pleased to say that I have never 
bought a commercial program. I have 
written 10 of my own; the longest is for 
helping me to do the accounts. The 
amount of time it saves is incredible. 1 
buy the computer magazines and use 
some of the programs in them. Apart 
from being fun they can be really help- 
ful, too, because sometimes you dis- 
cover you have been using five lines 
where someone else has discovered a 
wav to say the same thing in only one 
line". 

Running his business, as well as fit- 
ting in his sports activities, means that 
Sowerby is highly-motivated to do 
everything in as short a time as possible 
and the computer has helped. 

'If I have all my work done by a 
reasonable time in the afternoon t can 
leave and fit in more training. So the 
computer is helping me in my sport, 




too". Modem pentathlon is a gruelling 
combination of sports, the aim being to 
find the best all-rounders. It embraces 
swimming, running, fencing, shooting 
and show pumping. 

"Swimming was always my main 
sport at school. I won at county level 
and was in the national top 10 when I 
was 17. Then I went to Carnegie Col- 
lege, Leeds to train as a physical educa- 
tion teacher for three years and I 
stopped competitive swimming. 

"My first job was as a teacher or 
PE) swimming and outdoor pursuits at 
Daniel Stewarts and Melville College,, 
Edinburgh, where David Wilkie went 
to school. I thoroughly enjoyed it but 
after a year I had the chance to swim 



competitively again with my old club in 
Leeds and so I left teaching to give 
myself more time. 

"I was trying to be selected for the 
Commonwealth Games and that meant 
four or five hours in the water every 
day. Then I entered the national biath- 
lon — swimming and running. I had 
entered it and won while I was still at 
college and that time 1 won it again". 

Sowerby is modest about that 
achievement, saying that although he 
was always the best runner at school, he 
assumed that was simply because he 
was fit from all the swimming. 

The result of his success in the biath- 
lon was thai the well-known pent ath- 
lete, Jim Fox, suggested he should try 



MS 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! 1984 



modern pentathlon. He had never 
fenced before, never used a gun, and 
scarcely ridden a horse but after only 
four weeks' training, he entered his first 
pentathlon in Cambridge and finished 
second, despite the presence of seven 
international modem pentathletes. 

Since then he has not Looked back, 
He has risen to international status and 
travels the world to compete in events 
as far afield as the United States— three 
trips already — and several countries in 
the Eastern bloc. 

"1 love the travelling and there are so 
many places I know I would never have 
seen had it not been for the competi- 
tions there. We were in Poland at the 
start of the crisis and I learned a good 
deal from that. 

"They absolutely revere their sports- 
men. There were food shortages and 
queues everywhere but we had meal at 
every meal and the autograph hunters 
were all round us". 

Sowerby is the only member of the 
four -ST rang Olympic squad who does 
not train full-lime but he sees that as nu 
bad thing. 

"■[ have ail the practice I need and in 
i on$ 1 think my fob helps, because it 
takes my mind off things, if you are just 
training all the time you think only 
about your sport and tl doesn't necessar- 
ily do you any good. You just become 
bored waiting for the next training ses- 
sion. 

"Iara glad [ tried the modern pen- 
tathlon because I am so much happier 
now. You have to be good at all five 
events but if you don't do so well in one 
aspect, it's not the end of The world. 
When I was swimming, one race might 
make or break me. 

"Now J know I am the worst fencer 
in the squad but I am training hard and 
my running and swimming are strong 
enough to compensate for it". 

The businesses which Sowerby runs 
stem from the enterprise of his parents, 
Dennis and Elsie, who formed their 
joinery company at Knares borough 30 
years ago. As the business flourished, so 
more and more customers needed glass, 
so he formed Knaresborough Glass and 
now runs both companies with the help 
of his father. 

Set in a small yard off the main street 
in the sleepy Yorkshire market town, 
with offices in a building known as the 
hen hui, it is a far cry from (he glamour 
of the international sports circuit but 
Sowerby, who last year married a fellow 
member of his swimming club, is happy 
10 return to his her) hui and sit crouched 
over his computer, 

Since buying the ZX-81 he has also 



bought an Olivetti printer driven by a 
Memopak I/F which he keeps hidden 
under the dK'tronics keyboard. 

"The printer has been a marvellous 
help 3 too. 1 have written a word proces- 
sor program and I use it for all my 
letters, for final demands, invoices, ev- 
erything really, I begin to wonder what 
I did without it". 

Sowerby also sees potential for com- 
puters in the world of sport. Already 
they are used widely For results, as well 
as for much of the administrative work, 
but he cites a need for them in sports 
such as fencing. Each fencer's sword 



you can usually do it even when, as in 
his case, it seems as if there will never 
be the time. 

**I do a great deal with my time but I 
enjoy it all, otherwise I wouldn't do it. 1 
will go on as a pentathlete until I stop 
enjoying the training. When it becomes 
a real chore and you don't want to do it, 
that's the time to stop. 

"Many people seem to think 1 must 
be sacrificing a great deal for sport but I 
don't see it as a sacrifice, because I 
enjoy it. 

*The only things I miss are smoking 
40 cigarettes a day and probably being 



'I have written a word processor program and 
I use it for all my letters. For final demands, 
invoices, everything really. I begin to wonder 
what I did without it' 



has a button on the end which lights at 
certain points of contact with the oppo- 
nent and is controlled by a box mechan- 
ism. "That box mechanism often fails 
and as there is only one company mak- 
ing fencing equipment, there IS not 
much we can do but a computer to 
operate that mechanism could prove far 
more reliable and 1 am sure someone 
could make money producing it' T . 

Sowerby feels the project is a little 
ambitious for him, although he main- 
tains thai if you want to do something. 



overweight by the age of 18. So w he re's 
the sacrifice?" 

Financially, Sowerby has to be self- 
supporting in his sport and thai can 
mean sacrificing some expense — the 
Spectrum, for example, for which he 
sees no need in his office but on which 
he loves playing games for its colour 
and its extra graphics. 

Any purchase not essential to him 
stays in the shop but that could he why 
both his business and his sporting ca- 
reer ire proving so successful. 




SINCLAIR L'SER Annual 1984 



Hi) 






WIDGIT 



SOFTWARE 



FOR 



YOUNG CHILDREN 



COLOURFUL FUN EDUCATIONAL GAMES FOR 2 to 
8 YR OLDS WITH SUPERB GRAPHICS, SOUND AND 

ANIMATION 

ALPHABET \ma»3. bi 4BK Spectrum E5.25 

SHAPE SORTER ttgaa 61 16/48K Spectrum £5.25 

An «JC9#attt S»l ot program* . . limplr la mw *nd w*lf omtr t'ajiftMi. Of i/raal vrtcnr 
to young children ' (Mgrrrf Computing Wttktft 

COUNTING lageS-fll 1 6/48K SpBCtrum fS.25 

Alt pragrMms u» fountf. eetettr and st/petb a/3pt>iCl Education*! arnt onttirfarnmg " 
IHom* Cotnpaimg rVtmktyi 

ADDING Si SUBTRACTING to* +-7) 

16'48K Spectrum £5,25 

"Superb saiiyisarning programs until graphics wtu'eh would put marry 3 Sptir.tmm 
juzutf* game to shame- Whotentafiedty rncnmmanded ' ' tHn/ruf Computing Weekly > 

PATH FINDER l , 9 «4 gi 16/48K Spectrum £595 

Watchout for these and other programmes coming soon on the 
COMMODORE 64 ELECTRON and BBC B 



EH53 




QUICK THINKING 

l#gi 6 or 7 to 1 1 and above) 48 K Spectrum £6 95 

Commodore 54 £6.95 

soon for the Electron and BBC 8 

2 great programmes from WIDGIT SOFTWARE 

to sharpen up your own and your children's mental arithmetic. 

Available from many retail stores, W. H. Smith's or in case of 

difficulty from WIDGIT SOFTWARE, 48 Durham Road London 

N2 9DT (by return of post S-A.E. for catalogue* 



kemp 




THE BEST BUSINESS SOFTWARE 
ON ANY HOME MICRO 

"On a large computer system a file of this 
nature would cost between £150- £700. ** 

P. C, S. Distribution 

Sales Ledger Up to 1200 entries per month 

Purchase Ledger 

Stock Ledger 

Stock Control Unlimited entries 

Only £14,95 each {48K Spectrum only) 

Available at Selfridges and at all good computer 
shops. 

Nationwide wholesale dislri 1ml inn t» Mierodi-nlt-r 
U.K. and P.C.S. Distribution. 

Kemp Limited, 43 Muswdl Hill t London N10 3PN. 

Hotline 01-444 5499 



PHEENIX 

\<J&teb P^f 1*M *r- '&■' £' '*.ph*tl JifJ iOunrJ Highly rpc&TWCrttitC i HcjI'i* Cawtp "Willy ) 

T*ie beir Spec cum ftiarm* rfi ' lSodq*jfe Su*r*mjbfLei I 




You art irt command of the it if -destroyer 

Phoenix. Swarms of robot scout birds, attack you. 
Beautiful eggs magically appear, then hatch into 
deadly Phoenix war birds. Can you survive to face 
the heavily guarded flagship ' 

* 5 screens. *S skill levels * demonstration mode 

* full sound effects * music * flapping birds 

* Kempston & AGF joystick compatible * lOO"* mfc 



Onu £5 "50 

for any 16k or any 48 k 
ZX SPECTRUM 

DCAj.tR tNQUIRItS WEltQMt 



Megadodo Software 

16 While Road 

Sutton Coldfield 

W Midlands B7I I ND 




HORNBY 
SOFTWARE 

SPECTRUM 

PRO GOLF SERIES 

The nearest to the real thing 

7 Recommended by "Sinclair User". August 

EXACT SIMULATION OF BRITAIN'S TOP GOLF COURSES 
(1> ALL GOLF RULES APPLY 

(2) DESIGNED FOR ONE OR TWO PLAYERS 

(3) PLAYED OFF ANY HANDICAP 

(4) ON EACH HOLE DIST, PAR, GREEN ENLARGEMENT 

15) CONTROL SHOT - CLUB, STRENGTH, DIRECTION, 
SHAPE OF SHOT 

(6) GRAPHICS EXCELLENT 

(7) EXTREMELY REALISTIC 

* TROON E6.95 48K 

ROYAL BIRKOALE £6 95 4SK 

LINORICK £6.95 48K 

<NEW> WENTWORTH - BOTH COURSES £10,00 48K 

PRO GOLF £4.95 I6/48K 

9 HOLE SIMULATED COURSE 

ALL PRICES INCLUSIVE OF VAT, P+p. AVAILABLE FROM: 

HORNBY SOFTWARE 

21 PINFOLD HILL, LEEDS LS15 0PW 



) 



120 



5 1 NC LAJ R I ?5 E R A « *W 19fU 




NOW™" BRIDGE 



ON YOUR 



VlilTH 




MICROBRIDGE 

THE PERFECT TUTOR FOR IMPROVING BRIDGE PLAY. 

PRAISED BV EXPEflTS AS THE IDEAl COMPANION FOR 

BEGINNERS AND ADVANCED PLAYERS. 

Microbritjge allows you to play Contracts all the 
time, at your own pace, in your own way, 
against a formidable defence, 
Micro bridge gives you an infinite variety of Con- 
tracts to practise your card play, in a way never 
before possible. 

Microbridge contains special features to belp 
you analyse your play as it progresses, 
Microbridge does not get upset or lose its tem- 
per 1 It develops your confidence and skill in a 
remarkable way. 

ftf-ASfSFW Mf YOUft WCROBRiPftf CASSETTE fpF THE SffCTflUM 48K 



□ 



NAME 
ADDHE55 



I ENCl QStMT CHFQUf -f □ 

Fpit|ria|ji , *rieiE to 

SIHtlB SOFTWARE' 

n* mhpisfdfu no. south 

CROTODN SUM" Cm (01 



H 



BPECTROGRAPHIC! 

(for Sinclair Spectrum 48k) 
"A complete graphics toolkit. ..very easy to use. 

documentation clear and concise" 

(Personal Computer Woiidi 

For Teachers For Games Enrrrusiasts For Artists For Everyone* 

Exploits the Spectrum's superb graphics potential to the full: 

• 1 1 graphics procedures 

• Hi- arid lores sketch pads 

• 8 sizes of text 

• a mini-text editor 

• colour WASH and PAINT 

• create your own UDG characters 

• SAVE displays on tape or PRINT on ZX Printer 

• RELOAD displays into your own programs 

send £6.90 for cassette and manual 
'graphics software lor ZX81 also available* 

send s.a.e. lor Our lull list o! games. ritfHfet, graphs and soenut*- - 
Ful rooney-bacfc guarantee : Trade enquiries welcome 



software 



I ^ 



Oept SA , 36 Femwood, Marple Bridge, 
Stockport, Cheshire, SK6 5BE, England. 



m\ 



for your Spectru 




tm 



44°s 

Smart executive type case, purpose built, with locks, * IT" ■ 
special hinges and lift-ofTlid. (plusp&pj 

Internal console allows neat installation or computer, power supply 
and printer in Titled recesses. Provision for housing tape recorders up to 

28cm x 15cm, 

Aluminium switch panel eliminates constant removal of plugs for boih 

save/load and power orr facilities and provides sockets for tape recorder 

leads to allow operation in convenient position shown. 

All internal wiring and leads supplied to allow easy plug-in installation 
Case lid fitted with shock absorbing foam to protect components when 

dosed and with retaining straps for neat storage of mains and T.V. aerial 

leads. 

SINCLAIR USER Annual 19X4 



> Solves storage problems 
l Computer angled for 
--^convenient use 

Avoids lengthy setting up 
'Hues most of wiring 
• Case and console moulded in 
1 grained ABS plastic 

Treelop DesiB^s, 61 Wklmotc Road, 
Bromley. Kent BR I BAA. 



To: I rtetop Deigns 

FrecpOft, Bromley, Kenl. BR! HJ2 

Please supply cases a I 

£47.43 each (iikI p&pand insurance) 

Mycheqwt/P.0. fori 



is mack- payable to I rcelop Designs 

PI EASE PRINT NAMb AND 
ADDRESS 

Mr/Mrs/Miss 



Addii-s^ 



Please alio* up id 2* days for delivery. 

ITyou arc MM satisfied wc shall t*t auir^e 
refund your money, if you rrmrn the 
tase undamaged wild in 1* Jay* 



121 




122 



SINCLAIR USER Ammai 1984 



Each month we will interview a notable Sinclair user. Claudia Cooke 
meets our first User of the Month, a retired shipbuilding manager. 

Retiring to the sea, the 
ships and his Sinclairs 



ERIC AN SELL had been looking 
forward to retirement and the 
chance of a return to his native 
Isle ofWight. Two years ago, at the age of 
65 , he moved into a cottage near the sea 
at Cowes with his wife, also an islander, 
and intended to enjoy a quiet life of 
reading, walking and watching television. 
"Never in a million years did I think t 
would learn something so new at my 
age", he says, Yet in the six months since 
his son gave him a ZX-81, he has become 
hooked on home computers, to the extent 
that he has just bought a Spectrum and a 
new tape recorder to go with it. 

"My son bought a ZX-81 but then he 
moved to another computer and when he 
visited me last summer he asked if 1 
would like the ZX-81. 

"At first I wondered what I wanted 
with a computer. 1 could not see any use 
for it. 1 had no interest in computers and I 
did not realise how much fun they could 

be". 

Ansell, however, is a man who believes 
in trying anything. * l Once my son had 
left I started fiddling with it and became 
absolutely hooked in no time It is the 
sheer logic of it which appeals to me," he 
says, 

"You program a game from one of the 
books and it tells you that you have made 
two errors. Once you find those errors 
you realise they are so logical and 
obvious. It just takes common sense". 

He admits it was two weeks before he 
managed to program a game successfully 
and he has not yet reached the stage of 
writing a program. 

"When I bought the Spectrum two 
months ago, I found it much easier to 
start because I already had some 
knowledge of the ZX-81 and I have 
become much faster at typing-in now. 

"I used to have two pipes of tobacco in 
the afternoon and perhaps read a little or 
watch television. Now I become so 
engrossed I forget all about my pipe and 
everything else and I usually spend about 
two hours, four days a week, with my 
Spectrum*. 

Ansell had had contact with computers 
during his work as naval planning 
manager with Swan Hunter in Newcastle 



before his retirement but although he did 
the critical path diagrams for the 
computer printouts, his contact was 
indirect. 

"1 was always rather dubious about 
large computers at work. If, for instance, 
something is proceeding satisfactorily on 
a ship and you put it through the 
computer to find the best way, you might 
have to wait five or sis days for an answer 
but you can go and look at the ship and 
have it corrected in one day". 

He spent 35 years working for a local 
shipbuilding firm at Cowes before 
moving to Newcastle when the firm 
closed. He began his career as a naval 
draughtsman and then became a char- 
tered engineer before working as a naval 
shipbuilding manager. He loves ships 
and everything to do with them and says: 

"What amazes me about the Spectrum 
is its ability to produce an almost perfect 

'Never in a million 
years did I Luink 

I would learn 

something so new 

at my age 5 



reproduction of, say, a destroyer, at the 
push of a few buttons". 

Ansell is keen to scotch rumours that 
computers are for the young, or at least 
for the under-ftus. He sees no reason why 
that should be so. 

"1 admit we are not so likely to have 
contact with them in retirement. 1 doubt 
that I should have discovered them if it 
had not been for my son but 1 would 
strongly advise any retired person with a 
reasonable amount of common sense to 
buy one straight away and play with it, 

"It has given me an interest 1 never 
expected to have at my age and my 
brother in-law and I spent the whole of 
Boxing Day together, playing golf with 
the Spectrum". 

It must be said that he is and always has 
been an avid games player. Apart from 
being a crossword fanatic, he also 
subscribes to a weekly puzzle magazine 



and likes board games as well. 

!1 I remember when my two sons were 
young, 1 would buy a new game every 
Christmas and we would all spend hours 
wit h it, sometimes making-up the rules as 
we went along which, of course you 
cannot do with a computer", he says. 

As for progressing to even more 
ambitious activities, he is happy with his 
ZX-81 and his Spectrum, although he 
says he may consider a 48 K Spectrum 
instead of his present I6K, 

The next step, of course, is for him to 
begin writing programs, something he is 
characteristically keen to try. 

"I realise I need more experience first 
and 1 am still enjoying the cassettes 1 can 
buy, like Escape and Othello, but I would 
like to program one or two games and 1 
intend to try soon I find a great sense of 
achievement in putting a program on 
tape and having it correct". 

Ansell is a young-looking 67. He wears 
a smart blue velvet packet and sits in an 
armchair within easy reach of a bowl of 
assorted pipes, as befits any ocean- loving 
man. On the other side is his Spectrum 
and across the room there is the 
presentation tray he received on his 
retirement from Swan Hunter, listing all 
the ships on which he worked. 

The room is a stark mixture of the old 
and the new, a combination which Ansell 
has proved can work well together. All in 
all, computers have enhanced his life in a 
way he did not think possible and did noi 
think he desired. 

Retirement at Cowes, where he and his 
wife were brought up, attending the same 
school and marrying 43 years ago s is 
something of an idyll and Ansell admits 
that much as he enjoyed his years in 
Newcastle, there was never any doubt in 
his mind as to where he would set up his 
retirement home. 

"I think that had I left the island when I 
was young, there might not have been the 
same nostalgia but I was 50 when we 
moved north and that is just too old to 
begin putting down new roots", 

Now, surrounded by sea, ships and a 
host of books on both subjects, Ansell 
and his computers are enjoying 
themselves thoroughly. 



SINCLAIR USER Annual 19S4 



123 









Claudia Cooke interviews a West Midlands doctor who is finding 
ways of using a Sinclair computer to help educate his children 

The smiling Spectrum 
is Sophie's first choice 



SOPHIE DENT has found life 
enriched since [he arrival of a 
Sinclair Spectrum in her home 
six months ago. It is not that she has 
spoken of that enrichment hut speaking 
is altogether a problem, since Sophie is 
only 18 months old. 

Her shrieks or delight are sufficient 
proof as she hurls herself towards the 
keyboard for another intense session 
with -one of her two programs. Both 
were written specially for Sophie by her 
father, Dr Tom Dent, who shares So- 
phie's enthusiasm for home computers. 

His other children, 1 0-year-old James 
and Rhian, aged seven, both fell in love 
with the Spectrum as soon as it arrived. 
It soon became apparent that the role of 
onlooker was too much for little Sophie; 
she wanted to play, too. 

At first her father was not sure how 
he could write a program for Sophie— 
for pressing specific kevs and refraining 
from resting an elbow On the others is 
difficult for any baby— but found the 
answer with two colourful and instant- 
ly-rewarding programs which operate 
whichever key is pressed. 

The fir$t allowed Sophie to produce a 
smiling baby's face on the screen, some- 
thing with which she could identify and 
recognise from an early age. Her father, 
a 35-year-old general practitioner, ex- 
plains; "Faces are the first things to 
which a baby responds and under- 
stands. It was a happy, smiling face and 
Sophie loved it". 

The Second baby-proof program is 
called Ghastly Graphics and has proved 
equally popular with the older children. 
Again, it operates by random pressing 
of the keys. Gradually it produces a 
mass of random graphics which eventu- 
ally will fill the screen in a colourful 
pattern. Each graphic is accompanied 
by a note, making a cheerful tune which 
further captures Sophie's attention. 

Dent admits that at that stage the 
Spectrum is just another toy to Sophie 
and an expensive one were it not also 
used by other members of the family. 

He is already looking to the future, 
when Sophie is three or four, and hopes 
the Spectrum will be able to teach her to 



read quicker and more efficiently than 
either he or his wife, 36-year-old Janet, 
could do. 

"The marvellous thing about a com- 
puter is that it has infinite patience. 
Where anyone else might be bored with 
a reading lesson after half an hour or so, 
it will carry on until Sophie has had 
enough; and when children are really 
interested in something) they can go on 
for hours. 

"The computer also makes things 
much more fun; learning becomes a 
game. I have written two educational 
programs for James and Rhian and they 
love them. Yet if I showed them the 
same facts in a book they would tell me 
to get lost. Books do not tend to be 
fun". 

One of Denfs educational programs 
is for learning tables, a tedious task for 
most schoolchildren. Yet James and his 




friend both worked their way through 
the program during my visit with en- 
dent enjoyment, not to mention great 
accuracy. 

The other program is on elementary 
physics, an explanation of the differ- 
ences between gases, solids and liquids. 
A simple explanation of each is followed 
by a simple question to test the child's 
comprehension of what has just been 
read. An incorrect answer takes the 



child back to the relevant text, whk h 
may be read again for a better under- 
standing. 

There are no pictures, no tunes- 
only words. Yet the program has proved 
popular with the children in a way no 
physics text book could hope to do. 

"If you want to know the answer in a 
text book, you have to look it up each 
time al the back of the book but here it 
tells you immediately whether you are 
correct. It also means you cannot cheat 
or skip pages as you can do in a book. It 
is programmed so that you cannot move 
on until you have understood and an- 
swered a question correctly on one par- 
ticular section". 

The Dent family does not use the 
Spectrum only for serious programs. 
They use many of the games programs 
on the market, too, and Dent was forced 
to admit that he is usually beaten by 
James. 

He sees the implications of the com 
puter generally as far-reaching. Already 
the health authority at Walsall, where 
he works in a group practice, has a 
computer which can recall children for 
vaccinations more accurately than hu- 
man labour could do. 

There is also the potential for com- 
puters to be used in many other forms 
of recall in medicine, such as women 
needing regular cervical smear tests. 

Dent feels that if individual practices 
could have their own computers they 
could prove invaluable in assessing indi- 
vidual practitioners* performances. He 
has already written a Basic program as 
an experiment for patient use. It as- 
sumes that the patient is complaining of 
a stomach pain and asks a scries of 
relevant questions to which the patient 
responds by pressing a key. 

The computer assimilates the various 
responses so that Dent can press 
another key and be given one or several 
possible diagnoses. 

I was invited to try the program and, 
being unable to remember the full de- 
tails of any stomach pain I might have 
had, caused a rather confusing diagnosis 
which ranged from dyspepsia to gall 
bladder trouble. The point was that it 



124 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! I9M 




was fun and I think I would have 
though) so even if I had a pain at the 
time. It also seemed more private and 1 
could take my time in pinpointing the 
exact spot of the pain without worrying 
thai the doctor might become impa- 
tient. 

The program is not something Dent 
will use wilh his patients; it is simply a 
test for himself at ihis stage. 

*'I think a computer could become 
very useful in this field. Certainly it 
would save some time if a patient were 
io answer the questions before going in 
to see the doctor. It is a fact that a 
doctor, being only human, cannot ask 
the same questions without some form 
of bias". 

With a computers a patient is given 
no hint of an expected answer, or the 
possible element of surprise at any 
given answer, but Dent is quick to point 
out that the computer is not in itself 
sufficient because it does not see the 
patient. 

"The computer cannot possibly no- 
lice that the patient looks more tired 
than the previous week, For example, or 
seems to be depressed about something, 
but it might have a function in produc- 
ing, very quickly, a list of possible 
diagnoses for a given complaint". 

Dent, who lives with his family and 
his Spectrum at 5treetly 3 near Sutton 
Coldfield in the West Midlands, trained 
as a doctor in London and has been 



practising at Waisall for five years. One 
or two of his friends in the area have 
their own home computers but he says 
his children know more computer own- 
ers than he does. 

"By and large, children seem to love 
them. If they think a computer is Tun 
and it helps them to learn, I cannot see 
anything wrong. I certainly do not feel 

'The computer also 

makes things much 

more fun; learning 

becomes a game' 

it is indoctrination or anything. When a 
child becomes bored with the computer, 
he has only to switch it off and walk 
away". 

Dent is hesitant about predicting the 
success of a computer as a replacement 
for school because of the social implica- 
tions. 

'*It is a good teacher but I think the 
children would miss school friends, 
football and so On. We hope that Sophie 
might learn from the computer to read 
and perhaps to write before she begins 
school. 

"If there were no school in the area 
which seemed acceptable to us, I sup- 
pose we might consider teaching her at 
home but that is not the case and, 



anyway, I think we would make that 
decision with or wiihoui (he com- 
puter". 

At the moment the Spectrum is So- 
phie's toy, one of many. She under- 
stands that io press a key will produce 
something entertaining on the screen. 
She does not yet know that it can make a 
difference which key you press and she 
certainly does not understand that tapes 
were not designed for unravelling with 
a little finger and trailing across the 
floor but given that she is still a baby, 
her familiarity with computers should 
make all those things far easier to learn 
in the next few years. 

Her seven-year-old sister already en- 
joys entering programs, with a child's 
unquestioning acceptance of the repet- 
itive details required in instructing a 
computer— and she started only six 
months ago. 

The Dent family has found a toy, a 
teacher and a potential secretary all in 
one. The next stop will be 10 buy an 
interface to enable them to use the 
Spectrum as a word processor. 

With an age range spanning one-third 
of a century, they have found something 
from which each can benefit. As a 
family they have been converted. 

If Tm&r} would tike to nominate people for User 
itf the Month, phase virile to Sinclair User, 1 96-200 
Baili Pond Road, London Nl 4AQ f>tvwg name, 
addren and daytime telephone number and the 
reatonsfor (he nomination. 



SINCLAIR USER Annua! 1984 



11$ 



5GE 

PROGRAMMABLE 







"** 



or ZXS1 



ABOLTOUR INTERFACE 

I he AGt Programmable Joy slu'k Interface is 
a unique design offering [he use of any AMri- 
compatible joystick with absolutely all soft 
ware, whether it is cassette or ROM cart- 
ridge, with the Sinclair Spectrum or ZX8I. 
The hardware programmable inter Luc re- 
quires no additional software and accurately 
replicate* the keys of the computer in a 
manner which is responsive to absolutely 
ALL key reveling methods, both BASIC and 
Machine Code. 

Trie interface does not interfere with key 
operation and can therefore be used simul- 
taneously with the keyboard. 

There is no need to remove the interface once 
fined as the rear extension connector will 

actormrjndjte further expansion, i.e primer*. 
Or RAM packs etc. I his important feature 
avoids excessive wear to the expansion purl. 

The key replication principle pioneered by 
At; h means that your own programs can use 
eight directional joystick movement by 
utilising simple key reading BASIC. 
Two joystick sockets are provided which 
share the same keys, foi use with the 
majority of two player games. Several inter- 
faces may be used on the same computer for 
multiple joystick applications, 

I lie interface is programmed by a two dipii 

code, which is looked up on a programming 

chart supplied, for each direction and firing 
hut Ion, The two numbers are I hen selected; 
on « pair of leads which are clipped onto" 
appropriately numbered strips on (he inter~ 
face. 

Once configured this can be marked on a 
Ouick Reference Programming Card for 
storing with the game. As the programming 
is nor power dependent the interface retains 
the last configuration made and can be 
immediately used when next switched on. 




PACKAGE CONTENTS SUPPLIED 

• Programmable Interface Module as [Uvf 
trated, complete with clip-on program- 
ming leads. 

• Self adhesive programming chart detailing 
how to define which key is tirnulaled hv 
UP. DOWN, LEFT, RIGHT, and FIRE. 
This can be fixed on to the cast of your 
computer or if preferred rhe protective 
backing can he left on. 1 lie < hurt p*. made 
of a very durable reven* printed plant ic 
and is extremely easy in read. 

• One pack of ten Quick Reference Pro- 
gramming Cards for alliance letting 
to your games requirement*. I he card 
allows you to mark the configuration in 
an easy to read fashion with space to 
record the software title and company 
name. 

■ Video Graffiti demonstration program 
which is writ ten totally in BASIC lu illus- 
trate how all eighl directions and fire 
can be read. I his is also a useful high 
resolution drawing program. 

• 12 month* guarantee and full written 
iris true I ions. 

JOYSTICKS 



KEV FEATURES 

* Programmable design gives TOTAL soft- 
ware Support. 

* Accepts Alari, Competition Pro, Wico, 
StarfiRru«r, Quick Shot. Le Stick etc, 

* Hear extension connector for all other 
add-ons. 

* t-'ree demo program and instructions. 



I CONTROLLERS { 



X c 



FOR USE WITH OL'R INTERFACE 
Module or VIC 20, Commodore 64, 

Atari VCS, Atari 400, Atari 800 

J I yew require exira Joystick*, for our 

original interface module mark order 

'OLD? Joyflicki 

ONLY £7.54 inc VAT + P&P 



FROM: MR/MRS/MISS 


ADDRESS 






SEND CW-0- (NO STAMP NEEDED! TO: A.G.F. HARDWARE, DEPT, 5A, 


FREEPOST, BOGNOR REGIS, WEST SUSSEX, P022 9BR 


QTV 


ITEM 


ITEM PRICE 


TOTAL 




PROGRAMMABLE INTERFACE 


33.95 






JOYSTICK(S) 


7.54 






PACKJS) QUICK REFERENCE CARDS 


1.00 




ONE 


VIDEO GRAFFITI 


FREE 




ZX61 D ZX SPECTRUM □ Please tick 


FINAL TOTAL 




DtAl.l ; 


VtR (£S W£L ( OMt EX FOR T PR fC£S t>,\ -1 /'/'/ ICA Tl 


■;■■-. 



126 



SINCLAIR L'SER Annual IW4 



SPECTRUM & ZX 81 
EDUCATIONAL SOFTWARE 




CALPAC LEARNING SERIES 

Uh mr Campum Arrive L-5".r.Hj FA<Cli» to help mw «rl»ldi«i> *nb iheir H:hai* irorl Hw 
ATMrimi rii it 1 * MfM* um< *rtjvififl coiiiur graphics j^d P4Ki«J lemaln turning mo-r «rffJTf*ni*. E#e*l 
gaet e«piT«tnj four proarri** inn * luitib* Hor uso (rt* ll» 1BK m 4B»L Spu-buti PiOjitm iwlu 
*r* •wp4X«' ,., ,„ 

VOLUME 1 [Ifom 6 years) "50 

r»ni Jr« mm idAHois »•*» sufiirjcKKi Willi 6s\mml iwtfi t*cilnm; powflrrul. »»** •(■? "■« <lrm,irm 

r>"'turjin' *WllLh COmpa^Mffcliiir. -i|iul'*i' ID 4TVri4:qn Intjiftfil 

VOLUME 2 (from 7 year*! f 9 50 

fUjwHn Nnpty; ip**^ lesCrr «rih *Hay nncrv <i4 yuw own* ■*!#■. 1la*rMi fabte (hIp*: hofWipftoi'^fc 

VOLUME 3 (from 9 years] £9-50 

Ndifh. «•*!. «*rtw» »n» «*•«", imui of vrti: biOlog* el rtw Iknv: kino *vmwn !..-.., 

Addiiiotiol femuci arte CALPAC HARKING SEWE5 include: 

•Spellinf. iheckers 

* ,L Htlp" (»n up tduUIK 

"Euy imrrtran of nibfrCT nurenil nl yuul hi cIuke iiHn Hi* prDgtHitu 

CALPAC C1 O-LEVEL CHEMISTRY £7-50 

Four ctoirlv p>*t*nw> mwmmuIhIipi*! i****™- Tlw *ubjml nun* Itu bnn cwsiun* HmBMrad 

[D COVnr Ph* flVliB tfnfKXUHVl HKTtt *l 

* Elammti. compound* »™t iraithKm 
» Struclim. t u f^ng mi prnfMfliH, 

* teds' slKHelvM •ml 1ne IdM| «*!•*, 

* At*da piet and pole? 

*J* Sprrfninr #>C 'fiK' ZK'fl' «H« 0* "» ?ju».rw »>« •"■*'* "»™ VcHv wr»rt im 



Our software Li jraildtilc by direct mail from; 

CALPAC COMPUTER SOFTWARE 

10* HtrrnitaRf Wood* Crescent 

Si fohtoi, WOKING. Surr* J OUtl IL I 

For futTher details please rciepriMie: 04B &7 2584 

Wc have a demons! ration cassette available for mtilcn or schools 



TAKE A BREAK 
PLAY WITH EDUCATION 



New games for secondary level 
learning and revision 

AKADIMIAS FOUNDATION SERIES 

Programs especially written by University 
Academics and teachers for the Spec- 
trum 48K. 

Choose between various time based skill 
levels to answer questions in your sub- 
ject. 

English History 
European History 
English Literature 

Ask us for a catalogue; 

Sussex Software 

FREEPOST : Devizes SN10 1BR 

Wiltshire 



c 



SUSSEX 
SOFTWARE 



r 



] 



Ffjr ZXB1 £ 



Every computer needs 

CHATTERBOX If 

"Listen creep. I am ihe leader... 



^ CTRUM ^uGlO 



BBC 
TRS80 
APPLE 
NASCOM 
WC/PET 64 
(Please stale) 



NEW! 

EXCLUSIVE* 




SPflOi 
S*NtK5S 



All HAM 
STUAPT 



PITCH 
CONTROL 






TW 



CHAl ERBOX I can say anything! 

Genuine phoneme synthesis - not just recorded 
speech - hence unlimited vocabulary 
Programmable pitch for more natural intonation 
(exclusive to Wrn Stuart Systems)- solid tone 
cabinet for quality sound - integral beep music 
amplifier. PLUS expansion socket for BIG EARS 
voice recognition system. Full instructions 
technical notes and software supplied with this 
outstanding educational unit. 
DEALER ENQUIRIES WELCOME 



As seen on BBC TV Computer Programme 



* BIG EARS* 







SPEECH 

INPUT 
FOR ANY 

COMPUTER 

Hugely successful Speech flecmtion System 

complete with microphone, software and full 

instruclions. 

BUILT TESTED & GUARANTEED 

PLEASE STATE COMPUTER; UK101. 

SPECTRUM. ATOM. NASCOM2. Vie 20. M<cran. 

zxarj.-ai pet, trsbo. mzsok, apple it, bbc micro 



only £49 



ZX81 /SPECTRUM 

MUSIC SYNTHESISER (Stereo) 4 

16 LINE CONTROL PORT 

Play 3- part music, sound eftecis. drums etc. Full 
control of attack, decay and frequency. 
Input Oulpul itnes provide conlrol and monitor 
facility lot Home Security, Robot Control, Model 
Railway etc. etc. Works wilhor wilhout 16K RAM 







NEW! 1 


VIBRATO 
CONTROL 



Full instructions software included 

Add keyboard to make a live performance 

polyphonic synthesiser 1 

Note up to 3 unilscan be used simultaneously. 

giving 9 musjc channels & 43 1 lines 



AMAZING VALUE 
AT ONLY 

£19-50 (KIT) 
£25.50 (8UiLT| 



THE COMPOSER 

Symhciifi^' Music 

Programi 3 

Emer 8 play 3 pari Karmorty. 

IrtcludBS demarrslratHKiS 

lSoaclnjmZK8itrte*mm«"i»* E~ 



TALKING HANGMAN 



ForCfiaira^DcMi 1 

,iS9if. gai~^e 
claims i» victims 
«i(h a di^ vocal 
accomfjsnimsn! jSpoCErumj £6 



ZX ARP'DRUMSEQ F= 11 CHROMACODE?????? 



FaStifiatirag aymltiBsister 
rtcmorislraliorii Genefales 
automariC sequences and 
play* Ham keyboard Some 
weird eUaels iSpeClnjmi 



Can you dsluM 1h# bomOCy 

Cracl<ir«5 tne setrel 
ComtunaHan betare lirr* run* 
oui' Wnfc Charterbfti voies 
□ulpuKSOKtrufn) 



COLOUR MODULATOR 

RGB m PALUHFciijl(rV5t1orZXj 



KIT £16 

built £22 



Please add VAT at 1 5% lo prices. 

Barclay Access orders accepted by telephone 



All enquiries 
S.A.E. please 



WILLIAM 
STUART 

SYSTEMS Ltd 



Quarley Down House 
Choldertor 
Nr. Salisbury 
Wiltshire SP4O0Z 
Tel09B0&l235 



SINCtJUR USER Annual 1984 



!27 



Taking the strain out of 
calculating the wages 

Starting with the ZX-80 Ronald Sims has always found serious uses 
for his machines. Claudia Cooke talks to him about how they help. 



NO-ONE was more pleased than 
Vera Sims when her husband 
Ronald invested in his first 
computer, a ZX-80. For the first time in 
almost 20 years, her workload was re- 
duced from a day-and-a-half each week 
to only four hours. Mrs Sims has the 
job of calculating and paying the weekly 
wages for the 35 employees of the fam- 
ily automation business. 

"I used to do ii all in my head, with 
the help of a ready reckoner and it took 
me a day and a half Now my husband 
has written a program which does it all 
for me and it takes a few hours. It has 
been marvellous". 

Her husband has since changed to a 
ZX-8I with a 64K. Memopack and the 
program covers job costing for up to 10 
jobs, tax deductions, a variety of indi- 
vidual allowances and more than 30 
subtotals and totals. 

Airs Sims, 69 ? says: "It was a bit 
strange at first because I didn't know 
the first thing about computers but I 



soon got the hang of it and now I'm 
really pretty quick". 

Husband Ronald, 70, interrupts to 
reveal that the early days were not that 
simple, "She just wouldn't believe it at 
first. When the computer produced the 
figures she used to take them down 

'The computer just 

cannot make the kind 

of human errors 

everyone makes' 

quickly and work it out herself to make 
sure, I must say her calculations were as 
quick as those of the computer. 

"Now she realises that the computer 
just cannot make the kind of human 
errors which every person is bound to 
make at some time or another". 

Although the Sinclair is his first com- 
puter, Sims is no newcomer to the 
processes of logic involved- He had 



worked in the radio industry since 1929 
and had become fascinated by 'wire- 
lesses' even before he left school at the 
age of 17. 

"At school we had a physics master 
who was very keen on the wireless, as it 
was known in those days. I was charged 
with his enthusiasm and by the time 1 
left I was one of few people who knew 
how they worked." 

His first job was with a firm selling 
do-it-yourself wireless kits. People 
would buy the kits on Friday, he says, 
and return on Monday to find what 
they were doing wrong. His job was to 
advise customers exactly how to assem- 
ble them. 

"In the early 1930s I realised my 
technical education was not keeping 
pace with the changes so I got a job with 
Siemens in telephone exchange devel- 
opment work. The logic then was the 
same as the logic of computers today 
and 1 was given a good training". 

When the second world war broke 




128 



SINCLAIR t 'Si-It Atutwt tSS4 







out, the company had jus: begun work Christmas. We couldn't drag them 
on the development of radar and Sims away from the set. We all enjoyed it", 
became chief of test gear. The eldest grandson, aged 12, has 

"There was such urgency because of already had the ZX-80 bequeathed to 
the war that we had to start manufactur- him, together with the 16K memory, 
ing in quantity products which had not 
been made previously. Being respon- 
sible for testing, it was the first time 1 
really became interested in automation 
and automatic testing," 

After the war, Sims left to join Mi- 
chael Sobell, first as technical assistant 
to the buyer and then as chief buyer. He 
stayed with the company for 12 years 
and says that without Sobell's commer- 
cial guidance he could never have start- 
ed his own business- 
Start it he did, 25 years ago, when he 
detected a gap in the industry for auto- 
mation. Today his company, Lectromcc 
Controls, is still flourishing in south 
London, run by his three grown-up 
sons and his 2X-81. 

He is working on a cashflow program 
for the firm, although he is doubtful 
whether his Memopack can cope with a 
sufficient number of invoices 

His wages program took many 
months to compile but the result has 
been worthwhile. Not only does it do 
the job much faster, it rules out the 
necessity for Mrs Sims to have her cash 
sheets checked by someone else before 
handing-out the pay. 

*'If you make a mistake you just look 
at the picture and know if it's right or 
wrong", says Mrs Sims. "The only 
thing is that you lose your brain, be- 
cause you just look at the picture and 
copy it all down. I used to have to make 
so many calculations in my head but 
now 1 almost think you could become 
brainless within a few years." 

Sims has one criticism of Sinclair, 
levelled at the printer. "I think it was 
very ambitious to produce this printer 
but I think il leaves a lot to be desired. 
It prints so badly; 1 think it's the ther- 
mal paper. If you leave it switched on 



He is at least as enthusiastic as his 
grandfather. 

Now Sims is working on a conversa- 
tion program to use with his grandsons 
at this year's Christmas gathering. It is 
a marvellous program so far, tailored 
individually to each of the four boys so 
that if one gives the computer his name, 
it is liable to answer back with the name 
of his brother. 

A selection of 10 answers to each 
response from the boys appears at ran- 
dom, resulting in some highly-enter- 
taining non wquiturs, as well as some 
startlingly accurate replies. 

When asked how I was feeling by the 
computer, 1 replied "very hot", only to 
be told rather cheekily: "You look all 
right to me". When I agreed with the 
computer's suggestion, "1 heaT they call 
you Podge", it replied curtly. "Stop 
mucking me about". 

Sims hopes to develop the program to 
around 10 or 15 minutes by Christmas 
and is gaining evident enjoyment from 



'I think it was very ambitious to produce the 
printer but it leaves a lot to be desired; it 
prints so badly. If you leave it switched on all 
day the thing gets war m and the print blurs/ 

all day, which we might need to do 
often, the whole thing gets warm and 
the prim blurs". 

On the whole, though, he sees his 
computer as a great boon and not only 
for work purposes, "We have four 
grandsons and you should have seen 
them With all those computer games at 



the work involved. 

Aside from the computer, he and his 
wife are kept busy at their home in 
Kwell, Surrey, Mrs Sims is a regular 
bowls player, although sadly out of 
action during my visit due to a back 
injury. Her husband likes nothing bet- 
ter than to sit down for an hour or so 



and play the organ. He is from a musi- 
cal family and as a child learned to play 
a variety of instruments, including (he 
piano, violin, flute and piccolo, but his 
favourite remains the organ i particu- 
larly love playing classical music. I have 
always found it relaxing. To return 
home and get lost in the music for a 
time is a wonderful way of recovering 
from work". 

The Sims also have a narrow boat, 
moored on the Thames, to which they 
retreat whenever possible during the 
summer months to enjoy the sun and 
the fresh air. 

"Mostly we take it on the Thames 
these days, rather than the canals, but it 
is a wonderful way of relaxing. You 
don't have to arrange it all in advance; 
you just decide to go and that's it. It's a 
kind of freedom which is very valuable 
in business because, contrary to popular 
opinion, you cannot just take-off on 
holiday overseas whenever it suits you. 
You never know what will happen until 
the last moment". 

Both are now semi -retired and the 
father figure wisely attempts to keep his 
nose out of the family business to a 
great extent, leaving his sons to run it 
the way they wish to do. 

"I never pushed them into it, or 
expected too much of them. They all 
worked for other firms for a few years 
before joining me but I must admit it is 
pleasant that they all wanted to join. 
Now one is the managing director, one 
is sales director and the third is really 
installation manager". 

One of his sons has also become a 
highly-proficient organist, playing in a 
dance band. His father pours generous 
praise on his talent. 

Married for 43 yeaFS, the Sims are a 
contented couple, although not content 
10 sit back and do nothing. Theirs is an 
active life, made more so by the advent 
in Their home of the computer. 

They certainly defy any theory that 
computers are for the young. It was Mrs 
Sims who, having read Sinclair U$er s 
became the first person to nominate 
someone for the title of User of the 
Month — her husbund. 

She nominated him not only for his 
wages program but also for the fact that 
, he derives so much enjoyment and re- 
laxation from compiling the programs. 
His enjoyment of making the programs, 
she says, is almost greater than his 
enjoyment of operating them in his 
computer and although she steers clear 
of programming, she has learned a new 
skill at an age when few women expect 
to do so. 



SINCLAIR L'SER Annual 1984 



\29 




N-# 



SPECTR UM USERS 

NOW AVAILABLE— THE ULTIMATE 
IN GAMES ACCESSORIES 

THE FOX PROGRAMMABLE INTERFACE 

The Interface with: 

Total compatibility with all games. 

Proven compatibility with the Microdrive. 

Built in memory to store up to 16 different game keytops. 

Battery back up so no loss of memory after power off. 

Trickle charge batteries used so they recharge whilst in 

use (no replacement needed ). 

Only one two-position switch for simplicity of use {no loose 

wires or clips to attach). 

Accepts any Atari type joystick. 

Fully cased' with through port for further expansion. 

Can be used as a pseudo ROM for personal tool kit. 

Just plug in switch on and play the game with Fox only £28.50 incl 



* 
* 

* 



* 




• SPECIAL CHRISTMAS OFFER * 

Buy the Interface with the Quiekshoi Joystick or 
the Triga Command Joystick (normally £12.50) for only 



£37.50 



INCL 



ALSO AVAILABLE— THE FOX 48K 
SPECTRUM UPGRADE 

UPGRADE YOUR 16K to 48K 

The kit reviewed as "Easiest to Fit" and "Best value for Money" 

Simple insertion, no soldering required, full instructions and guaranteed. 

Move on up to 48 K 

only £20.99 INCL 



°?$* 

& 5 - 



I 



And at last the keyboard 
with a space bar for 
the Spectrum, 
THE NEW FDS 

This elegant desk 
top system, designed 
for the professional 
user. In its slimline 
case, the superior 
keyboard contains all the 
graphic characters for the above 
computers. With the additional function 
keys and SPACE-BAR, speedy and accurate data entry is made simple. 
The Fuller FDS is easy to install, based on the very popular FD42 
system, it requires no soldering or technical knowledge. 




Sent I now to: 

Fox llk-c ironies Lid. 

141 Abbey Rctad. Basingstoke. 

Hants RG21 9 ED 

Tel' mSB 20671. 

Please send me 
Interface 

| Interface with Quickshot/Trijja 
^\ Upgrade 
^J FDS Keyboard 

Nome 

Address , 



I enclose £ 

or please debit my Barclaycard 

x°- ; l l i i f f f f ft 

Callers welcome by 



Appointment 



no 



SINCLAIR USER A«nuet I9»4 



Memory 




Expanding memory on both the basic ZX-81 

and the 16K Spectrum is a major concern to 

Sinclair owners. Stephen Adams reviewed 

the expansions systems available for both 

machines and the results are re-printed here. 



S9 #4 SINCLAIR t.'SER /i»" U al 1984 



m 



Cheap is not nasty 
in memory packs 

Stephen Adams examines the many ways of 
expanding the storage of the ZX-81. 



THERE ARE so many ZX-81 
RAM packs around these days 
that it is worth looking at what 
they can offer in the way of more 
facilities. 

First, a little explanation of the ZX- 
SI memory map and ROM routines 
would help in understanding the limita- 
tions of the ZX-81. 

Sinclair engineers, when they de- 
signed the ZX-81, did not expect that 
anyone would need more than J6K of 
RAM. So they took some short cuts in 
the design which made it cheaper and 
easier to access the RAM and ROM. 
One of the them was to restrict the 
upper 32K of the memory map to work- 
ing the screen and nothing else. The 
other was that the ROM, which is only 
8K longj was allowed to repeat itself 
throughout the memory map unless the 
RAM was working in that area. 

Those decisions allowed them to de- 
code only the top two ADDRESS 
lines— AM/A 15— to determine whether 
RAM/ROM or RAM with DISPLAY 
was on at any one time, the address line 
A15 deciding whether the display was 
on or not and the display being on only 
in the top 32K of memory and Thus 
dividing the memory map in half, 

The A 14 address line divided each 
32K section into two quarters, the bot- 
tom half of which was ROM and the 
top half RAM. As they were the only 
decoding done inside the ZX-81 the IK 
of RAM repeated itself all the way 
through the 16K. RAM section 



Memory map ..>(' thr ZX-81 
§4K 




4BK 


RAM for display — display fllr 


32K 


RUM appear* again 


sac 


IK or 1«K RAM 


16K 


IK or 1CK RAM 


HE 


ROM appears again 


OK 


True ROM area 



When the 16K RAM pack is added, 
ho wever, it is switched-offby the use of 
the RAMCS line on the edge connector 
and the RAM chips in the RAM pack 
do all the extra decoding necessary to 
divide the 16K section into individual 
bytes. 

To expand the memory above 16K 
required some special decoding in the 
RAM pack so that it did not interfere 
with the display, which needs a repeat 
of the first 16K of RAM at 4SK and 
above in the memory map. 

It also required that the ROM be 
restricted to the first 8K of the memory 
map. Th at was done by using the 
ROMCS line in the same way as the 
RAMCS was used on the t6K RAM 
pack. xVtemotech was the first company 
to produce a 56K RAM pack. Most of 
them are now called 64K packs but you 
can use only 56K and that allows you to 
use 48 K for Basic and 8K RAM where 
the ROM used to be, between 8K and 
I6K, for machine code. 

There are some restrictions on using 
the 48K as you cannot run machine 
code in it and you have to be careful 
that the display file does not cross the 
32K border. Memotech now has I6K 
and 32K RAM packs in the same boxes 
as its 64 K. ones, which are often used by 
dealers as a second choice to the Sinclair 
1GK RAM, Memotech has a good repu- 
tation for service. The 32K pack allows 
you to use your 16K RAM pack as well 
to achieve 48K, 

The boxes are made from extruded 
aluminium and arc used as a heat sink 
for the internal +5V regulator. RAM 
wobble problems should be familiar to 
all readers and Memotech is no excep- 
tion but the company provides a Velcro 
strip which binds the packs to the ZX- 
81 and other packs. The instructions 
are clear and concise in a hooklet accom- 
panying each pack but they are expens- 
ive. 

The Sinclair 16K RAM pack has 
received both complaints and p raise . 
The complaints are from users who 
have had to experience RAM pack wob- 
ble, which occurs when using the Sin- 




clair keyboard, The design of the RAM 
pack is such that it is not connected 
firmly to the ZX-81 and the top of the 
RAM pack rests against the top of the 
ZX-81 case. Every time the keyboard is 
used that lifts the RAM pack from the 
table and shakes it. The edge connector 
eventually becomes so loose that anv 
slight movement will disconnect it from 
the ZX-81, corrupting the ZX-81 mem- 
ory. 

Several methods have been produced 
to stop the wobble — flexible cables so 
that the RAM pack can be laid flat on 
the table from dK 1 ironies and the 
RAM-LOK from Adapt Electronics 
which bolts together the ZX-S1 and 
RAM, 

The best method, though, is to buy a 
RAM pack which has been designed to 
eliminate the wobble. They consist 
mostly of not allowing the circuir hoard 
to be connected to the casing of the 
RAM pack, so thai the board can move 
up and down inside the case with the 
movement of the ZX-81. A reliable tttfl 
edge connector is also required. Some, 
like that from Cheetah, have also been 
designed to wrap round the back of the 
ZX-81 so that there is little movement 
between the two casings. Some manu- 
facturers are also using + 5V-only 
RAMs so that they do not have to 
provide a power supply from the +9V 
supply which can vary depending on 
the equipment used. 

KLayde, Camel and Econotech 16R 
RAMs are good examples of the first 
type, the first two being cased. The ZX- 
Panda and the Cheetah are good exam- 
ples of the second type. 

The ZX- Panda can also be used to 
give 32K by adding a small PCB con- 
taining I6K more RAM inside the case. 
The Audio Computers RAM jut k pro- 
vides a fairly stable 16K RAM pack 
which has a hook to hold it on to the 



112 



SINCLAIR USJiR Annual 1984 




back of the ZX81 and can be fitted with 
an XROM pack which makes it even 
more useful as it provides EPROM 
loading and saving facilities. Some of 
the RAM packs provide a LED — a 
tittle red light — but that only provides 
an indication that there is power to the 
RAM pack and not whether it is work- 
ing correctly. 

The best choice is obviously a non- 
wobble RAM pack which is inexpen- 
sive. If you can afford it and do not 
want to use pre-programmed ROMs or 
other devices, opt for a cheap 64K 
RAM pack. They take up just as much 
power as the 16K and will also work 
with the Sinclair printer — see the table 
for a list of facilities of the various RAM 
packs. 

Basicare provides a different kind of 
RAM;; you must first buy a base module 
to use its RAM 3 called a Persona. It is in 
16K and 64K. packs for the ZX-81 up to 
a maximum of 512K. That is divided 
into banks and you will require other 
modules to have the banks talk to each 
other. The maximum memory available 
at one time is 32 K. It is the only system 
which allows you to run big programs 
but at the moment there is very little 
software to run it. 

Yet another type of RAM pack is 
available and that is the battery-backed 
RAM — DROM, which allows the user 
to do things which normally would have 
to be run in from tape — instantly. 
They can provide storage for routines to 
side-scroll the screen in any direction, 
assemblers, new operating systems to 
replace the Sinclair ROM or even your 
own favour lie Basic program. 

A multitude of DROM packs is pro- 
duced by Camel Products. Two of them 
work on the ZX-81, the Memic 81 and 
the Cramic The Memic 81 contains 
one or two static 2K by one- byte chips 
giving 2K or 4K of RAM backed-up by 



a battery when the power is off to 
preserve its memory. That occupies any 
position in 8K-1GK area of the memory 
map. DROM devices allow you to write 
a machine code or a Basic program and 
transfer it into the 8K-16K area of the 
memory map. Machine code can be run 
from there, saving valuable RAM space, 
but Basic programs must be uploaded to 
the Basic area before running the pro- 
gram. 

That means that any Basic program 
is limited to SK unless the Cramic is 
used which is 16K long. The routines 
for the transfers are included in the 
notes with every pack and consist of 
machine code routines which must be 
run by using the USR command. 

The Cramic is a special case as the 
16K can be switched in or out by a 
software switch and so a Basic program 
can be loaded from tape into the Cramic 
and seal ed-ofF from the ZX-81. Power* 
ing-olTtbe ZX-81 then has no effect, as 
the RAM module has its own battery to 
keep it operating. The program can be 
restored by powering-up the ZX-81 and 
running a machine code program to 
step back in the Cramic where you 
ceased. That leads to my first criticism 
of the notes; nowhere is it mentioned 
that you should save the machine code 
program on tape, in case something 
goes wrong. 

The code required is very short but as 
it needs to be put into memory before 
using Cramic it would have been better 



to load it from tape. That routine could 
be stored in the Memic 81, of course, 
which is outside the Basic area and the 
routine loaded into the Basic area from 
there. The advantage of DROM over 
ROM is that it can be changed. 

The other DROM is available only in 
kit from from Hunter Electronics and 
consists of board which plugs into the 
back of the ZX-81 and provides 2K of 
battery-backed RAM, with space for 
three more chips. If you wish, some of 
them can be turned into ROM sockets 
to take 2K or 4K EPROMs, 

The RAM pack race has now become 
so cut-throat that a few firms which 
were doubtful have withdrawn. The 
firms remaining are giving the custom- 
ers what they want, depending on price. 
Cheap is not necessiirilv nasty any 
more. So look for the bargains — they 
are there to be found, 

DROMS 

Memic 81 4K #4,45 

Cramic 16K £»!.« 

Basicare 2 K £39.50 

Hunter 2K £19.95 

SUPPLIERS 

Basicare Microsystems Ltd, 12 RicketT 
Street, London SW6 

Cambridge Microelectronics- (Camel). 1 Mil- 
ton Road, Cambridge. 

Cheetah Marketing Lid. 359 The Stfand, 
London WC5 , 

JRS (Econotech). 19 Wayside Avenue, Wor 
thing, Sussex, 

dK Ironies. Unit 2, Shire Hit! Ind- Estate. 
Saffron Walderv, Essex. 
Audio Computers tSolldisk Ltd), B7 Bourne- 
mouth Park Road, Southend-on-Sea, Essex, 



RAM pack 


A nti- wobble 


+ 5V only 


Cased 


1 nee 


Basicare lfcK 


n* 




** 


£23,73 


Basicare 64K 


** 




** 


£76.23 


Camel 16K 


r' 


**■ 


►" 


£20, t4 


Camel 64K 


v* 




**• 


£80,45 


Cheetah lfK 


V* 




V 


£19.75 


Cheetah UK 


** 




** 


£44.75 


Econotrch 16K 


r* 






£20.95 


JK' Cronies I6K 


V 




V 


£22.95 


dK'lmnic* 64 K 


iS 




•s 


£52.95 


Audio Computers 


V 


r 


J>- 


£1»,&5 


Memo tech ISK 






V 


£20,» 


Mcmnttch 32 K 






** 


fitJt 


rVtemoteeh 64 K 




V* 


r* 


iw-tfl 


Sinclair I6K 






** 


£29.95 


ZX -Panda 


V 


** 


•S 


£19.35 



SINC1- AIR USER Annual 1984 



I U 



Upgrade your 

16K 
ZX SPECTRUM 

Now! 

The CHEETAH 32K RAMPACK simply plugs into the user port at the rear of 
your computer and increases the memory instantly to 48K 



* Fully compatible with all accessories via rear edge connector 

* No need to open computer and invalidate guarantee 

* Why send your computer away and wait weeks for upgrade 
+ Fully cased tested and guaranteed. 



Why wait any longer? 

Only £39.95 including VAT and P&P. 




Now make your 
Spectrum and ZX-81 Talk 

The Cheetah ,J SWEET TALKER" just plugs into the back of the computer using the existing power supply. Based on an 
allophane system you can easily program any word sentence or phrase, fully cased, tested guaranteed and compatible 
with all accessories via rear edge connector, Complete with demonstration cassette and fufl instructions, No more lonely 
nights! Simply incredible at £29.75 (Please quote when ordering whether Spectrum or ZX81 owner! 

16K RAM Pack for ZX-81 £19.75 

64K RAM Pack for ZX 81 £44,75 

Prices include VAT r postage & packing. Delivery normally 14 days. Export Orders at no extra cost, Dealer enquiries 
welcome. 

Send cheque.'PO now to: 

CHEETAH MARKETING LTD 
Dept SA 
24 Ray Street 
London EC1 R3 DJ 
Tel: 01 278 6954 
32K RAM Pack and 'SWEET TALKER also available from larger Branches of 



John Menzies 




WH SMITH 



1 M StNU JUR USER Annual 1984 



Sinclair has been overtaken by other suppliers 
of upgrades, Stephen Adams reports. 



Spectrum 
finds itself 
at full stretch 




THE SPKCTRl'M is in four ha- 
sie forms. Model Is which have 
two IC-type sockets into which 
a printed circuit board is plugged and 
model 2s which have all the RAM fitted 
on to the main printed circuit board. 
There are, of course, two types in each 
category, the 48K and the I6K.. 

The 48 K cannot he expanded, as all 
the existing memory space is covered 
with either ROM or RAM - all 64K d 
it. The ROM can be switched-out exter- 
nally to add different ROMs using the 
ROMCS but the RAM cannot as there 
l^ no equivalen: RAMCS, 

Therefore ah memory expansions can 
he done only to the I6K models. As the 
computer already contains IGK of 
RAM, the top 32 K of memory area — 
32K-64K. — is the only space to put it. 
Most memory expansions fit] that space 
with 32K. worth of RAM chips but the 
East London Robotics 64 K add-on — 
the SP80 - has two sets of UK RAM 
which can be switched in and out under 
a program instruction or from the key- 
board. 

The kits consist of four memory 
decoding chips, except model 1 versions 
where all the chips are soldered to a 
PCB, and eight 32K by one-bit chips, 
Those RAM chips are very sensitive to 
static electricity and warnings are in- 
cluded in all the instruction sheets. The 
way to handle them properly is nor to 
remove them from their protective 
packaging until needed and to keep 
touching an earthed object such as a 
radiator or gas pipe occasionally 10 re- 
lease the static charge. The static can be 
caused by nylon or wool in your cloth- 
ing being rubbed. 

Putling-in the chips can be a little 
difficult and it is recommended thur 
check that the pins are straight before 
vou insert them. The Fox Electronics 
kit has the pins already straightened. 



Also check that none of the pins is bent 
outside the socket or underneath the 
chip when vou have finished. 

The best technique to use is So put all 
i lit pins on one side into the socket and 
then to pull the pins on the othet side 
over the holes m the other side ol the 
socket. Once both seis of pins are rest- 
ing in the socket holes vou can push 
(town gently on the chip to push it into 
its socket. 

The instructions vary from a four- 
page, step-hy-srep meticulous descrip- 
tion by Delta Research to one page jusl 
listing where the chips go by Fuller. 
Apart Irom the Fuller instructions all 
provided sufficient detail to allow you 
to know where each chip goes and what 
precautions to take 

As part of its instructions Fox Elec- 
t tonics also includes a sheet showing 
how to tune the colour on a Spectrum to 
give better results. It also shows you 
how to tell whether it is the Spectrum 
or the TV set causing a problem. Sheets 



'The 48K 
cannot be 
expanded' 



normally com £1 from Fountain Elec- 
tronics but are free with its RAM kit 5 
along with a small Basic program to 
demonstrate the usefulness of 48K. 

The fitting of the Fox kit was the 
easiest but if you have problems you can 
send back the kit with the details of the 
Spectrum at any time in the following 
12 months. East London Robotics will 
fit the chips at an extra cost of £7 by 
post or £3 by personal visit. 

Delta sends a memory test tape which 
checks all the memory by using a ma- 
chine code program going through at 



least all the manufacturer's specifica- 
tions, The mpe can be used to keep an 
eve on suspect memory faults as it 
with an error which can then be sent 
back to Delia Of Sinclair. The tape 
normally would cost £3.50 and is j 
jl'.iLK comprehensive test taking at least 
eight minutes. 

Lis: London RobotlCf and Delta 
were I he only model I boards we could 
test and both could be fitted easilv with 
less trouble lhati the model 2. 

I '"ast London Robotics .ilso docs an 
SP.HO kn which can provide (S-lR ol 
memory in the same sockeis as the SP 18 
{-ISRi lined. Thai is achieved by having 
i wo separate banks of 32 K* switched by 
an OUT instruction. 

Thai is possible only because of the 
64 K RAM chips which are used instead 
of the '>2K RAMs and a massive modifi- 
cation of the decoding chip 1 * which pi ii" 
into i lie Spectrum, No soldering is re* 
quired bul some care needs io be taken 
inserting the chips, as three ol them are 
wired together using twisted insulated 
wire. 

A LED is also soldered on to one oJ 
the chips to indicate which bank is 
being used. The only problem is that 
you can sec if only with the top oil" or 
looking through the edge-connet for 
hole The LED hghis when it is in bank 
two and when the machine is turned on 
the light shows on bank one. 

The only problem with the SPfiO is 
that the stack and any program running 
in it must be in the IftK of memory 
provided by Sinclair. If it was allowed 
to go into the top ?2K u would be 
switched-out on the lirst OUT instruc- 
tion and the program would have no- 
where to go. 

Also the machine code stack for re- 
turn addresses would have to be in the 
lower IfiK area for the same reason. 
That leaves the user to develop a pro- 



SINCLAIR USER Amtmt 1984 



135 



1 



gram which will be able to use banks of 
memory without having the conve- 
nience of Sinclair Basic to cope with it. 

Prices of the various kits are detailed, 
along with an indication or how good 
the instructions were, guarantee period 
and number of tests performed on mem- 
ory after fitting. 

It is also possible to add a. RAM pack 
on the back of the Spectrum. A Spec- 
trum-type 32K RAM pack has been 
produced by Cheetah Marketing Ltd. It 
fits very snugly on the back of the 
Spectrum and because it is outside the 
case it does not matter if it is model 1 or 
model 2. 

It also has an extension piece on the 
back so that you can plug in Micro- 
drives when they arrive. The RAM 
pack has no known wobble in use and 
can bjc fitted very easily by plugging it 
into the expansion port. It costs £39.95. 

The alternative is to use a ZX-81- 
type RAM pack with an adaptor to give 
you another 16K or 32K. To use it you 
will require an adaptor, 

KPROM Services and myself both 
make adaptors for the 16K. RAM pack. 
Mine can also cope with a 64 K RAM 
pack to give a full 32K by changing a 
soldered strap on the board or ordering 
a 64K version, 1 also produce an Adam 
I] which lets vou have a 16K RAM 



pack on the back of the Spectrum but 
which also allows devices which used to 
work in the popular 8K-16K region to 
work in the 56-64K region of the Spec- 
trum. All the adaptors mentioned cost 

Of the RAM pacKS and kits reviewed. 
Fox Electronics for kits and Cheetah for. 
RAM packs stand out as good value for 
money. 

Fok Electronics, 141 Abbey Road, Basing- 
stoke, Hampshire Tel: 0256-20671 

Cheetah Marketing. 359 The Strand. Lon 
don WC2 OHS To!: 01-240-7939. 

East London Robotics. No. 11 Gate, Royal 
Albert Docks. London £16- Tel: 01-471 
3308. 

Delta Research - cheques to Servodata Ltd 
- 15 Church Street, Basingstoke. Hamp- 
shire. Tel: 0635 46373. 

Fuller Micro Systems, 71 Dale Street, Liver- 
pool 2, 



Eprom Service's. 3 Wodgewood Drive, Leeds 
LSB 1EF. Tel: 0532 667183 

Stephen Adams, 1 Leswin Road, London 
N16 7NL, 




Producer 
Fox 

ELR 

Delta 

Dclti 

huller 
II K 
ELR 



KAM 

12K 
32K 
32K 
32 K 
32K 
UK 
64K 
64K 



riislrutluMi-. 

Good 
Good 

V. f^iini 
V. good 

I J oor 

Average 
Average 
Average 



Model 


Guarantee 


Tan 


Price 


2 


12 mom hi 


1 


£24 


2 




1 


£23.65 


I 




>100 


£3* 


2 




>IO0 


£26 


2 




i 


£24.30 


2 




i 


£2V6'i 


1 




i 


0a 


2 




i 


£46.65 



A world of activity for you 
and your Sinclair 




Whether you have a ZX80, ZX81 or Spectrum - we can show you 

O there's far more to your Sinclair than you ever thought possible. 

That's the active, lively world of Sinclair User — the first magazine 

written specially for everyone who owns or uses a Sinclair 

computer . 

Every month, there is a whole range of games, business ideas and 

bright new ways to learn. There is the Sinclair User Club, with 

special exclusive member offers. There are technical facts, 

development news and advice, plus hints from other users and 

answers to queries — in fact everything you need to be an 

interested, informed and ACTIVE Sinclair user. 

There's iu&t one problem — Sinclair Use* sells out fast! So make 

sure you don't miss your copy: order it today from your 

newsagent — or complete the subscription 

form below and we will _ *• 



send it to you direct, every month. ^ -** "~vjs£** e 



to 



-*--^ ^ves _„ lot *■ 



t,o s 







1» 



&tM 



136 



S1NCLAIK I'SI'R Annual 19B4 



Thoughtful Presents 



Buy fhe latest in educational toys for Christmas 
— educational software, LCL has learning 
games and useful courses, for the Spectrum, 
ZX-81. BBC, VIC, Electron, Apple and PEL for 

example: 

MICRO MATHS. 24 program self-tuition or revision 
course to O-Level. £24.50 (except ZX-81 £14.50). 

ANIMATED ARITHMETIC. Teaches using moving 

colour pictures (not words), includes Clown 
Count and Addition Express £6.50. 

" . . the programming standard is high. The 
programs are robust . , ." 

TIMES EDUCATIONAL SUPPLEMENT 

RETURN-OF-POST service for Micro Maths, Phone 
or send orders or requests for free catalogue to: 



LCL 

26 A von dale Avenue, 

Staines, Middlesex, 

Tel: 0784 58771 GENEROUS TRADE DISCOUNTS 



m 



World leaders in Maths educational software 
[Distributors in 24 countries]. 




New acton sports QamS* Usalurea 3D view ot true floma In (oottsalF anal tennis 

you play one side the compile* plays 1*ie other Thus comput W It fott ond ha«J 

10 beat fjtfleront LkilF levels 

FOOTBALL 

facti player can move, shoot etc ifjoapenosnMy Includes louft II players. 

eofilde. COfrws.. Ihrow-ms sfc Scale 90, minules play Any learn or names Can 

t& mod. Game can ba sisfjended and play* numb#fi ihowfi a' tile, press of 

a key Pile* t5 SO 

BKi HATCH SOCCER 

just like fooltrall game but lot 2 p*ayers Eoetl plover irtes <eys 01 Mss s«Je of tiie. 

i^yboard lo cofllroi his m#n. All men can ba moved. s*ioot etc rnoep«rvde.r*tly 

Prochca vntti footoaK theft play your friends in the dig mnPch Wet £9-50. 

smsoccEt 

A detyste version of 1he tootball IEv»n roller acllon, Harder to fceat Choose 
'.-.i - ■,•■: • .". n- P'ice e; orj 

ItNNlS 

Eojcn key ofays a difle»eril sriokfc Move your players anywhere on ogurr 

Coni(Xjr*f ptoyj O hard rjame All tennis rules used, iusi like the reai tNno. 

Proper serving and scoring Plays 3 tets Animated figures PRICE £550 

TAJ* BATHE 

30 view from trie lanfcs' turret of woods, * ilk>p*J. attacking lonki etc Shi 

destroy Dui'tOinffi. Ireas and enemy tanks. 36D degree lurret movement Prtce 

14.50 

CASCACt 

you *iva one car. the computer the 6ffi« Conlrol VOW car with steering ana 

brakes Choice Of ? circuits Lop counter ana time recorded Price 13 95 



Buy any 3 gam**, gel any gam* lr*e 

■ ii ■ US KA3 ' - i vs." , .1- ■ .' r ■ a ^ ■'■ .^ r h " ■•.!'■ 

Winters Lid, Dept SUA, 24 Swanninglon Close Contk?y. 
Doncasler, S Yorkshire, DN4 oUA 



e keyboard 
with a Custom 
Keypanel Kit. 




Everything you need 
I S « m the keyb< iard \\ it h 
(l STOMkfYI'VM L\ 

These precision die. -tut plastic panels fit perfectly 

over your keyboard and provide an instant ami 
individual reference to .til of your software 

Each Kit comes in a clear plastic storage wallet and 
contains: H) Matt-blackfCcypanels plus sheets 
containing over 140 self adhesive t innmand labels 
pre -printed with words, symlx il.s and arn t\\>, plus a 
sheet ofblanks for your c iwn designs 

SPECTRIM KEYPANKI.S are 96 x 2 2 i mm and the 
labels ate printed in Spectrum" brighl red, \ Ml 1ST 
for flight simulation and all multi-key games and 
applications. 

The PERST add-on for your Spectrum 

< )RK; Kl;YPANI;;LSare* 10 5x2^ 5mm and the labels 
are '( )Rf C blue. Master those ( ; YRl. and fS( ke\ 
combinations. 

An 1 NSTANT reference to all ORlCs kevt* >ard 
functions. 

NOW IN SI JPER ML' PLASTIC! 

hisi today m Sofu-ach Limited ^ CoUegC Hi Mil, KenUin>;,, 
]k.-rkshire. K< rd Itjf' w^ ,h^-,,ii.tii,n.iuiirsui.i-.^p„iiyiri-!iiiii 

l*k df*: send me: 

Mpcetrum Ke>panel KiLsati.S.yS + SSpp&pciieh 

(frtiTseas shiHik) iitJU iS't, Utr additional snrfaee mail) 

«)R[< : K^parul Kii% :ii i I 9S + ^^p p& p «K Ii 
(overseas ^hmild add 25% fi>r additiutial surhtx mail ) 

I t-neloseatotal remiuaneeotX (.iR-qucVpo^al 

i irdt rs pavahk- lit Softest Ii MniiiedL 

NAMti , 

f \l>l>RESS , 



L 



_LI 



SI KCI AI R t ! St R ^ rt nit j^ r «W4 



137 





f s 9ft 



swaAM 
1 2SS 



COMPUT I NG 

HIGH-RES ZX81 PROGRAMS 

VYa uirlna a 5DF TVYAftL ONVi lachmqua to product ■ HIGH RESOLUTION DISPLAY 

on tha UNMODIFIED 16K ZXH1 NO HARDWARE ADDONS AHE HFQUIflfO for 
lha following pron r anta 

INVAOfft! — raviawad •ciUlklll) in 'ZK Computing/ — " lh» Hi-raa djiplay 
t* 96 iHllydnibltlkciwiirgunil ■mictlHin (imi.in Dutilmdina 

acriia.amant . Aiwill'i ih» H i- r*l dupliy tha facilitiaa Offarad 
iii impraaiiva' , Action ip tmonatti and fail iod, and tha aHplnalon 
whan hit r a ally i* thaltatiiTj I" — *laad wa nv mm* 11 
GRAPHICS — anabla* vo „ tou» high raidution grlphni in »nur own proorami 
f|.» Tha cemmanda ara CLS- Pfll*JT PI PT. PflKS, DRAW, SPfllTI and 

SCRtENOFF CnmprahanaiT* adilmg f acililiaa ara providad and 
lha G-iphim command! ir* a'KIy 'ncrj-rparatad into BA9PC pratr'ama 
—an aavancad ficidi flama i ncorper* 1 1 rty liva rj.tfaranl inaala- — 
INVAOfflS. SAlftXiAraS, IDRFkANS. MtTEOrl STOMM A htOTHERSHIP 
■rograiaiva difficulty < nd "i* »<■"• option* 

—a fiat monlnu imidi lyp- !■«• Shoot dawn th« lluuri «• 
that d*'l acipaa tha acraan li«n B than miajrlei. Prnpraaaiv* #" leu ltd", 
NEW iOW PRICE. ! 
C»Vt GHUSAOL -IMi ■■ a tail fln*~.n. a gimi in which lha playar Mllll «i«|n 
r2 95 Irani a cava purauad by ill farocioua inhabitant! TMl Santa dMl 

n«ii nil h.g+i faiolutiDn gnphiti bui tha normal graphic* ara uaad 
to goad aflacl. NEW LOW PRICL ! 

FOR THE 48K SPECTRUM 

SPECTRAL ZQHF — limilat in iur ZXS1 pmgTim but uung colour *n# pound. 
£4 S5 Thu la in-lad !■»« gimn in ona ■■ lha planar can chouint IS play 

dui ihaal coniinuouiH if lodaairad. NEW LOW PRICE ■ 
CHILD'S PtAV — daaignad n a loathing aid for pra ichrjnl i;hildran with lha 
fa 95 participation eta (inifli di tnchir Eicallant unmidi of Tha 

Spicl'um'l colour graphic* miKtl 1hi» »ri anjnyabl* program Huh 

NEW LOW PRICE > 

SPECIAL OFFER 

ftuy im ip mD»r firnrjiAfni In idiicr^urvi ot £ 1 par pjygrim HI 

yy, j,a cnniiinllf loplHnp lor quality Spactrum infiwin for which w* pay 
upt4 31% ruyklt-ioo- If yiru Klvi wriftin luch * prngi- am than land mmpll 
tn ua l&r *" Jmmadial* Hiluanon Wa nrr/ alio aalaaMWd in program* 
wniian gung r>ur GRAPHICS program for lha Z*B. 

Trfdi anqui-rei ata walcoma 

OOVSSEt COM PI/TING, 28 BINGHAM ROAD. 5Hem«rEJ£rp, NOT TINQHAM MOSSEP 



Centronics Interface 

Use v our Spectrum with a full-size printer 

* Microdrive compatible. 

* Double size graphics screen copy 
with the Star and Epson printers. 

* Produces colour screen dump with 
the Tandy CDP 115 printer. 

* Supports a wide range of software 
including Tasword. Masterfile, 
Omnicalc, Invoicing etc. 

* Uses the Spectrum graphic characters 
to control printer codes. 

* Enables you to connect 2 Spectrums 
to 1 printer. 

Supplied complete with 
Software and cable 



£45.00 



inc. VAT and Posting. 



TRANSFORM LTD. 

41 Keats Ho For Chester Mead Beckenham Kent 

Tel: 01-658 6350 




Z-8 



CMOS STORAGE/MEMORY 

WITH 

BATTERY BACK UP 

FOR ZX 81 IK or 1GK 

* Fast Load, Save and Delete * 

# Stores up to 10 Programs + 
(6K total) for instant recall 

* Software in Onboard Eprorn * 

* Switchable 'Write Protect" + 

* Alternative use as extra memory * 
* Plug-in with connector for Ram Pack * 

Inc. Price £44.90 

With full instruction* 

MICRO Z LTD 

PO Box 83, Exeter 

Devon EX4 7AF 

S.AF. for full details 



Advertisement Index 

ACif Hardware 1 25 

BttftottW SofTware 84 

Bridge Software 121 

Bu^-bytFj - 14.0 

CCS 94 

•:." , it I : .1- Computer' Software 127 

Camell Soli warn Ltd 4. S 

I :.i-:: .i:h' ii.ifi'"-; .... - ... /& 

Chiaetari Markt-iiiKi .134 

ComputHf kick , 38 

f : r y ftt al Computing 2. 44 

Dean electronics, 38 

Dcric Compula* Services 

I ,i-.r London Robotics 37 

Famasy 'SofiTvare 139 

Fox Electronics 130 

Fuller Micro Systems H 

Grill in & George 

HartlarKt Software 113 

Heatacre&l Lid IT :'+ 

H-ornhy Software 120 

ISF 62 

Jtlea ElactrofricE 1 13 

Kelwood Computer Cases . fc> 

Kemp Lrd ...12D 

Kernow Soltwar* Services H3 

Ktrsmos Software /•' 

13? 

Load RunnFM 115 

Megadodo Soh ware 120 

Micro I LI <t 138 

Micro MoslBT 36 

Microsp+iera 

M ik i o Gen 

Mymnttrjri SdllABr* 

McAtoy, BS 

National Entfrnsion CoBeQe 

Nent Compulor Systems ,. , 

Odyssey Computing 

Pan Books 

Richard Shepherd SolXw«r4 H 

Rose Software 

Silvers-oFt Lttl 

Softeaeh Ltd „ 

Stellar Software 

Suisa * Top*S 

Terminal SoftwHrrj 

Transform Ltd , ,., 

Tteatop Designs 

Ultimate Play The Game IS 

Visions iSoltwaru Factory] Lid H) 

Widgit Software 

William Stuart Sy stems 

Winters Ltd 



91 

B4 

.72 

44 

3S 

138 

..84 

, 67 

44 

109 

137 

121 

127 

..21 

I3S 

121 

. 17 

. 71 
120 



1M 



SINCLAIR USfcR Annual 1984 



I 



I 



The battle could be yours . . . . . 
..... but it won't be easy! 

PARTICIPATION - that is the name of OUR game. All our software contains a unique score verification 
mechanism a/towing us to add a new dimension to computer games, Every Juiy and January we will be 
publishing a ranking fist of the top 1000 scorers in each game with the overaff top 100 'grand masters' each 
receiving certificates of merit bearing their position. 

September is the last month to qualify for the Slack Hole championship. However, from October the 
sender of the highest valid score each month will win software of their own choice to the value of £50, 

Totally original game plan Addictive. ^° u &re took/ 

c0 \o^^ challenging and offering a complete ^Pyouuj 

ge^y . visual experience with its animated your hair q u 

ifccS- \ graphics and vfolent explosive effects. Pickery, f^ er 

(1 ie Compatible with ALL leading joysticks, r 1 ' 5 Q&me 






ye ^ J - A 



X 





1 


SPECTRUM I 


1* ■ 1 


1 


IV • 


1 ■ 1 




Up 


^^ ' 




• 



your hair qu 

****** ther 
Kagame 

^^ysteryor- 



"t causp i 






SOFTTAi 



:vs; 



evg& 




FANTASY SOFTW™, 
is available from WKSmf. 
John Menzies and 
Computers For All 



wt 



v>* 




■*» 



SOFT WAFIE BY QUEST 



SOFTVkn 




iGBYn 



*NT4s y 



a me to re 

Ail games are obtainable at £5 



f m yen i i\_ j nit. uuuui iciuit. en j_j, 

NTASY SOFTWARE, FAUCONBERG LODGE, 27A ST GEORGE, 
despatched by return first class post together with a membersr 

on our forthcoming blockbusting software. 

Trade Enquiries welcome - telephone 0242-5 



_ 




* ii mL •<T[ ^^ 



p*PFt^ 



Spectral 




Sam 



ZX SPECTRUM 




mwm 






> 







&WS 



^g^j^B j^Swr 



ZX SPECTRUM 

Av?5CT| 

EDITOR, ASSEMBLER 





KWTHE 

j4 



Wi 



IX j« Cf MJA 



iii 



m*u 



P 



■ ^i 



^ ^'zxiPtciftuM 




-I'>^4^ 



^■^^^ 



t 





BB 



lATTHEW THOMAS on 051 -709 7071 



wsT 1 " 



Mulberry House, banning Place, Liverpool LI 8JB. 

.->■